Aaal Om D Issue Vii Rev 0 Draft PDF

11.
SECTION 0 2
12. SECTION 1 CHAPTER 0 144
13. SECTION 2 331
14. SECTION 3 333
OPERATIONS MANUAL AAAL–OPS-TRG-OTD-001
PART - D
SECTION 0
GENERAL Issue-VII Rev.0 10 JUL 2020
CHAPTER 0 - GENERAL
D 0.1 INTRODUCTION:
D 0.1.1This Operations Manual Part D is in conformity with the

guidelines of Annexure 6, Part I and ICAO DOC 9376 – Preparation
of an Operations Manual, DGCA CAR Section 8, Series 'O' Part
VII, Issue II and DGCA CAP 8100.
D 0.1.2All training programmes as mentioned in this OM-D, are in

compliance with Indian Aircraft Rules 1937, CARs, and AICs as
issued and applicable to Flight Crew/Cabin Crew/Flight Despatchers
Training and Recency Qualification Requirements.
D 0.1.3The primary vision of the Company is to be leader in Indian

aviation and India’s Ambassador to the world by providing safe,
reliable on time services. In doing so, Alliance Air strives to
continuously improve standards of safety, efficiency and quality,
which creates an economic value for the Company.
D 0.1.4 Mission of the Flight Operations is to achieve this vision by

providing the highest level of flight crew technical competence and
meeting strict regulatory requirements. Training is central to the
improvement at all levels of service with particular emphasis on
safety. The central training establishment contributes by providing
trained and licensed flight crew in meeting this objective.
D 0.1.5 Alliance Air has a ground and flight training programme,

which is approved by DGCA, that ensures the Flight Crew members
are adequately trained to perform their assigned duties. Such
programme ensures Flight Crew members are trained and evaluated,
as applicable, as per DGCA’s stipulations.
D 0.1.6 The Company Operations Manual Part D (OM D) or the

Training manual contains the training and qualifications policies,
requirements, instructions, programs and objectives required to
qualify pilots and other operations staff for safe conduct of
operations. The primary purpose of this Manual is to provide
guidance for those parts of its contents, which are developed by the
Company through DGCA and Manufacturers policies and
procedures. The Training Manual is in compliance with existing
PAGE D0 - 1
PART - D
SECTION 0
DGCA regulations. In case of any conflict between the DGCA

regulations and the policies laid down in this manual, the DGCA
regulations will prevail.
D 0.1.7All members of the training department are required to have

a detailed knowledge of Flight Operations Policies, Standard
Operating Procedures and Training Policies. All training shall be
planned and conducted in accordance with these guidelines.
D 0. 1.8It shall be ensured that all training is conducted by suitably

qualified trainers and/or subject matter experts and/or authorised
personnel who are approved by the Company and/ or DGCA as
applicable. The detailed course syllabus and relevant training
documentation will be in accordance with the Regulatory and
Companyrequirements.
D 0.1.9All trainers are to ensure that standardized training data

which is made available on the training forms are followed. All DEs
must ensure compliance with the regulatory requirement for any
assessment with respect to DGCA CAP7200.
D 0.1.10The Trainers, on consideration of equity and fairness, and to

avoid any possible element of bias, it is considered necessary that
they donot carry out any check of pilots who are their close relatives.
Both the pilot-under-check and the pilot carrying out the check shall
ensure compliance of this requirement. The Company shall ensure
that no DE/ Instructor/ LTC are rostered to carry out any check of
pilots who are their close relatives.
D 0.1.11All crew members shall be proficient in CRM skills which

may be accomplished as part of ground, simulator, aircraft and / or
line training.
D 0.1.12 The results of all successful and unsuccessful trainees will

be monitored, recorded and evaluated (Ground, Simulator and
Aircraft training) to identify areas of improvement.
D 0.1.13 Regular communication/ meetings must occur between and

amongst flight Operations Management, Trainers and Flight Crew
Members to achieve continued improvement of Ground,
PAGE D0 - 2
PART - D
SECTION 0
Simulatorand Aircraft Training and Line operation Hence all

concerned are advised to ensure strict compliance.
D 0.1.14REVISION POLICY OM-D:
D 0.1.14.1Alliance Air will revise the OM-D, on an annual basis, if

required. Changes which have to be incorporated due to change in
rule position as issued by the DGCA or as required by Alliance Air,
will be done as a Temporary Revision. The temporary revisions will
be numbered in sequence as Temporary revision 1, 2, 3 and so on of
Approved revision. Allsuchtemporaryrevisionsshallbear the Month
and Year of issuance. E.g. if the Issue 3 Rev. No. 8 is approved by
DGCA, the first temporary revision will be “TR 1 to Issue 3 Rev. 8
datedXXX(month)YYYY(Year)” and the second temporary revision
will be “TR 2 to Issue 3 Rev. 8 dated XXX(month) YYYY(Year)”
and so on.
D 0.1.14.2 Such temporary revisions will be carried out by the

persons authorized by Chief of Training. In such an instance the
temporary revisions must be forwarded to DGCA, India, for formal
approval. All such approved temporary revisions generated over a
period of time shall be incorporated in the OM-D by next periodic
revision.
D 0.1.14.3Any change that warrants immediate

action/implementation can be affected by Chief of Training, with the
verbal approval of CFOI. The same must be forwarded to DGCA
within 48 Hrs, Followed Up and approved by the process of
Temporary Revision as stated above.
D 0.1.14.4 Additional details are provided in OM part D, section 0,

under documentation control, sub para Administration and Control.
D 0.1.14.5 Further any changes and revision desired will be as per

the guidelines described in AAAL OM A Chapter 0, Topic
“SYSTEM OF AMENDMENT AND REVISION”
PAGE D0 - 3
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.1.15LANGUAGE :This Training Manual has been prepared in

the English language (UK) Font Name –Times New Roman, Font
Size 10 . Most of the aviation documents are published in English.
Therefore, the knowledge of English language is a pre-requisite for
anybody involved in training or operations
D 0.1.16The Training syllabi prescribed herein are subject to change

as per the manufacturer guidelines and state regulations. The
training programme in no case shall be lower than the training
programme prescribed by the Manufacturer for the type of aircraft,
with the approval of DGCA.
D 0.2 TRAINING CENTRES:
D 0.2.1 Alliance Bhawan in Delhi primarily handles Flight crew,

Cabin Crew and Flight Despatchers training in respect of ATR 72-
600 training. TRTO’s/ATO’s in Bangkok, Singapore, Toulouse and
AI CTE HYD are used for simulator training of the flight crew on
72-600
D 0.2.2 Additional training facilities of parent company Air India

are also utilized. The details of the training infrastructure are
provided in the later part of this manual.
PAGE D0 - 4
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.3 ORGANISATION OPS-TRAINING STRUCTURE: The

Management Organizational Structure of Alliance Air is as depicted:
Chief Executive Officer

(Accountable Manager )
Chief Ground Instructor Chief Of Training

(PH Training ) DE/TRI-A/SFI/LTC
Dy Chief of Training
Manager Library Manager GrdTrg Exam Controller Manager Trg Admin Manager Medical Manager CC Trg
Officer Tech pub Officer Record Officer Admin Officer GT Planner Officer Records Officer CC
Line Trg
Officer SimTrg Plan DGCA LIAISON Assistant CC

Ground Instructors Records
SEP/CRM
Officer Support
D 0.3.1 As Post Holder - Training, Chief of Training reports to the

Accountable Manager/Chief Advisor Training.
D0.4 AUTHORITIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF

TRAINING PERSONNEL:
D 0.4.1 Authorities and responsibilities within Training

Management System are defined and communicated throughout the
Training Organization. Authority is delegated and responsibility is
assigned for the management and supervision of specific areas of
training such as Flight Crew training, Cabin Crew training, Flight
Dispatcher training, fleet operations, line operations, training
documentation and its control. Responsibility is also assigned for co-
ordination of training personnel with Operations Engineering, Flight
Crew Scheduling, Accident prevention & Flight Safety, Human
Resources, Quality Assurance and Security. Managerial continuity is
PAGE D0 - 5
PART - D
SECTION 0
maintained when operational and training managers are absent from

the workplace by the functions being carried out by the senior most
Executive in the assigned area of work. Authority is delegated and
responsibility is also assigned for liaison with regulatory authorities,
original equipment manufacturers and other operationally relevant
external entities. Training co-ordinates with Flight Operations for
maintaining compliance with conditions and restrictions of the AOC,
applicable regulatory requirements, and standards established.
D 0.4.2 The Operations Training Division is headed by the Chief of

Training & is assisted by Deputy Chief of Training, Training
Captains and Chief Ground Instructor as per duties assigned to them.
D 0.4.3 NOTE: Chief of Training shall be the Post Holder Training

as per CAP 3100, Appendix H para 3.4requirements.
D 0.4.4 The maintenance of safety and efficiency of operations

training requires that all the personnel are thoroughly aware of their
area of responsibility.
D 0.5 DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRAINING

HEADS: The Chief of Training/ Deputy Chief of Training/ Chief
Ground Instructor has the functions as mentioned in below.
D 0.5.1 CHIEF OF TRAINING: The Chief of Training is the Post

Holder from training, reporting to Chief Executive Officer and is
responsible for the conduct and standards for all training as required
in Operations Manual Part D.
D 0.5.1.1 FUNCTIONS OF CHIEF OF TRAINING: The Chief of

Training has the following functions to perform:
(a) To prepare and execute training plans and programs for the
flight operations personnel. Such training will include
Command Training, Endorsement Training, Training of
Examiners, Instructors, LTCs besides Cabin Crew, Flight
Dispatchers and any other training as per operational
requirement. The command training for the candidates shall
be as per process laid down in Training Manual. The
selection of training captains shall be as per the criteria and
the selection process published in Training Manual. He will
PAGE D0 - 6
PART - D
SECTION 0
also arrange refresher courses and Proficiency Checks of

aircrew etc. as per DGCA/Chief of Operations
requirements.
(b) To exercise full functional and administrative control over

all personnel working under him. He shall also exercise
functional control over all Des/TRIs/LTCs appointed at all
regions. When not employed on their primary duties as
trainers, they may be employed as Line Pilots under the
control of the Base Managers.
(c) Supervise full and up to date records of the training and

licensing status of the Flight Operations personnel
maintained by CMS. Base Managers are to keep Chief of
Training informed of any changes in licensing status.
Maintain control of records to ensure:
(i) Identification
(ii) Legibility
(iii) Maintenance
(iv) Retention and retrieval
(v) Protection and security
(vi) Disposal
(d) He will prepare and issue Training circulars, Nav logs,

Training Manuals, other documents and ensure up-to-date
status of Flight Manuals and all other documents necessary
to the safe and efficient operation of training flights.
(e) To prepare training curriculum for all types of training

conducted by the airline and keep it up to date taking into
consideration latest operating technique, experience,
instructions and directions of the DGCA.
(f) Arrange to conduct random surveillance checks of the

trainer pilots and SIM sessions for Quality monitoring of
Training.
(g) To review feedback & complaints by Trainers and trainees

for training issues.
PAGE D0 - 7
PART - D
SECTION 0
(h) To co-ordinate and liaison with aircraft manufacturer &

OEMs on matter relating to training and training operations.
(i) The Chief of Training will be responsible to the CEO in all

matters listed above. He will also maintain close liaison
with Chief of Operations, Chief of Flight Safety, ED
Engineering and Commercial deptt. in so far his functions
have a bearing on their operations.
(j) To develop and establish procedures and checklist which

are different from as provided by the manufactures for use
by the flight crew, and any difference would be based only
on operational and safety considerations.
(k) To coordinate with other departments for smooth and

timely completion of training programme.
(l) Defining basic principles, methods and standards and

operations of all aircraft in the Company relative to:
(i) Type conversion;

(ii) Recurrent training and checking; and
(iii) Route flying
(m) Chief of Training is overall responsible for conducting

ATRP programme in compliance with all requirements of
DGCA CAR on ATRP. To conduct ATRP Training
Program the suitable qualified personnel in adequate
number shall be employed and they shall be trained as per
all the requirements of DGCA CAR.
(n) Maintaining full and updated records of training and

licensing status of flight operations personnel the
supervision of the issue of notices to aircrew.
(o) The categorization of airfields.
(p) The action and distribution of accident and incident report.
D 0.5.1.2 The discipline/welfare of Trainers/ Trainees and adherence

to career progression policy and remedial training of flight crew,
PAGE D0 - 8
PART - D
SECTION 0
including possible suspension in consultation with appeal

committee.
D 0.5.2DEPUTY CHIEF OF TRAINING: The Deputy Chief of

Training shall report to the Chief of Training and is responsible for
liaison with DGCA and coordination between Training and
operations among other functions.
D 0.5.2.1 FUNCTIONS OF DEPUTY CHIEF OF TRAINING:

The responsibilities of Deputy Chief of Training are as follows:
(a) Maintain direct liaison with the DGCA on behalf of

Chief of Training, all matters concerning regulated
training and checking requirements for Alliance Air
pilots, including ensuring that all applicable training
courses and programs are approved by the Authority;
(b) Responsible for maintaining contact and liaison with

all agencies supporting the development of Alliance
Air pilot training programs, including the training
departments of manufacturers and other airline
operators;
(c) Coordinate and liaise with the other Alliance Air

managers responsible for training and flight operations,
to ensure that the content of the pilot training programs
properly fulfills Regulatory and safety objectives;
(d) Coordinate and liaise with the Air India CTE

Hyderabad for Simulator, Ground training and flight
operations requirements.
(e) Conduct & Supervise ground-related Training and

Examinations.
(f) Responsible in conjunction with the Chief Ground

Instructor, for developing and maintaining all quality
control procedures and processes necessary for the
effective conduct and completion of training program
development activities;
PAGE D0 - 9
PART - D
SECTION 0
(g) Ensure recruitment of departmental Trainers in

accordance with company guidelines;
(h) Produce and implement relevant policies and

procedures specific to pilot ground training and ensure
all material produced by the Operations Training
Department is fully reviewed prior to approval for
implementation / distribution;
(i) Maintain continued professional development by

research and keeping updated with the constantly
changing area of regulatory training both within the
company and the industry in general, in order to
identify and necessary changes in Alliance Air training
programs;
(j) Review all correspondence and documentation required

for the approval of Alliance Air pilot training programs
prior to their submission to the regulatory authority;
(k) Responsible for such other tasks as may be defined and

notified by Chief of Training.
D 0.5.2.2 PROCEDURE FOR SELECTION OF DEPUTY

CHIEF OF TRAINING:
D 0.5.2.2.1 Applications will be invited from Pilot Trainers, who are

holding authorization/approvals on the fleet.
D 0.5.2.2.2 All the applicants will be subjected to a viva, which

would be conducted by Chief of Training, Chief Advisor Training
and Chief of Operations. If Chief of Operations is not available, he
may depute any other suitable Executive.
D 0.5.2.2.3 The seniority in the organization shall not be in

consideration for the post.
D 0.5.3 FUNCTIONS OF CHIEF GROUND INSTRUCTOR:

The Chief Ground Instructor shall report to the Chief of Training.
The responsibilities of the Chief Ground Instructor are as follows:
PAGE D0 - 10
PART - D
SECTION 0
(a) Ensure the approved ground training programs for

pilots are executed in accordance with the regulations,
the approved syllabus and completed in a timely
manner;
(b) Maintains continued professional development by

research and keeping updated with the constantly
changing area of regulatory training both within the
company and the industry in general, in order to
identify and necessary changes in Alliance Air training
programs;
(c) Supervise pilot ground training records maintenance;
(d) Conduct ground-related Training Needs Analysis

(TNA) and trend analysis for Alliance Air pilots;
(e) Supervise Ground Training section for record up

keeping, documentation and training requirements.
(f) Supervising and ensuring the quality of the design,

development and the delivery of the training programs;
(g) Produce and implement relevant policies and

procedures specific to pilot ground training and ensure
all material produced by the Operations Training
Department is fully reviewed prior to approval for
implementation / distribution;
(h) Prepare annual budgetary submissions, as well as

monitoring annual costs associated with ground
training in order to remain within the fiscal budget;
(i) Control and supervision of the Operations Library;
(j) Ensure functioning of the safety, security and quality

system within the area of responsibility;
(k) Authorized to issue course completion certificates for

the courses conducted by Approved Ground Instructor;
PAGE D0 - 11
PART - D
SECTION 0
(l) Any other duties as may be assigned by the Chief of

Training.
D 0.5.3.1 PROCEDURE FOR SELECTION OF CHIEF

GROUND INSTRUCTOR:
D 0.5.3.2Applications will be invited from Ground Instructors, who

are holding authorization/approvals on the fleet.Desirable candidate
shall have Flying/Maintenance &Operational Training
Administration experience.
D 0.5.3.3All the applicants will be subjected to a viva, which would

be conducted by Chief of Training, Chief Advisor Training and
Chief of Operations. If Chief of Operations is not available, he may
depute any other suitable Executive.
D 0.5.3.4The seniority in the organization shall not be in

consideration for the post.
D0.5.3.5 EXAMINATION CONTROLLER: Examination

Controller will be an Approved Ground Instructor who will be
reporting to Chief Ground Instructor and His Duties are as under:
(a) Shall ensure the requirements of Question banks are met as

per regulatory requirement.
(b) Shall ensure the conduct of examination as per approved

syllabus.
(c) Shall maintain the records of Examination conducted.
(d) Shall maintain the record ofrespective Question papers and

all the associated Answer sheets batch wise.
(e) Shall ensure that question papers are not repeated during
consecutive examinations
(f) Shall supervise all the Examination activities and

examination arrangements.
PAGE D0 - 12
PART - D
SECTION 0
(g) Shall raise the requisition of ancillary requirements and

budget for various examination requirements.
D0.5.3.6 MANAGER LIBRARY: Manager Library will be an

Approved Ground Instructor who will be reporting to Chief Ground
Instructor and his duties are as under:
(a) Shall maintain the inventory of the library book available.
(b) Shall monitor the validity and revisions of various texts in

inventory and regularly check for the revisions from the
regulatory/vendors website.
(c) Shall be responsible for making entries of revision and

updation of manuals.
(d) Shall raise the requisition of ancillary requirements and

budget for various literature required for the Operational
personnel.
(e) Shall maintain all Company, Parent Company , OEM

Manuals and preserve record of revision as per regulatory
requirement
D0.5.3.7 MANAGER GROUND TRAINING: Manager Ground

Training will be an Approved Ground Instructor who will be
reporting to Chief Ground Instructor and his duties are as under:
(a) Shall maintain the Ground Instructors currency

requirements
(b) Shall be responsible for keeping batch records, attendance

of trainees.
(c) Shall be responsible for rostering of Ground Instructors for

various batches of training being programmed.
(d) Shall be responsible for arrangements of ancillary

requirements and classroom upkeep.
PAGE D0 - 13
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.5.4 MANAGER TRAINING ADMINISTRATION: The

manager Training Administration will report to Deputy Chief of
Training. The responsibilities of the Manager Training
Administration are as follows:
(a) Shall be responsible for maintenance of training

records for the cockpit crew of entire fleet.
(b) Shall be responsible for the database updation of

qualification;
(c) Shall be responsible for forecasting training

requirements as per inputs received from manpower
planning;
(d) Coordinate and plan ground, simulator and line training

requirements of fleet.
(e) Coordinate and plan Training Profile.
(f) Liaison with regulatory authorities;
(g) Nodal point for internal and external audits;
(h) Shall be responsible for maintenance of medical and

licensing records (as applicable);
(i) To update and Co-ordinate DGCA correspondence.
(j) Liaise with various DGCA departments regarding

licensing CAR updates.
(k) Ensure that all training requirements are promptly

processed.
(l) To maintain and track training documents.
(m) To arrange and co-ordinate interviews and workshops

for DE’s and DGCA.
(n) Conduct periodic internal reviews or audits for flight

PAGE D0 - 14
PART - D
SECTION 0
operations training, to ensure that compliance

procedures are followed;
(o) Handle training audits by internal and external agencies

and ensure audit response is delivered within the time
frame;
(p) Assist the Post Holder with closure of the audit

findings;
(q) Develop/implement corrective action plans for

resolution of problematic issues, and provides general
guidance on how to avoid or deal with similar
situations in the future;
(r) Advise the Deputy Chief of training on matters

concerning the regulatory compliance of crew training
and checking, including necessary and/ or
recommended updates to applicable training programs,
facilities and documentation;
(s) Liaise with DGCA for Trainers authorization,

standardization, refreshers and approvals;
(t) Any other duties that may be assigned by the Chief of

Training.
D 0.5.5 MANAGER (MEDICAL AND FIRST AID): The

manager Medical and First Aid will report to Chief of Training for
his training duties. The responsibilities of the Manager Medical and
First Aid are as follows:
(a) Shall be responsible for maintenance of medical

records for the assigned fleets;
(b) Shall be responsible for the database updation of

qualification;
(c) Liaison with regulatory authorities;
(d) Nodal point for internal and external audits;

PAGE D0 - 15
PART - D
SECTION 0
(e) Shall be responsible for maintenance of medical and

licensing records (as applicable);
(f) Prepare and update the first aid training modules

continuously;
(g) Conduct first-aid training for all Cabin Crew i.e. Initial
and Type Training, Recurrent training, Refresher /
Extended Refresher, Transition Training, SCC
Training, Pilots briefings and AED training;
(h) Ensure / maintain and update medical training records;
(i) Remain up to date with all developments in first aid.

Maintain current knowledge of rules and regulations,
policies and procedures for the operations of the
aircraft and ensure that they conform to regulatory
requirements;
(j) ensure the key concerns are continuously

communicated to the crew in training and enhance
first-aid safety standards;
(k) Conduct first-aid investigation;
(l) Prepare the budget for procuring training equipment /

aids as and when applicable, as per the approved
budget;
(m) Responsible to review, design and revise the First-aid

Manual.
(n) Prepare circulars as and when required and ensure

effective distribution to all bases;
(o) Maintain records of any Medical related CAR /

Company revisions and maintain records of all
correspondence from DGCA with regards to the same;
(p) Conduct periodic supervision to ensure training is

PAGE D0 - 16
PART - D
SECTION 0
conducted as per the approved syllabus and efficiency;
(q) Ensure functioning of the safety, security and quality

(r) Any other duties that may be assigned by the Chief of

Training.
D 0.5.6 MANAGER (CSTM/ IFS):The Cabin Safety Training

Manager is responsible to ensure all safety training is compliant with
Alliance Air policies and DGCA regulations.
D 0.5.6.1 The Cabin Safety Training Manager reports to theChief of

Trainingfor all matters related to training.
D 0.5.6.2 The responsibilities of Cabin Safety Training Manager are

as follows:
(a) is Alliance Air Cabin Safety Officer;
(b) Accountable for the people management, talent

development and succession planning within Safety
Training team;
(c) Responsible for the design and delivery of Safety

Training to meeting Alliance Air standards and
compliance with all national and international authority
regulations;
(d) Ensure all regulatory updates are appropriately

implemented and communicated and that new or
amended safety standards and procedures are
communicated effectively to the relevant operational
staff;
(e) Manage all relevant policies and procedures applicable

to Safety Training and implement effective procedures
to ensure that any proposed Safety Training initiatives
are compliant with regulatory and Company
regulations;
PAGE D0 - 17
PART - D
SECTION 0
(f) Review all safety related issue and recommend training

/ educational interventions to address critical trends;
(g) Liaise with internal areas and external organizations to

ensure that safety, standards and procedures on-board
Alliance Air aircraft are appropriately benchmarked
and in line with the latest developments, innovations
and industry best practice;
(h) Responsible for the professional, personal and

disciplinary management of all subordinate personnel,
in cooperation (as necessary) with the Human
Resources department;
(i) Maintain an awareness of the latest developments and

changes in all relevant training regulations governing
the approval of training programs, facilities personnel
and documentation, including participation in
appropriate industry and regulatory workshops,
conferences and courses;
(j) In cooperation with other Operations Training

Management, act as subject matter expert in developing
appropriate training manuals, courses and course
material.
(k) Responsible for the preparation of those parts of the

department’s budget related to crew training programs
and delivery, in cooperation with the applicable
financial controller, and for ensuring that expenditures
are properly controlled against the approved plans and
budgets;
(l) Responsible for maintaining an awareness of the latest

developments in all relevant training program delivery,
design and e-learning methodologies and technologies,
through participation in appropriate workshops,
conferences and courses;
(m) To ensure functioning of the safety, security and

quality system within the area of responsibility;
PAGE D0 - 18
PART - D
SECTION 0
(n) Any other duties that may be assigned by the Chief of

Training.
D 0.5.6.3 NOTE: In the absence of Cabin Safety Training Manager,

a fully briefed and qualified deputy shall be nominated to carry out
the duties and responsibilities and be available in the workplace or
contactable locally. A full handover briefing shall be given to the
deputy for extended periods of absence.
D 0.5.7 SEP INSTRUCTOR IN-CHARGE:The SEP InstructorIn-

charge is responsible for maintaining a high level of cabin safety
standards and monitoring cabin crew compliance with safety,
security, medical, emergency procedures, standards and regulatory
matters on board Alliance Air aircraft.
D 0.5.7.1 The SEP Instructor In-chargereports to the Chief Ground

Instructor. The responsibilities of The SEP InstructorIn-chargeare as
follows:
(a) Supervise the design, the development and the delivery of

Regulatory related training programs in order to meet
departmental needs. Determine a standard of line
operations as required by the DGCA regulations and be in
compliance with national and international regulations and
standards as well as best training practices;
(b) Liaise with all relevant line departments within the airline
to ensure that appropriate training needs / requirements and
Trend analysis are highlighted / established and related
documentation, policies and procedures are implemented as
required.
(c) Maintain current knowledge of rules and regulations,

policies and procedures for the operations of the aircraft
and ensure that they conform to regulatory requirements;
(d) To ensure that the Training team maintains highest

standards of quality and develops modules regularly to
keep pace with the industry standards;
PAGE D0 - 19
PART - D
SECTION 0
(e) To ensure the highest standards of safety standards are

maintained on board the aircraft and co-ordinate with the
Base and Guest services team for key concerns with regards
to safety;
(f) Ensure the process for resolving all cabin safety issues
reported on flight reports is immediate and all data
collected is used for future references;
(g) Design and ensure implementation of all safety policies,

procedures and standardized formats;
(h) Ensure documentation is complete and files and records are

updated regularly;
(i) Responsible for the design, development and approvals of

all the relevant manuals in the area of cabin safety;
(j) Shall be responsible for administration of SEP Manual and

Cabin Crew Training Manual;
(k) Issuance of circulars, safety news and handouts to confirm

with regulatory requirements and decide on various
ways/medium of communication within the team for better
understanding;
(l) Ensure functioning of the safety, security and quality

(m) Any other duties that may be assigned.
D 0.5.8 OFFICER RECORDS:The Officer Records will report to

Manager Training Administration for his training duties. The
responsibilities of the Officer Records are as follows:
a) Maintain record of training planned

b) Maintain record of updated training forms.
c) Maintain record of duly filled training forms and
certificated issued
PAGE D0 - 20
PART - D
SECTION 0
d) Scrutinize forms and certificates for completeness and

follow up for incomplete forms/certificates.
e) Separate record for training forms with special annotation,
failure, remedial/corrective trainings and their
communications.
f) Updation of record in individual flight crew folders
g) Any Other task assigned by Chief of training.
D 0.5.8 OFFICER LIAISON:The Officer Liaison will report to

Manager Training Administration for his duties. The responsibilities
of the Officer Liaison are as follows:
a) Maintain a record of DGCA communication

subject/department/ DGCA directorate wise.
b) Maintain record of Incoming approvals, communications,
shortfalls raised by DGCA.
c) Inform the concerned department/official about any
development to the request/record submitted for the desired
task.
d) Associate with various AAAL sections for DGCA Liaison.
e) Any Other task assigned by Chief of Training.
D 0.6 TRAINING DEPARTMENT INFRASTRUCTURE:
D 0.6.1 TRAINING PERSONNEL:
D 0.6.1.1Alliance Air shall ensure to maintain sufficient Ground

Instructors, Line Training Captains, Type Rating Instructors,
Designated Examiners & support personnel to administer the
training and evaluation programmes in accordance with the
Company requirements.
D 0.6.1.2 Selection of Line Training Captains, Type Rating

Instructors, and nomination of Designated Examiners will be the
prerogative of the Company and will be based on criteria as per
DGCA rules.
PAGE D0 - 21
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.6.1.3 The following section covers the Duties, Responsibilities,

and Qualification, Recurrent and re-qualification requirements for
the Training and Checking personnel and includes:
(a) Designated Examiner (DE).
(b) Instructors TRI-A
(c) Line Training Captains (LTC)
(d) Synthetic Flight Instructors (SFI)
(e) Ground Instructors
(f) CRM Facilitators
(g) SEP Instructor
(h) Special Operations Instructor
D 0.6.2TRAINING FACILITIES & INFRASTRUCTURE:
D 0.6.2.1 Alliance Air has offices for the administrative officials and
staff to execute their work functions effectively and efficiently.
Every official and staff member is provided with the required
infrastructure to perform optimally. Necessary items required for
day to day functioning of the Training Establishment are stocked up
in the Stores Department. These items include the spares and
material for the simulators, stationery etc.
D 0.6.2.2 All other basic facilities are provided for the staff /
personnel / officers / trainers working in the Training Establishment.
D 0.6.2.3 Each training facility has a library with various training

material for reference.
D 0.6.2.4 The Trainees are given with the following updated

Training material (Soft copies / hard copies [as applicable]) as
supplied by the Manufacturer.
(a) Flight Crew Operation Manual.

PAGE D0 - 22
PART - D
SECTION 0
(b) Quick Reference Hand Book (QRH).
(c) Flight Crew Training Manual (FCTM).
(d) Operation Circulars.
(e) Cockpit Layout Diagrams.
D 0.6.2.5 Apart from the above training material used, the training
sections are authorized to use training notes duly approved by Chief
of training from time to time for in depth understanding of the topics
and relevant discussions during the classroom training / briefing
sessions conducted by Instructors / Evaluators.
D 0.6.3 CLASS STRENGTH: The number of trainees attending the

course will be as per the requirement of the company and adequate
seating arrangement shall be made in the classroom accordingly.
The maximum number of Trainees in any course shall normally not
Exceed 25.
D 0.6.4 TRAINING INFRASTRUCTURE: Courses are carried

out in Training Department based on Manufacturers'
recommendations.
(a) Training Library.
(b) Projectors, Drop Down Screens.
(c) Cockpit lay out diagrams.
(d) Computers/Laptop.
D 0.6.5 GROUND TRAINING TIMINGS: Daily Ground Training

will be programmed from 0900 hours to 1800 hours, which includes
08 hours of Ground Classes and break timings as follows:
(a) Tea Break 1 : 1200 hours – 1215 hours
(b) Lunch Break : 1315 hours – 1345 hours
PAGE D0 - 23
PART - D
SECTION 0
(c) Teak Break 2 : 1530 hours – 1545 hours
D 0.6.6 MINIMUM SERVICEABILITY OF TRAINING AIDS,

EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES: Adequate serviceability of all
training aids, equipment and facilities shall be ensured at all times.
Where required, adequate standby training aids be made available to
ensure desired level of serviceability for continuous and evaluation
without being adversely affected.
D 0.6.7 ATR72-600 SIMULATOR (PARENT COMPANY SIM):
Aircraft
a) ATR 72-600
simulated
b) Tail no / MSN 121671
CAE Electronics Ltd.,
Manufactured
c) Montreal, Canada.
by
Commissioned in2017
Certification
d) Level D
level
6 DOF Electronic Motion
e) Motion System
System
Control
f) Digital control loading system
Loading
Engine
g) PW 127
simulated
Forward facing Instructors Seat
Instructor's with two(02) Touch sensitive
h) station LCD(Liquid Crystal Display)
Systems.
i) Computer IOS PC Computer
j) Visual System CAE Tropos – 6200
Field of view – 210x40 (4
Channel)
Day/Dusk/Dawn/Night
Manufacturer: M/s. CAE, Canada
Mumbai/Delhi/Chennai/Kolkata/
k) Airport models
/Bangalore / Hyderabad /Kullu
PAGE D0 - 24
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.6.8 RECORDS: The system for the management and control of

flight operations records shall ensure the content and retention of all
records in accordance with required regulations and also ensure
operational records are subjected to standardized processes for
identification; legibility; maintenance; retention and retrieval;
protection and security; disposal. Management and control of flight
operations records will include retention, for a period of time as
defined by the regulator from time to time. All sensitive and
controlled documents shall be retained in a secure and protected
environment such that the access to such areas is restricted as per the
requirements.
D 0.6.8.1FLIGHT CREW: The records of document to include
(a) The flight crew qualification requirements, as specified in

chapter 12, OMA.
(b) Flight crew License and training records including

successful and unsuccessful candidates.
D 0.6.8.1.1 Flight Crew Record Table :
SN Details Period Remark

a) Licences, Ratings and Medical 03 Years
b) Conversion Training & 03 Years
Checking
c) Command Course including 03 Years
Checking
d) Recurrent Training & Checking 03 Years
e) Training & Checking to operate
in either pilot’s Seat 03 Years
f) Route & Aerodrome 03 Years
Competence
g) Training and Qualification for 03 Years
Special Ops.
h) Dangerous Goods Training 03 Years
i) Flight Crew Log Book 05 Years
j) Flight, Duty and Rest Time 18 months
PAGE D0 - 25
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.6.8.2The following flight crew records are maintained by CMS

Section of Alliance Air.
(a) Licenses/certification, including eligibility to exercise

privileges of pilot license.
(b) Specific qualifications (LVP, etc.);
(c) Equipment qualifications (TCAS/ACAS, GPWS/EGPWS,);
(d) Recency of experience
(i) For all Pilots: 3 take-offs and landings within the

preceding 90 days.
(ii) For DE/TRI/LTC: 10 hours flying experience as
PIC on the type during the preceding 90 days.
(e) For DE/TRI/LTC: Record of exercising applicable

privileges in Simulator / Aircraft in preceding 6 months.
(f) Medical status, including Medical Certificate;
(g) Initial training & checking/Line check/Proficiency

check/Recurrent Trg and checking/ Any Additional or
corrective training.
(h) Right seat qualification;
(i) Types(s) qualification;
(j) Airport and route competence (including special airports);
(k) DE / TRI / LTC qualification;
(l) CRM/Human Factors training;
(m) Dangerous goods training;
(n) Security training;
PAGE D0 - 26
PART - D
SECTION 0
(o) Flight crew members are prohibited from operating an

aircraft/Simulator if not qualified for the duty in accordance
with requirements specified above.
D 0.6.8.3Cabin Crew Records:

a) Licences, Ratings and Medical 03 Years
D 0.6.8.4 OPERATIONAL PERSONNEL RECORD:

a) Training / Qualification records 5 YEARS
of other DGCA approved
Personnel
D 0.6.8.5 OPERATIONAL RECORDS (MAINTAINED BY

OTHER SECTIONS)

a) Operational Flight Plan 03 Months FD
b) Route specific FD
NOTAMS & 03 Months
Briefing
Documentation
c) Mass and Balance 04 Months REF :AI
Documentation L&T
d) Notification on Special Loads 04 Months
& Dangerous Goods
e) Aircraft Tech Log Refer: CAME & QM for
f) Journey Log Procedure
g) Flight Report(s) for recording
details of any occurrence as 03 Months REF:
prescribed by DGCA or any AAAL
event which the Commander FSM &
deems necessary to report / AASL
record. FLT
h) Reports on exceedances of SAFETY
Duty and/or reducing Rest 03 Months RECORD
Periods
PAGE D0 - 27
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.6.8.6MISCELENEOUS RECORDS

a) Records on Cosmic and Solar
Radiation Dosage N/A
For aircraft operated at or
above 15000 m
b) Fuel and Oil Records 06 months CAMO
c) Crew, Passenger and cargo 30 days CCTM
manifest
d) Flight Release Certificate/ OPS
Pilots acceptance report 03 months TECH
e) Distribution records for RECORD
information dissemination to 06 Months
Crew and other staff (e-
manual, notices, etc.)
D 0.7 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRAINING

AND CHECKING PERSONNEL:
D 0.7.1 Training and Checking of Alliance Air flight crew members

shall be conducted by suitably qualified personnel under the
supervision of Post Holder Training. The Training and Checking
personnel shall either be accepted or approved by the DGCA,
according to the following guidance:
(a) Prior to appointment to a training position, nominees shall

have been checked in those duties applicable to the
appointment. A certificate of competence to conduct the
particular training or checking duties shall be verified and
evidence retained on the individual’s personal training file;
(b) Training personnel shall be approved or accepted by

DGCA. The training personnel who requires DGCA
approval / acceptance are detailed in this Chapter, or on
cases where CAR permits, the approval will be issued by
Post holder training.
PAGE D0 - 28
PART - D
SECTION 0
(c) Training personnel conducting ground school instruction

shall be suitably qualified to conduct such training and shall
be approved by DGCA;
(d) Training personnel who are required to assess CRM skills

shall complete training in the use of the Assessment
Markers. The assessment markers are detailed in this
manual;
(e) Shall meet the required qualification and performance

standards specified by Alliance Air in this manual or its
annexes, and/or by DGCA (as applicable); and
(f) Shall be periodically evaluated to ensure continuing

compliance with the required qualification and performance
standards.
D 0.7.2NOTE - AAAL has also been permitted to utilize qualified

expatriate pilots as Type Rated Instructors / Designated Examiners
during period of validity of their FATA on authorization from FSD
DGCA.
D 0.7.3ALL THE TRAINING AND CHECKING PERSONNEL

SHALL:
(a) Ensure that adequate briefing is provided prior to conduct

of any training exercise or session, so that the trainee is
clear about what he is expected to do and the standards to
achieve.
(b) Familiarize themselves with the trainee’s previous

performance record, via available training reports, and if
possible and within the time available, to plan the training
to cover known areas of weakness.
(c) Familiarize the flight crew with the current operational

procedures.
(d) If so authorized, carry out checks on behalf of the company

and the DGCA.
PAGE D0 - 29
PART - D
SECTION 0
(e) Impart training or conducting evaluation /assessment

checks on flight crew as directed by the Alliance Air.
(f) Correct any procedure not in accordance / conformity with

the Operations Manual, or other company operating
procedures.
(g) Debrief the trainee on his performance after completion of

the training session, ensuring that all vital points are
covered and remedial action initiated when performance is
unsatisfactory.
(h) Ensure that, during any training activity, they concentrate

on imparting training rather than checking to preclude
negative training.
(i) Ensure that all applicable training forms are duly completed
in a timely and legible manner.
(j) Ensure that a comprehensive and legible training report is

completed after each training session, or at intervals not
exceeding 04 sectors during line training.
(k) Report clearly to indicate areas in which progress has been

made, as well as areas where further improvement is
required, together with any specific recommendations for
subsequent training.
(l) Recommend the suitability of a trainee to progress to the

next stage of training, or to undergo a proficiency check,
skill test or a line check. On completion of the specific
Check/ Training. (When making such a recommendation,
the instructor shall always consider all aspects of the safety
of flight operations, and if there is any doubt whatsoever
about his ability to pass the necessary check, must consider
a recommendation for further training.).
(m) Ensure that procedures and maneuvers arecarried out in

accordance with Company SOPs, the contents of the
applicable manuals, and the relevant regulatory
requirements.
PAGE D0 - 30
PART - D
SECTION 0
(n) Ensure that trainees are familiar with the current

operational procedures and recent amendments thereof.
(o) Review and forward proposals for improving the standard

and efficiency of training, contents of training syllabi, and
the safety of line operations.
(p) Participate in Training Workshops/ meetings, as scheduled

by the concerned Chief of Training, as well as in working
groups and projects related to flight training and
course development.
(q) Assist, as and where required, in the development and

updating of training syllabi, lesson plans, visual aids, and
related documents.
(r) Assist, as and where required, in the development and

updating of the Operations Manual.
(s) Conduct of ground training courses required for both

conversion and recurrent/refresher training.
D 0.7.3.1All TRI-(A) and DE pilots must be duly authorized by

DGCA. Such authorization is subject to satisfying the training,
revalidation and renewal requirements as specified.
D 0.7.3.2 All Line Training Captains, Type Rated Instructors and

Designated Examiners shall hold the license, rating and qualification
for which they are conducting instruction and/or checking (unless
specified otherwise) and, shall be entitled to act as Pilot-in-
Command of the aircraft during such training.
D 0.7.3.3 NOTE: If a LTC, TRI, SFI or DE fails to achieve a pass in

all sections of a proficiency check before the expiry date of a LTC/
Instructor/ Designated Examiner authorization, he shall not exercise
the privileges of that rating until the proficiency check has
successfully been completed.
PAGE D0 - 31
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.7.3.4 Additionally, an applicant for an appointment as a

Training Captain (LTC/TRI/DE) shall satisfy the desired minimum
qualification requirements as under.
D 0.7.4SPECIFIC DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF

ALLIANCE AIR TRAINING PERSONNEL:
D 0.7.4.1LINE TRAINING CAPTAINS (LTC) PRIVILEGES

(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART II PARA 6.4.):The
privileges of LTCs are as follows:
(a) To conduct initial route check and SLF;
(b) To conduct Operator’s Release Check;
(c) To conduct Annual Line Check;
(d) To conduct Aerodrome Competence Check;
(e) To conduct Special Route Qualification; and
(f) To conduct Recency Check.
D 0.7.4.2SYNTHETIC FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR (SFI)

PRIVILEGES (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART II PARA
6.3.):The privileges of SFI are as follows:
(a) To conduct training of PIC / Co-pilots for type rating;
(b) To conduct training for issue/renewal of IR;
(c) To conduct recurrent pilot proficiency training;
(d) To conduct special authorization training; and
(e) To conduct simulator training for SFIs and LTCs;
D 0.7.4.2.1 NOTE 1: Special operations training can be imparted

provided he has observed and conducted applicable special
PAGE D0 - 32
PART - D
SECTION 0
operations training simulator session with a TRI qualified to conduct

such training.
D 0.7.4.2.2 NOTE 2: In case an SFI has not held a CAT II

authorization on type within the previous 36 months, then prior to
imparting training for LVTO and CAT II operations, he must
complete the ground training for LVTO and CAT II. Thereafter, the
SFI shall observe and conduct LVTO and CAT II training under an
TRI prior to conducting LVTO and CAT II training (Annexure 2 of
CAR Section 8, Series C – Part I, Para 7 refers).
D 0.7.4.3 TYPE RATING INSTRUCTOR – SIMULATOR

(TRI-S) PRIVILEGES(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART II
PARA 6.1.):The privileges of TRI-S are as follows:
(a) To conduct training of PIC / Co-pilots for type rating;
(b) To conduct training for issue / renewal of IR;
(c) To conduct recurrent pilot proficiency training;
(d) To conduct SLF release route check and SLF;
(e) To conduct simulator training and assessment of LTCs,

SFIs, TRI-S and TRI-A;
(f) To conduct simulator checks and assessment except

Skill Tests, PPC and IR Check;
(g) To conduct aeroplane checks and assessment except

PIC upgrade route checks; and
(h) To conduct special authorization training.
D 0.7.4.3.1 NOTE 1: Special operations training can be imparted

provided he has observed and conducted applicable special
operations training simulator session with a TRI qualified to conduct
such training.
PAGE D0 - 33
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.7.4.4 DESIGNATED EXAMINERS (DE) PRIVILEGES

(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART I PARA 7.1.):The
privileges of DEs are as follows:
(a) To conduct Skill Test for issue / renewal of type rating;
(b) To conduct PPC and IR Check;
(c) To conduct PIC upgrade route checks (10 Route

checks);
(d) To conduct Standardization checks of TRI’s; and
(e) To conduct Training / Check of DEs.
(f) To conduct initial and recurrent LVTO Checks.
D 0.7.4.5 GROUND INSTRUCTOR (CAR SECTION 7,

SERIES I - PART 7 PARA 3.):The duties and responsibilities of a
Ground Instructor are as follows:
(a) To provide initial ground training in the aeronautical

knowledge areas required for the issuance of a Commercial
Pilot’s License, Airline Transport Pilot’s License, Flight
Dispatcher Approval/ License and type rating … etc in
accordance with the approved applicable syllabus;
(b) To provide recurrent ground training in the aeronautical

knowledge areas required for Commercial Pilot’s License,
Airline Transport Pilot’s License, Flight Dispatcher
Approval / License …etc in accordance with the approved
applicable syllabus;
(c) To conduct training required for Pilots and Flight

Dispatchers on aircraft systems and procedures,
performance, navigation and flight planning, Specialised
Operations Training to include such as TCAS, EGPWS,
PBN, LVTO, CAT II, Cold weather operations, CDFA,
UPRTetc.
PAGE D0 - 34
PART - D
SECTION 0
(d) To conduct training required for Pilots and Flight

Dispatchers on CFIT / Dangerous Goods / Human Factors /
Aviation Security … etc.
(e) To review aircraft systems and procedures specific to the

aircraft type (normal, alternate, abnormal and Emergency
procedures);
(f) To review circulars, new standing orders, new CARs and

Air Safety Circulars pertaining to Flight Operations;
(g) To supervise and conduct any phase progress tests during

the approved ground training course, as well as the final
examination at the conclusion of the course;
(h) To report to the Training Department by the quickest means

available for any significant progress problems being
experienced by a trainee and any failure to pass the final
theoretical knowledge examination; and
(i) To conduct any other training as required by the Chief of

Training/Chief Ground Instructor
D 0.7.4.6 CRM FACILITATOR (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I -

PART 8 PARA 3.): The duties and responsibilities of a CRM
Facilitator are as follows:
(a) To conduct initial and recurrent CRM training for

Pilots, Engineers, Dispatchers, Rostering personnel,
Cabin Crew… etc in accordance with the approved
CRM syllabus;
(b) To assist the training department in preparation of

Initial and Recurrent CRM training;
(c) To assist the Chief ground Instructor in preparation of

monthly rosters of CRM Facilitators according to the
requirement of CRM training and coordination with
different departments;
PAGE D0 - 35
PART - D
SECTION 0
(d) To formulate and compile course material for all levels

of training and manuals from time to time;
(e) To keep Alliance Air flight crew abreast of latest CRM

improvements / techniques and DGCA circulars;
(f) To ensure records are maintained of all CRM courses

and carry out analysis of the feedback data received;
(g) If authorised by the Chief of training to conduct the

applicable parts of the training required to qualify a
new CRM Facilitator in accordance with the approved
training syllabus;
(h) Any other duties that may be assigned by the Chief of

Training.
D 0.7.5DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF CABIN CREW

TRAINING PERSONNEL: The duties and responsibilities of
cabin crew training personnel are detailed in Cabin Crew Training
Manual.
D 0.7.6DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF FLIGHT

DISPATCH TRAINING PERSONNEL: The Flight Dispatcher
training is conducted by the Ground Instructors; refer to Section 1
chapter 3 for duties and responsibilities of flight despatchers.
D 0.8 ALLIANCE AIR DESIGNATED EXAMINER

PROGRAMME:
D 0.8.1 DELEGATION POLICY

(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I – PART I (ISSUE II), PARA 3):
D 0.8.1.1 Normally, flight /simulator checks / tests are required to be

conducted by DGCA Inspectors, however considering the volume of
checks / tests required, the Designated Examiner (DE) programme
has been instituted by DGCA to allow Indian Operators to develop
and maintain a program of flight crew tests and checks independent
of the availability of DGCA Inspectors. The Designated Examiner
PAGE D0 - 36
PART - D
SECTION 0
program is designed to supplement inspection requirements by

delegation of certain authority.
D 0.8.1.2 In the Alliance Air’s Designated Examiner programme the

Designated Examiner conducts regulatory checks on behalf of
DGCA. An Examiner appointed as Designated Examiner is an
Alliance Air employee approved to conduct duties on behalf of
DGCA as detailed in this manual.
D 0.8.1.3 Designated Examiners shall be constantly aware that they

perform their duties as delegates of the DGCA.
D 0.8.1.4 A DGCA FOI, when scheduled by the FSD, DGCA, may

conduct any of the tests and checks and may monitor (by way of
surveillance or random check) any DE/ Nominated DE conducting
any test or check, at any time.
D 0.8.1.5 NOTE: ‘Nominated DE’ (a DE who has been specially

authorized by the DGCA for the purposes as described in OC 4 of
2017) may conduct checks as described in OC 4 of 2017. As per OC
04 of 2017, Alliance Air may opt to apply for nomination of DEs to
carry out initial and recurrent standardization/proficiency checks of
other DEs and TRIs of the Alliance Air.
D 0.8.1.6 Alliance Air Management shall not influence or obstruct a

Designated Examiner, in any way, in the course of fulfilling his
obligations to the DGCA. Any effort by Alliance Air Management
to influence or obstruct a Designated Examiner, in any way, in the
course of fulfilling his obligations to the DGCA, will result in the
forfeiture of the Alliance Air’s Designated Examiner programme as
such. The validity of any checks performed by the affected
Designated Examiner will also be revoked.
D 0.8.2 CONFLICT OF INTEREST

(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I – PART I (ISSUE II), PARA 4):
D 0.8.2.1 Designated Examiners / Nominated Designated Examiners

primarily are Alliance Air’s employees carrying out functions on
behalf of DGCA, therefore sometimes it may result in a situation of
Conflict of Interest. This issue has been addressed herein for the
clarity of the Designated Examiner.
PAGE D0 - 37
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.2.2 Conflict of Interest is defined as any relationship that

might influence an approved Designated Examiner / Nominated
Designated Examiner to act, either knowingly or unknowingly, in a
manner that does not hold the safety of the flying public as the
primary and highest priority. Example of a situation but not limited
to, is considered as a possible conflict of interest between the DE
and his delegated authority is conducting a Test/Check on a pilot
whom the examiner has trained under a concurrent TRI approval and
such training culminates into the Test/Check.
D 0.8.2.3 Each applicant, whose name is recommended by Alliance

Air, shall declare in his resume, which accompanies the nomination
form, any conflict of interest of which they have knowledge, and
shall agree to discuss any change in its status in this regard at each
annual monitor thereafter.
D 0.8.2.3 In order to preclude an actual conflict of interest, the

DGCA shall, in conjunction with Alliance Air, evaluate each
nominee’s background, character and motives and resolve any
conflict of interest found, prior to advising the acceptance of each
nomination.
D 0.8.2.4The final authority, for deciding whether there is any

conflict of interest that might affect the Designated Examiner’s /
Nominated Examiner’s ability to conduct tests and checks in an
impartial manner, rests with the DGCA.
D 0.8.2.5 Wherever, any designated examiner come into a situation

of conflict of interest, a full report of the circumstances shall be
immediately submitted by him / Alliance Air to the DGCA for
review.
D 0.8.3 PROCEDURES FOR SELECTION- NOMINATION,

APPLICATION AND APPROVAL
(CAR SECTION 7 SERIES I - PART I (ISSUE II) PARA 5):
The selection of DEs constitutes a two-step process:
(a) Operator’s (Alliance Air) Selection procedures; and
PAGE D0 - 38
PART - D
SECTION 0
(b) DGCA selection procedures. The final authority of

appointing a DE is with the DGCA.
D 0.8.3.1 OPERATOR’S (ALLIANCE AIR) SELECTION

PROCEDURES: The Operator’s (Alliance Air) selection
procedures are as follows:
(a) While requesting appointment of DEs to DGCA, it shall be

the responsibility of Post holder Training to justify the need
of number of DEs required to meet the quantum of
regulatory checks to be performed;
(b) While recommending pilots for appointment as DEs, the

Post holder Training shall ensure and confirm that such
pilots are of recognized integrity, free from prejudices and
strong likes and dislikes and capable of recording fair
assessments and shall be known for impartial conduct.
They shall be capable of instilling high standard of
discipline among the aircrew and shall have balanced
attitude towards them;
(c) Oral exam on CAP 7200 and relevant CARs by a Board

consisting of Chief of Training, Chief Ground
InstructorChief of operations/Chief Advisor Training and
one HR/Personnel representative.
(d) Request for an appointment of DEs shall be submitted to

DGCA in a prescribed form designed by the DGCA
(Nomination for the Designated Examiner) along with
supporting document; an example of Nomination for
Designated Examiner form is given in CAR Section 7,
Series I – Part
(e) A resume of the candidate’s background, qualifications and

experience is required, and must include a summary of
previous checking, training or supervisory experience. A
candidate shall also declare, on his resume, conditions that
could result in a conflict of interest;
D 0.8.3.1.1 NOTE:If a deviation from the qualifications and

experience requirements is required, supporting documentation
PAGE D0 - 39
PART - D
SECTION 0
justifying the deviation must be included with the nomination form.

The DGCA will assess every case, with consideration given to all
circumstances involved.
(f) The Post holder training shall complete and sign the
Nomination for Designated Examiner Form in accordance
with the instructions printed thereon. When the Post-holder
Training is the candidate, the form must be signed by the
Accountable Manager (CAP 7200C Chapter 2 - Para 2.1.1
refers);
(g) The completed nomination form with the required

supporting documentation shall be submitted to the
Principal Operations Inspector (POI) holding responsibility
for Alliance Air. The POI will scrutinize the nomination
prior to forwarding it to FSD, DGCA; and
(h) Formal advice of the acceptability of each nominee must be

received from DGCA prior to commencement of the
Examiner training course.
D 0.8.3.1.2 NOTE: Before the DE interview with DGCA, 1-day

ground training will be conducted to cover regulatory requirements.
D 0.8.3.2 DGCA SELECTION PROCEDURES: The DGCA

selection procedures are as follows:
(a) The DGCA is solely responsible for the acceptance and

authorization of all DEs;
(b) DE nominees shall normally satisfy the experience and

qualification requirements specified in this Chapter.
However, if considered necessary or desirable, the DGCA
may select a nominee not meeting all of the specified
requirements. Justification by DGCA will be included with
the nomination form;
(c) For designation as Designated Examiner the nominated

pilots shall be subjected to a process of selection. The
selection process shall be on the basis of applications
received from the entire pilot population that meets the
PAGE D0 - 40
PART - D
SECTION 0
eligibility criteria. The selection process shall be carried out

by a Board in DGCA Head Quarters that will meet as
deemed necessary. The Board will be chaired by the JDG /
CFOI DGCA with the members being a type rated qualified
FOI (if available) and Alliance Air Post Holder Training.
The scope of the interview for selection shall be:
(i) Knowledge of Aircraft Rules, CARs and DGCA

circulars pertaining to DE functions and
responsibilities;
(ii) Knowledge of CAP 7200 DE Manual
(iii) Aircraft Specific knowledge.
(d) On selection and successful completion of training and

checks, the completed records shall be submitted to FSD,
DGCA for appointment of the Designated Examiner. In
case the nominee does not pass the selection board process,
he may appear after a minimum gap of 3 months.
D 0.8.4 DESIGNATED EXAMINER QUALIFICATIONS

REQUIREMENTS:
D 0.8.4.1 Examiners shall hold a license and rating at least equal to

the license or rating for which they are authorized to conduct Skill
Tests or Proficiency Checks and, unless specified otherwise, the
privilege to instruct for this license or rating. An Examiner shall
have (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part I (Issue II), Para 6 refers:
(a) Total Flying Experience - 4000 hours;
(b) Total PIC Experience - 2000 hours; and
(c) Total PIC Experience on the type - 1000 hours.
D 0.8.4.2DGCA WILL CONSIDER RETAINING THE

DESIGNATION OF EXAMINERS IN CONTEXT OF
ALLIANCE AIR WHO:
(a) Change of operator with same type of aeroplane; or

PAGE D0 - 41
PART - D
SECTION 0
(b) Change of operator with change of aeroplane type.
D 0.8.4.2.1 NOTE: Change of operator in this context is from one

scheduled operator to another scheduled operator.
D 0.8.4.3THE QUALIFYING PIC EXPERIENCE ON TYPE

FOR SUBSEQUENT APPOINTMENT AS DE SHALL BE:
(a) With the Change of operator and change of type – DE

Experience of min 200 hours and 750 hours of command
experience on new type, in case of a pilot who has been a
functional Examiner for a period not less than one year. DE
experience of min 400 hours and 500 hours of command
experience on new type in case of a pilot who has been
functional Examiner for a period not less than two years.
(b) With change of operator on same type – Completion of

Operator’s Conversion Course and Para 8.1(c) and (d) of
DGCA CAR 7(I) 1 of 21 Feb 2020, subject to valid
release/standardization check.
D 0.8.4.4 THE DESIGNATED EXAMINER NOMINEE SHALL

(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART I (ISSUE II), PARA 6.1
REFERS):
(a) Hold a valid ATPL which would allow the applicant to act
as PIC on the same type of aircraft as requested in the
application for checking functions;
(b) Demonstrate flying proficiency on the type for which the

nominee seeks examining authority, if the nominee does
not hold a current Proficiency Check on type;
(c) Pilot-in-PIC in the same type of commercial operation

(scheduled) for which examining authority is sought;
(d) Demonstrate satisfactory knowledge of the contents and

interpretation of the DGCA CARs and applicable
regulations;
PAGE D0 - 42
PART - D
SECTION 0
(e) Demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the contents of

Alliance Air Operations Manual, Operations Specifications,
SOPs and the applicable aircraft operating manuals;
(f) Demonstrate his knowledge and ability to conduct Skill

Test(s), Proficiency Check(s) and PIC Upgrade Check(s),
as appropriate, on the applicable aircraft type (and/or
simulator) for which the Designated Examiner has been
nominated;
(g) Has functioned as a TRI on the same type with the and has
150 hrs on training experience (including a min of 50 hrs
on simulator) and has been functional for a minimum
period of 6 months preceding date as of Nomination as
Designated Examiner.Or should have functioned as an
Examiner with the same/another operator for a minimum
period of 12 months during the previous 5 years or for a
pilot employed by the operator and issued with FATA,
functioned as a TRE with an ICAO Contracting State for a
minimum period of 2 years during the previous 3 years (see
Note below);
(h) Has not been held blameworthy for an aircraft accident in

the previous 3 years or an aircraft incident in the previous 1
year;
(i) Has not been tested alcohol positive in the pre-/post-

medical check in the previous 3 years; and
(j) Have successfully completed the training requirements for

authorisation as a TRI as specified in CAR Section 7,
Series I - Part II (training requirements are detailed in this
Chapter);
D 0.8.4.4.1 NOTE: Another type in context of (g) above means

turboprop to turboprop, turbojet to turbojet.
D 0.8.4.5 NOMINATED DESIGNATED EXAMINER

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENT
PAGE D0 - 43
PART - D
SECTION 0
(OC 04 OF 2017 (PARA 3 & 4)): Post Holder Training shall

recommend suitable DEs holding current and valid approval on type
to carry out standardization/proficiency checks of other DEs/TRIs
according to the following criteria:
(a) Nominated DE shall have been an FOI with DGCA for at

least two years in the preceding five years, during which
he/she shall have conducted DE/Examiner checks on the
simulator, or;
(b) If a DE with FOI experience as in sub para (a) above is not

available, the nominated DE shall have been an
examiner/DE on type for at least two years in the preceding
five years, and;
(c) Nominated DE shall not have a record of any breach of

DGCA regulations in the preceding five years, and;
D 0.8.4.5.1 NOTE: Nominated DEs shall have tenure of one

year, renewable up to another year during which the annual
DE standardization check of the nominated DE shall be
carried out by an FOI. The operator shall recommend renewal
or make a fresh recommendation for consideration of DGCA
at least two months prior to expiry of tenure. Nominated DEs
shall undergo indoctrination capsule at FSD, DGCA prior to
undertaking nominated DE functions if they do not have
experience as in Para 1.2.4.1 (a) above.
D 0.8.4.6 DESIGNATED EXAMINER NOMINEE

INITIAL TRAINING (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I -
PART I (ISSUE II), PARA 8): The Designated Examiner
Course is conducted by the DGCA. The contents of the course
is detailed in CAP 7200 Chapter 7.
D 0.8.4.6.1The pilots shall undergo the following training in

order to obtain appointment as a DE:
(a) A briefing, conducted by a DGCA Inspector, or a DE
specifically authorised by DGCA for this purpose,
covering the following topics:
PAGE D0 - 44
PART - D
SECTION 0
(i) The procedures and techniques associated with the

conduct of Skill Tests and Proficiency Checks;
(ii) The techniques and standards used in the
assessment and evaluation of candidate’s
performance;
(iii) Briefing and debriefing procedures and
requirements;
(iv) Completion of all applicable forms and
documentation; and
(v) The contents and interpretation of all applicable
manuals and publications.
(b) The completion of an approved training course

covering the assessment of CRM skills, and the use
of facilitation techniques;
(c) The observation of at least one Skill Test or

Proficiency Check in an approved simulator;
(d) The conduct of at least two Skill Tests and/or

Proficiency Checks in an approved simulator /
aeroplane, under the supervision of a DE. The
nominee shall carry out the briefing, conduct the
check and subsequent debrief, and then complete all
necessary paperwork which shall be made under
supervision of the DE conducting the training;
(e) Undergo a DGCA FOI Monitoring Check, during

which a DGCA Inspector will observe the applicant
conducting a Skill Test or Proficiency Check on a
candidate (or candidates) in an approved simulator.
D 0.8.4.6.2 NOTE: FOI check will be carried out as per form

in Appendix B to CAP 7200 Manual.
D 0.8.4.6.3 NOTE: The pilots shall undergo the following training

for subsequent appointment as a DE with a scheduled operator:
D 0.8.4.6.4 Change of operator with same type of aeroplane –

Completion of Operator’s Conversion Course and Point (c and d)
above.
PAGE D0 - 45
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.4.6.5 For DEs who have not exercised their privileges as

per the duration below, the following training shall apply to
regain currency in order to function as DE;
Observe and conduct of one skill

06 months to 01 year test / proficiency check under
supervision of another valid DE.
Annual refresher course as

mentioned in CAP7200,
conducted by DGCA ;
Observe one Skill Test or

Proficiency Check;
Conduct of One Skill Test or

Proficiency Checks, under the
supervision of a DE. The
nominee shall carry out the
briefing, conduct the check and
More than 01 year to 02 Years
subsequent debrief, and then
complete all necessary
paperwork which shall be made
under supervision of the DE
conducting the training;
Undergo a DGCA FOI Monitor

Check, during which a DGCA
Inspector/ Nominated DE will
observe the applicant conducting
a Skill Test or Proficiency
Check on a candidate (or
candidates)
The DE shall undergo training
More than 02 Years
requirements for initial approval.
PAGE D0 - 46
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.4.7 DESIGNATED EXAMINER RECENCY

REQUIREMENTS (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART
I (ISSUE II), PARA 7.2):
D 0.8.4.7.1 An Examiner shall exercise his DE functions on an

aircraft only when he has minimum of 10 hours flying experience as
PIC on the type during the preceding 90 days. If he does not meet
such recent flying experience, the DE will be limited to DE
functions on the simulator till recent experience as mentioned above
is acquired.
D 0.8.4.7.2 An Examiner shall continue to exercise his DE functions

when he has exercised the functions of Examiner as applicable on
the type during the preceding 6 months except when a pilot is newly
appointed on the type. In case an Examiner is not meeting this recent
experience, he shall first observe and conduct at least one
skill/proficiency check under the supervision of a functional DE.
D 0.8.4.8 VALIDITY OF EXAMINER APPOINTMENT

(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I PART I (ISSUE II) PARA
9.1 AND 9.2):
D 0.8.4.8.1 Unless withdrawn, the appointment of the Examiners

shall remain valid for a period of five years from the date of issue of
appointment so long as the pilots continue meet the applicable
requirements of CAR Section 7, Series I – Part I, and remain in the
employment of Alliance Air.
D 0.8.4.8.2 A DE appointment will cease to be valid whenever any

of the following conditions apply:
(a) More than 12 months have elapsed since completion of a

DE Refresher Course conducted by the DGCA. (If the
training is conducted within three months prior to the
expiry of the 12 months period, the next ground and
refresher training must be completed within 12 months of
original expiry date of the previous ground and refresher
training) Such a course shall cover assessment standards
and practices, licensing requirements and current
regulations; or
PAGE D0 - 47
PART - D
SECTION 0
(b) More than 12 calendar months have elapsed since the DE

has been monitored by a DGCA Inspector, for this purpose,
whilst conducting a Skill Test or Proficiency Check in an
approved simulator (DE Standardization Check); or
(c) A DE’s instrument rating has expired; or
(d) A DE’s license is not valid or has expired; or
(e) A DE’s medical category is not valid or has expired; or
(f) The DE authorization is withdrawn by the DGCA.
D 0.8.4.8.3 NOTE: In case the appointment of the DE is no longer

valid due to para (a) to (e) requirements above, appointment will be
automatically revalidated on compliance of these requirements.
D 0.8.4.8.4NOTE 2:In case the standardization check is conducted

within 03 months prior to the expiry of the 12 months period, the
next check must be completed within 12 months of the original
expiry date of the previous check.
D 0.8.4.8.5 For DE who have not exercised their privileges as per

the duration below, the following training shall apply to regain
currency in order to function as DE;
Observe and conduct of one skill

06 months to 01 year
test / proficiency check under
supervision of another valid DE.
Annual refresher course as

mentioned in CAP7200,
conducted by DGCA.
Observe one Skill Test or

More than 01 Years to 02 Years
Proficiency Check.
Conduct of One Skill Test or

Proficiency Checks, under the
supervision of a DE. The
nominee shall carry out the
PAGE D0 - 48
PART - D
SECTION 0
briefing, conduct the check and

subsequent debrief, and then
complete all necessary
paperwork which shall be made
under supervision of the DE
conducting the training.
Undergo a DGCA FOI Monitor

Check, during which a DGCA
Inspector/ Nominated DE will
observe the applicant conducting
a Skill Test or Proficiency
Check on a candidate (or
candidates).
The DE shall undergo training

More than 02 Years
requirements for initial approval.
D 0.8.4.9 RENEWAL OF EXAMINER APPOINTMENT (CAR

SECTION 7, SERIES I – PART I (ISSUE II), PARA 9.3): The
renewal procedure of an appointment of Examiner is as follows:
(a) The responsibility to request renewal prior to expiration of

Examiner appointment rests with the Alliance Air (Post
holder Training);
(b) At least three months prior to the expiration of

appointment, the Post holder Training shall request for
renewal in writing. For renewal, the Post-holder Training
shall complete and sign the Nomination for Designated
Examiner Form in accordance with the instructions printed
thereon. When the Post-holder Training is the candidate,
the form must be signed by the Accountable Manager (CAP
7200, Chapter 2 - Para 2.1.1 refers);
(c) Following shall be attached to the renewal request :
(i) Record of all Tests / Checks the Examiner has

conducted during the last 12 months; and
PAGE D0 - 49
PART - D
SECTION 0
(ii) Copy of Examiner’s current license and medical

certificate.
(d) The application shall indicate the dates the Examiner can be
made available for an Inspector to monitor / conduct a Test
/ Check if required;
(e) DGCA shall review the request with particular attention to

the number of Tests / Checks conducted by the Examiner
during the past year and other renewal requirements
specified in CAR Section 7 Series I Part I. This is to ensure
that the Examiner is being well utilized by Alliance Air and
to justify his continued designation;
(f) If the document review is satisfactory DGCA, will assign

an FOI to carry out a DE Standardization Check as
required;
(g) If the performance of the Examiner is satisfactory, the

Examiner designation may be renewed;
(h) If the performance of the Examiner is not satisfactory for

any reason, the Examiner and Alliance Air shall be
informed accordingly.
D 0.8.5 DESIGNATED EXAMINER MONITORING AND

CHECKING:
D 0.8.5.1 DGCA RECORDS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

(CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART I (ISSUE II), PARA
10.1): The DGCA shall monitor the standards of all DEs by:
(a) Monitoring each DE while he conducts a Skill Test, IR

Check or Proficiency Check every 12 months - this check
shall be referred to as the DE Standardization Check;
(b) Reviewing the Operator’s utilization of Designated

Examiners on a regular basis;
PAGE D0 - 50
PART - D
SECTION 0
(c) Monitoring (during standardization checks and random

checks by FOI’s) the activities of each Designated
Examiner to ensure:
(i) his reports are complete, accurate and meaningful;

(ii) his Checks cover the required sequences;
(iii) his conduct of Checks is fair and in conformance
with the standards and procedures described in
CAP 7200;
(iv) he is acting within the limits of his authority
(d) Completion of the Designated Examiner Standardization

Report, retaining of records, and updating the Operator's
Designated Examiner file.
D 0.8.5.2 ALLIANCE AIR RECORDS AND

RESPONSIBILITIES (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART I
(ISSUE II), PARA 10.2):
D 0.8.5.2.1 The Post Holder Training shall ensure that a Designated

Examiner’s appointment is valid before scheduling him to conduct a
Check. To aid in this responsibility, the Post Holder Training shall
maintain records to show:
(a) The last date on which each Designated Examiner has

undergone a DE Standardization Check by an Inspector and
when his next DE Standardization Check is due;
(b) The last date on which each Designated Examiner attended

a DE Refresher Course, and when the next course is due;
(c) A list of the Tests / Checks conducted by each Designated

Examiner. This records shall be maintained using the
prescribed format given in CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II
Appendix 2. Records are required to be submitted for each
DE every quarter covering each month in the quarter.
Where a DE has not conducted any checks / tests in a
month, the record shall be annotated “no checks/tests
conducted this month”.
PAGE D0 - 51
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.5.2.2 If a delay or problem is anticipated in arranging a DE

Standardization Check for a Designated Examiner prior to the expiry
date, the PostHolder Training shall contact CFOI - DGCA at once
by E- mail to make alternate arrangements. If it is shown that it is
impractical to arrange a DGCA check to fulfil the requirements
above, prior to the expiry date, an extension may be granted by the
DGCA on a specific case basis. Maximum extension may not exceed
30 days, from the date the DGCA standardization was due.
D 0.8.5.2.3 In order to maintain up to date records for Designated

Examiner utilization, the Post Holder Training shall inform the
DGCA when a Designated Examiner is no longer in the employment
of the Company, or will not be required to perform Designated
Examiner duties during the coming 24 months.
D 0.8.6 WITHDRAWAL / REINSTATEMENT OF

DESIGNATED EXAMINER APPOINTMENT:
D 0.8.6.1 WITHDRAWAL OVERVIEW (CAR SECTION 7,

SERIES I – PART I (ISSUE II), PARA 11):
D 0.8.6.1.1 The appointment of a designated Examiner may be

withdrawn by the DGCA if the pilot is found lacking in any of the
requirements. Besides, a Board consisting of the Post Holder
Training and Chief of Operations may also recommend to the
DGCA, withdrawal of appointment as DE in respect of any pilot
giving adequate justification.
D 0.8.6.1.2 Designated Examiner appointment may be withdrawn by

the DGCA, in part or in whole, for due cause. In these cases, the
DGCA Flight Standards Directorate will issue a written notification
of withdrawal of appointment to the DE concerned, and also inform
Alliance Air. Where there is an immediate threat to safety, this
appointment will be withdrawn immediately. The DGCA may
withdraw an DE appointment if evidence shows that an DE has:
(a) At any time, acts in a manner which is in contravention of

the guidelines contained in CAR Section 7, Series I - Part I;
(b) Placed a personal interest, or the interest of the company,

ahead of the interest of the DGCA and the travelling public;
PAGE D0 - 52
PART - D
SECTION 0
(c) Failed to follow the applicable instructions to maintain the

required standards, or to follow proper procedures;
(d) Fraudulently misused DE authority, or acted in any other

way that would discredit the DGCA;
(e) Tested alcohol positive in a pre-/post-flight medical check;
(f) Breached the DGCA Civil Aviation Rules and Regulations;
(g) During the course of a Proficiency Check, or DE

Standardization Check, failed to meet the required DGCA
Standards;
(h) Exercised poor judgment in assessing a candidate’s

performance, in relation to the standards contained herein;
or
(i) Failed to represent DGCA in a manner acceptable to the

Director General.
D 0.8.6.1.3 Except where there is an immediate threat to safety, the

DGCA, prior to making a final decision in the matter of withdrawal
of an Examiner’s appointment, shall ensure the matter has been
investigated thoroughly, and the Examiner and, where applicable,
Alliance Air have been given a formal opportunity to respond to the
allegations, either verbally or in writing.
D 0.8.6.2 ACTIONS TO BE APPLIED FOR THE LAPSES ON

THE PART OF DESIGNATED EXAMINER (DGCA OPS
CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2):
D 0.8.6.2.1 The CAR Section 7, Series I - Part I stipulate that DE

should be free from prejudices, strong likes and dislikes, capable of
recording fair assessment and shall have balanced attitude towards
aircrew and also should have incident / accident free record and
should not have failed in any proficiency checks as per provisions of
CAR. However, there are instances when DE may be found involved
in incidents / accidents or have failed in BA test or may be
prejudiced in assessment of a trainee or may have failed in an
PAGE D0 - 53
PART - D
SECTION 0
assessment / proficiency check or may have exercised the privileges

of approval without meeting qualification requirements.
D 0.8.6.2.2 In view of the above, the following actions will be

applied for the aforesaid lapses on the part of the Examiners.
D 0.8.6.3 BA TEST FAILURE (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013,

REVISION 2- PARA 2.1): Failure in breath analyzer test by an DE
shall result in withdrawal of approval for a period of 3 years in
addition to the action given in CAR Section 5, Series F – Part III
(See OM A Chapter 12.7 for detail procedures).
D 0.8.6.4 FAILURE IN JUDGMENT OR HANDLING

TECHNIQUE ERROR (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013,
REVISION 2- PARA 2.2): DE approval shall be withdrawn for a
period of 1/3 years as the case may be, if after appropriate
investigation it is found that there was a failure in judgment or
handling technique error attributed to DE’s proficiency in handling
the aircraft and such failure led to incident/accident respectively.
D 0.8.6.5 INVOLVEMENT IN INCIDENT / ACCIDENT

(DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2- PARA 2.3): If
the DE is found involved in an accident or incident which is not
attributed to his/her proficiency in handling the aircraft, he shall
continue to exercise privileges as DE.
D 0.8.6.6 PREJUDICE OR UNFAIR ASSESSMENT BY

EXAMINER (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2-
PARA 2.4): An DE shall be free from prejudice, strong likes and
dislikes and shall record fair assessment. If the DE as result of
enquiry is found guilty of misjudgment in assessment or prima facie
fear or favour tactics or non-adherence to fair play, the DE approval
shall be withdrawn for a period of 3 years.
D 0.8.6.7 FAILURE IN ASSESSMENT / PROFICIENCY

CHECK (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2 -
PARA 2.5): Failure in assessment check / proficiency check for the
purpose of renewal or upgrade of trainer approval of training
Captain would lead to withdrawal of trainer approval for a period of
3 months. In such case, the pilot may be considered for
PAGE D0 - 54
PART - D
SECTION 0
reinstatement of trainer approval after a period of 3 months subject

to:
(a) Corrective training consisting of ground training (minimum
4 hours) in case the failure has been due to deficiency in
knowledge and Full Flight Simulator training (minimum 2
hours LHS and 2 hours RHS) for deficiency in handling
skills;
(b) Satisfactory performance in assessment/proficiency check

with the Chief Flight Operations Inspector or a Flight
Operations Inspector;
(c) If the performance is found unsatisfactory in the check in

sub-para (b) above, the trainer would not be considered for
approval for a period of 3 years.
D 0.8.6.8 EXERCISE OF PRIVILEGES WITHOUT MEETING

QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (DGCA OPS
CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2 - PARA 2.6): The DGCA may
withdraw DE approval for a minimum period of three months if
evidence shows that DE has:
(a) Exercised the privileges without having undergone a

proficiency/standardization check in the preceding one
year;
(b) Exercised the privileges without having attended the

requisite refresher training.
D 0.8.6.9 REINSTATEMENT OF DE APPROVAL (DGCA OPS

CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2 - PARA 3): Reinstatement of
DE approval once withdrawn for a period of 3 years shall be in
accordance with requirements of initial approval as stipulated in
CAR Section 7, Series I - Part I (the contents of CAR is reproduced
in this Chapter).
D 0.8.7 SFI, TRI-S AND TRI-A QUALIFICATION /

TRAINING PROGRAMME: A TRI is a Alliance Air employee
“authorized” by DGCA to impart instructional training with Alliance
Air (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II (Issue II), Para 1 refers).There
PAGE D0 - 55
PART - D
SECTION 0
are three types of Instructors (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II, Para
2 refers):
(a) Type Rating Instructor - Simulator (TRI-S) - For conduct of

simulator and aeroplane training and checking (other than
base training).
(b) Type rating Instructor - Aeroplane (TRI-A) - For conduct
of simulator and aeroplane training and checking.
(c) Synthetic Flight Instructor (SFI) - For conduct of simulator
training by pilots not holding current and valid licenses.
D 0.8.7.1 PROCEDURES FOR SELECTION OF TRIS -

NOMINATION AND APPROVAL (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES
I - PART II (ISSUE II) PARA 3): The selection and approval
procedures of TRIs are as follows:
(a) The selection of TRIs shall be governed by the CAR

Section 7, Series I – Part II, Issue II;
(b) The required number of TRIs shall be depend on the

requirement of training needs (CAR Section 7, Series I -
Part II (Issue II), Para 3.2 refers);
(c) The seniority, the position in the organisation and

remuneration received by the pilots shall not be the
consideration for authorization as TRIs (CAR Section 7,
Series I - Part II, Para 3.1 refers);
(d) The selected pilots, before recommending the names to

DGCA, shall be subject to a process of selection and
suitability tests (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II, Para 3.3
refers). Eligibility shall be based upon an individual’s
satisfying the required prerequisites of qualifications and
experience. The selection and assessment of candidates for
pilot Instructor position is an internal quality process. The
selection process will involve an interview by a board of
three Committee members headed by Chief of Training
followed by a simulator suitability check.
(e) The Post Holder Training shall forward the names of pilots
proposed as TRIs to FSD, DGCA. The Post Holder
PAGE D0 - 56
PART - D
SECTION 0
Training shall ensure that the selected pilots are of

recognized integrity, free from prejudices and strong likes
and dislikes and capable of recording fair assessments and
shall be known for impartial conduct. They shall be capable
of instilling high standard of discipline among the aircrew
and shall have balanced attitude towards them.
(f) The pilot shall undergo TRIs training as prescribed in this
manual i.e. ground training and satisfactory checks on an
approved simulator/aircraft. The pilots who fail in the
check should not be recommended for the respective
approval for a period of three months (CAR Section 7,
Series I - Part II (Issue II), Para 3.7 refers);
(g) The pilot trained as instructors shall be checked for

proficiency by DGCA Flight Inspector or a Nominated DE.
The pilots who fail in the proficiency check should not be
recommended for the respective approval for a period of
three months (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II (Issue II),
Para 3.8 refers). FOI check may be carried out as per form
in annexure 16 to CAP 8200, FOI manual.
(h) After successful completion of training, the Post Holder

Training shall submit the completed records to FSD,
DGCA for authorization as TRI.
D 0.8.7.2 TRIs QUALIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS: A TRI

shall have:
(a) Total Flying Experience – 3500 hours;
(b) Total PIC Experience – 1500 hours; and
(c) Total PIC Experience on the type – 1000 hours.
D 0.8.7.2.1 NOTE 1: The total PIC experience on the type for

approval as a TRI shall be 500 hours in case the pilot has been a
functional TRI with the same operator (Alliance Air) for not less
than 1 year on another type and 750 hours in case the pilot has been
a functional TRI with another operator on another type for not less
than 1 year.
PAGE D0 - 57
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.7.2.2 NOTE 2:Total PIC experience above is for pilots rated

on type.
D 0.8.7.2.3The pilots recommended for authorization as TRIs (CAR

Section 7, Series I – Part II (Issue II), Para 3.5 refers):
(a) Shall have been regularly flying the aircraft type for which
the authorization is sought. They should have consistently
shown satisfactory proficiency;
(b) Shall not have failed in any of the proficiency checks on

simulator/aircraft during the preceding three months;
(c) Shall not have failed any proficiency checks / ALC in the
last 2 years on the type of aircraft on which the pilot is
becoming a TRI;
(d) Shall have functioned as a Line Training Captain on the

same type with Alliance Air for a minimum period of 06
months and shall have 100 Hrs of line training as LTC
preceding nomination as TRI unless he/she have functioned
as a TRI with another operator on the same/another type for
a minimum period of 12 months in the previous 5 years, or
for a pilot issued with FATA employed by Alliance Air,
functioned as a TRI on type with an ICAO Contracting
State for a minimum period of 2 years during the previous 3
years.
(e) Shall not have tested alcohol positive during a pre/post

flight medical check in the previous 3 years.
(f) Shall not have been held blameworthy for an aircraft

accident/incident in the previous 3/1 years respectively.
D 0.8.7.2.4 NOTE: Another type in context of (c) above means

D 0.8.7.2.5 The pilots recommended for authorization as SFIs (CAR

Section 7, Series I - Part II (Issue II), Para 3.6 refers):
PAGE D0 - 58
PART - D
SECTION 0
(a) Shall have been rated as PIC on the aircraft type and
current in the preceding 5 years or should have been a
line/simulator trainer in the preceding 5 years on the
same/another type of commercial air transport with a
scheduled operator or with a DGCA/ICAO approved
TRTO/ATO with aeroplane AUW exceeding 5700kgs. For
a foreign pilot employed/engaged by an operator without
FATA, Should have functioned as a TRI/SFI on the type
with an ICAO Contracting State for a minimum period of 2
years during the previous 3 years, and;
(b) Shall not have tested alcohol positive during a pre-/post-

flight medical check in the previous 3 years;
(c) Shall not have been held blameworthy for an aircraft

accident/incident in the previous 3/1 years of flying
respectively.
(d) Shall have undergone a medical assessment by a doctor

qualified in Aviation Medicine on suitability for simulator
instructional duties that will address - Physical ability;
Visual and color perception and Hearing.
D 0.8.7.2.6 NOTE 1: In addition to entry requirements, the medical

assessment above shall be conducted annually for SFIs above the
age of 70 years. The medical assessment may be conducted by any
doctor including Alliance Air doctor trained in aviation medicine
D 0.8.7.2.7 NOTE 2: Another type in context of (c) above means

D 0.8.7.2.8 NOTE 3: For pilot qualified on another type in context

of point (a) above, or not current on the same type in preceding 3
years, full type rating course as per CAR Section 7 Series B Part
XIX including skill tests and IR/PPC shall be completed for the pilot
to be eligible to commence training for SFI.
D 0.8.7.2.9 NOTE 4: For the TRI/SFI, who have not exercised their
privileges, the following training shall apply to regain currency.
PAGE D0 - 59
PART - D
SECTION 0
(a) O6 months to 01 year – Observe and conduct ONE FFS

training session.
(b) 01 year - 02 year - 02 hrs briefing session by TRI covering

the duties and responsibilities, 02 hrs of IOS panel handling
and observe and conduct of TWO FFS training sessions.
(c) More than 02 years - 02 hrs briefing session by TRI

covering the duties and responsibilities, 02 hrs of IOS panel
handling (not applicable to pilots functioning as DE) and
observe and conduct of two FFS training sessions. This
shall be followed by one hr of FFS training PF from RHS.
D 0.8.7.3 GROUND TRAINING: Ground training shall consist of

two parts:
(a) Technical theoretical knowledge instruction comprising of

minimum 12 hours training to include the revision of
technical knowledge, Regulatory requirements including
Operations Manual requirements, the preparation of lesson
plans and the development of classroom instructional skills
to enable the TRI to instruct the technical theoretical
knowledge syllabus. For an SFI who is not current on type,
an additional extended technical and performance refresher
comprising of minimum 40 hours shall be carried out.
(b) Teaching and learning instruction (Train the trainers

course) comprising of minimum 40 hours training to cover:
(i) Learning process;

(ii) Teaching process;
(iii) Training philosophies;
(iv) Techniques of applied instruction;
(v) Airborne instruction techniques;
(vi) Student evaluation and testing;
(vii) Training programme development.
(viii) Human performance and limitations relevant to
flight instruction;
(ix) Specific hazards involved in simulating systems
failures and malfunctions in the aircraft during
flight;
PAGE D0 - 60
PART - D
SECTION 0
(x) Training administration;

(xi) Behavioural Markers Assessment System; and
(xii) Company policies and procedures.
D 0.8.7.3.1 NOTE: Validity of the ground course will be 2 years.

Recurrent course is to be undertaken every 2 years which may be of
shorter duration; Alliance Air conducts 1 day of refresher course for
TRIs. If the refresher course is done within 3 months prior to
original expiry date, the next refresher is to be done within 2 years
of the original expiry date. Existing TRIs transitioning to this CAR
will need to do a refresher course without the need for an initial
course. In case of change of operator, credit for similar duration
ground course can be carried forward.
D 0.8.7.4 SIMULATOR TRAINING: The simulator training shall

comprise of two phases as follows:
D 0.8.7.4.1PHASE I:
(a) One simulator session of at least two hours from RHS for
the purpose of familiarization and handling of normal,
abnormal and emergency conditions especially in traffic
circuits; and
(b) Assessment of at least two hours with the trainee TRI in the
RHS, TRI in LHS acting as a pilot-under-training during
which the trainee TRI Pilot shall demonstrate his skill in
handling the aircraft in normal, abnormal and emergency
conditions and taking timely corrective actions.
D 0.8.7.4.2PHASE II:
(a) The trainee TRI Pilot should observe a complete PIC or

Co- pilot training profile as per CAR Section 7, Series B,
Part XIX (except IR/PPC and skill test);
D 0.8.7.4.2.1 NOTE: TRI Understudy will be carried out with a TRI

who has at least 50 hours of SIM training experience on that type of
aircraft
(b) The trainee TRI Pilot shall impart instructions under
supervision of a TRI for a complete training profile of PIC
PAGE D0 - 61
PART - D
SECTION 0
or Co-pilot as per CAR Section 7, Series B, Part XIX

(except IR/PPC and skill test).
D 0.8.7.4.2.2 NOTE 1: If a batch of at least two PIC/Co-pilot

trainees is being trained together for the complete course, the trainee
TRI Pilot may impart instructions along with the TRI Pilot
alternatively, thus reducing the simulator timings.
D 0.8.7.4.2.3 NOTE 2: SFI shall undergo training session of 2 hours

conducted by TRI-A / TRI-S regardless of their background and
experience level to enable them to demonstrate adequate exercise
such as but not limited to reject take-off, engine failure on take-off
and approach, circuits and landings including with engine in-
operative, stall and recovery, crosswind take-off and landing.
D 0.8.7.4.2.3 NOTE 3: For TRI (S) upgrading to TRI (A) full

training credit for training for TRI S is allowed, requiring additional
training as mentioned below.
D 0.8.7.4.2.4 NOTE 4:The validity of phase I training is 3 months

within which phase II must be completed. If more than 3 months
have elapsed, than phase I training must be repeated prior to
commencing/ resuming phase II training.
D 0.8.7.5 AIRCRAFT TRAINING - REQUIRED ONLY FOR

TRI-(A): The aircraft training shall comprise of two phases as
follows
D 0.8.7.5.1PHASE I:
D 0.8.7.5.1.1 Adequate flying training to the satisfaction of TRI with

the trainee TRI Pilot occupying RHS and TRI occupying LHS acting
as pilot-under-training. Minimum 3 take-offs and landings out of
which at least one landing shall be with simulated one engine
inoperative. This is to provide practice in handling the aircraft in
normal, abnormal and emergency conditions from RHS and also to
impart instructions and to take timely corrective actions.
D 0.8.7.5.1.2 NOTE: Phase I may be carried out in a Level D

simulator along with Simulator Training. Where Simulator Training
cannot be availed, aircraft training is required to be carried out.
PAGE D0 - 62
PART - D
SECTION 0
Phase I is not required if Phase I simulator training (TRI S) has been

completed out in the preceding 3 months.
D 0.8.7.5.2PHASE II:
(a) Observe a TRI conduct base training in an aeroplane,

consisting of minimum 3 take offs and landings; and
(b) Conduct under supervision of a TRI base training in an

aeroplane consisting of minimum 3 take-offs and landings
D 0.8.7.5.2.1NOTE 1: The validity of phase I training is 3 months

within which phase II must be completed. If more than months are
elapsed, than phase I training must be repeated prior to commencing
/ resuming phase II training.
D 0.8.7.5.2.2NOTE 2: The instructor supervising the base training

(phase II) occupies the observer seat while the under trainee
instructor, having being trained in phase I satisfactorily occupies
LHS/RHS seat as PIC. It is acceptable for the instructor to occupy
LHS/ RHS as PIC and act as under training while supervising the
trainee instructor rather than occupying the observed seat.
D 0.8.7.6 LINE TRAINING: The line training requirements will be

as follows
(a) For TRI-A and TRI-S, at least one SLF sector should be
conducted by the trainee TRI pilot under supervision of a
TRI. TRI may occupy LHS or RHS and act as a pilot-
under-training also.
(b) For SFIs, at least observation of 4 sectors line flight / 4

sector LOFT sessions in a simulator with a TRI.
D 0.8.7.7 RELEASE CHECK: Final proficiency check of the

trainee TRI Pilot shall be carried out by a DGCA Flight Inspector /
Nominated DE in a simulator or on aircraft (if there is no simulator)
as per Annexure 16 to CAP 8200 FOI Manual. The trainee TRI Pilot
will occupy RHS seat. Credit for TRI (S) proficiency check will be
permitted for upgrade to TRI (A) and no separate FOI check will be
required.
PAGE D0 - 63
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.7.8 TRI RECENCY REQUIREMENTS (CAR SECTION

7, SERIES I - PART II (ISSUE II), PARA 6.5):
D 0.8.7.8.1 A TRI-A and TRI-S shall exercise his privileges on an

aeroplane only when he has a minimum of 10 hours flying
experience as PIC on the type during the preceding 90 days. In case
a TRI does not meet this requirement, he shall exercise privileges
limited to that of an SFI till he has this recent experience.
D 0.8.7.8.2 A TRI (TRI-A, TRI-S and SFI) shall continue to

exercise his privileges when he has exercised the privileges of TRI
as applicable on the type during the preceding 6 months except when
a pilot is newly authorized on the type. In case a TRI is not meeting
this recent experience, he shall first exercise his privileges under the
supervision of a functional TRI. He shall start functioning
independently again, only if his proficiency is found satisfactory.
D 0.8.7.8.3 NOTE: TRI can function as SFI in the event of being

Temporary Medical Unfit (TMU) with intimation to FSD and
subject to compliance with SFI medical requirements. On regaining
medical fitness, the TRI Privileges can be utilized if meeting recency
requirements with intimation to FSD.
D 0.8.7.9VALIDITY OF TRI AUTHORISATION:
D 0.8.7.9.1 Unless revoked or suspended, the authorization of the

TRI shall remain valid for a period of five years from the date of
issue of authorization so long as the pilots continue to meet the
applicable requirements of CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II (Issue
II) and remain in the employment of Alliance Air (CAR Section 7,
Series I - Part II (Issue II), Para 7.1 refers).
D 0.8.7.9.2 The DGCA authorized TRIs shall be required to undergo

assessment of their continued proficiency in carrying out their
privileges as TRIs. Such assessment shall be carried out in the
simulator as a "Instructor Standardization Check" once in two years
by an FOI or a Designated Examiner of the operator/ DE assigned to
the ATO for purpose of checks, record of which will be forwarded to
FSD. (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II (Issue II), Para 7.2 refers).
PAGE D0 - 64
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.7.10 RENEWAL OF TRI AUTHORISATION (CAR

SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART II (ISSUE II), PARA 7.3): The
renewal procedure of an authorisation of TRI is as follows
(a) The responsibility to request renewal prior to expiration of

TRI authorisation rests with the Alliance Air (Post holder
Training);
(b) At least three months prior to the expiration of TRI, the

Post Holder Training shall request for renewal in writing
with the following attachment:
(i) Copy of license and medical certificate.

(ii) Record of standardization checks
(c) Renewal of authorization of TRI shall be accorded after the

request has been examined at FSD, and if found
satisfactory, a DGCA FOI / Nominated DE will assess the
proficiency following which the authorization may be
extended for another 5 years. The pilots who fail in the
proficiency check should not be recommended for the
respective approval for a period of 3 months.
D 0.8.7.11 RECURRENT TRAINING FOR SFI: It is Alliance

Air requirements that SFI shall undergo recurrent training session of
2 hours FFS training as PF every 06 months.
D 0.8.7.12 WITHDRAWAL / REINSTATEMENT OF TRIs:
D 0.8.7.12.1 WITHDRAWAL OVERVIEW (CAR SECTION 7,

SERIES I – PART I (ISSUE II), PARA 8):
D 0.8.7.12.1.1 Privileges granted to a pilot as a TRI may be

withdrawn by the DGCA if the pilot is found lacking in any of the
requirements. Besides, a Board consisting of the Chief of
Trainingand Chief of Operations of the Alliance Air may also
recommend to the DGCA, withdrawal of privileges as TRI in respect
of any pilot giving adequate justification.
PAGE D0 - 65
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.7.12.1.2 TRI privileges may be withdrawn by the DGCA, in

part or in whole, for due cause. In these cases, the DGCA Flight
Standards Directorate will issue a written notification of withdrawal
of privileges to the TRI concerned, and also inform Alliance Air.
Where there is an immediate threat to safety, this privilege will be
withdrawn immediately. The DGCA may withdraw TRI’s authority
if evidence shows that a TRI has:

the guidelines contained in CAR Section 7, Series 7 - Part
II;
(b) Failed to follow the applicable instructions to maintain the

(c) Tested alcohol positive in a pre/post flight medical check;
(d) Fraudulently misused TRI authority, or acted in any other

(e) Breached the DGCA Civil Aviation Rules and Regulations;

or
(f) During the course of a Proficiency Check, Skill Test or

Standardization Check failed to meet the required DGCA
Standards. The TRI will be informed verbally, immediately
upon completion of the Proficiency Check or Skill Test, or
the Inspector may stop the check at the time an overall
failure is awarded.
D 0.8.7.12.1.3 Except where there is an immediate threat to safety,

the DGCA, prior to making a final decision in the matter of
withdrawal of a TRI’s authority, shall ensure the matter has been
investigated thoroughly and the TRI and, where applicable, Alliance
Air have been given a formal opportunity to respond to the
allegations, either verbally or in writing.
D 0.8.7.12.2 ACTIONS TO BE APPLIED FOR THE LAPSES

ON THE PART OF TRIS (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/ 2013,
REVISION 2):
PAGE D0 - 66
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.8.7.12.2.1 The CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II stipulate that

TRIs should be free from prejudices, strong likes and dislikes,
capable of recording fair assessment and shall have balanced attitude
towards aircrew and also should have incident / accident free record
and should not have failed in any proficiency checks as per
provisions of CAR. However, there are instances when TRIs may be
found involved in incidents / accidents or have failed in BA test or
may be prejudiced in assessment of a trainee or may have failed in
an assessment / proficiency check or may have exercised the
privileges of approval without meeting qualification requirements.
D 0.8.7.12.2.2 In view of the above, the following actions will be

applied for the aforesaid lapses on the part of the TRIs.
D 0.8.7.12.3 BA TEST FAILURE (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR

2/2013, REVISION 2 - PARA 2.1): Failure in breath analyzer test
by a TRI shall result in withdrawal of approval for a period of three
years in addition to the action given in CAR Section 5, Series F -
Part III (See OM A Chapter 12.7 for detail procedures).
D 0.8.7.12.4 FAILURE IN JUDGMENT OR HANDLING

TECHNIQUE ERROR (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013,
REVISION 2 - PARA 2.2): TRI approval shall be withdrawn for a
period of 01 year /3 year years as the case may be, if after
appropriate investigation it is found that there was a failure in
judgment or handling technique error attributed to TRI’s proficiency
in handling the aircraft and such failure led to incident/accident
respectively.
D 0.8.7.12.5 INVOLVEMENT IN INCIDENT / ACCIDENT

(DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2 - PARA 2.3):If
the TRI is found involved in an accident or incident which is not
attributed to his proficiency in handling the aircraft, the TRI shall
continue to exercise privileges as a TRI.
D 0.8.7.12.6 PREJUDICE OR UNFAIR ASSESSMENT BY TRI

(DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2 - PARA 2.4): A
TRI shall be free from prejudice, strong likes and dislikes and shall
record fair assessment. If a TRI as result of enquiry is found guilty
of misjudgment in assessment or prima facie fear or favour tactics or
PAGE D0 - 67
PART - D
SECTION 0
non-adherence to fair play, the TRI approval shall be withdrawn for

a period of 3 years.
D 0.8.7.12.7 FAILURE IN ASSESSMENT / PROFICIENCY

CHECK (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2):
D 0.8.7.12.7.1 Failure in assessment check / proficiency check for

the purpose of renewal / upgrade of trainer approval or license
renewal would lead to withdrawal of trainer approval for a period of
3 months. In such cases, the pilot may be considered for
reinstatement of trainer approval after a period of 3 months subject
to:

skills;
(b) In case of trainer approval satisfactory performance in

assessment/proficiency check with the Chief Flight
Operations Inspector or a Flight Operations Inspector;
(c) If the performance is found unsatisfactory by the Chief

Flight Operations Inspector or a Flight Operations Inspector
of DGCA in the check in sub-para (b) above, the trainer
would not be considered for approval for a period of 3
years.
D 0.8.7.12.7.2 Further upgrade to Examiner as applicable may be

undertaken without any additional time penalty.
D 0.8.7.12.8 EXERCISE OF PRIVILEGES WITHOUT

MEETING QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (DGCA OPS
CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2 - PARA 2.6): The DGCA may
withdraw a TRI approval for a minimum period of three months if
evidence shows that a TRI has
(a) Exercised the privileges without having undergone a

proficiency/standardization check in the preceding two
years;
PAGE D0 - 68
PART - D
SECTION 0
(b) Exercised the privileges without having attended the

requisite refresher training.
D 0.8.7.12.9 ETHICS, CONDUCT AND ADHERENCE TO

REGULATIONS (DGCA OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION
2 - PARA 2.7): The DGCA may withdraw a TRI approval if
evidence shows that a TRI has
(a) Placed a personal interest, or the interest of the company,

ahead of the interest of the DGCA and the travelling public;
(b) Fraudulently misused TRI authority, or acted in any other

(c) Breached the DGCA Civil Aviation Rules and Regulations;
(d) Failed to represent DGCA in a manner acceptable to the

Director General.
D 0.8.7.12.10 REINSTATEMENT OF TRI APPROVAL (DGCA

OPS CIRCULAR 2/2013, REVISION 2 - PARA 3):
Reinstatement of TRI approval once withdrawn for a period of 3
years shall be in accordance with requirements of initial approval as
stipulated in CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II (the contents of CAR
is reproduced in this Chapter).
D 0.8.8CONCURRENT APPOINTMENT/AUTHORIZATION
AS DE / TRI (CAR SEC- TION 7, SERIES I - PART I PARA
12):
D 0.8.8.1 A pilot may hold independent yet concurrent appointment

as DE and authorization as TRI (TRI-A). The requirements for such
appointment or authorization will be met separately with distinct
approval, standardization processes and validity periods. Withdrawal
and reinstatement would be treated separately for both cases.
D 0.8.8.2 Skill test / PPC to be conducted by a DE other than the one

who has imparted the last training session under concurrent approval
as TRI-A.
PAGE D0 - 69
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.9 LINE TRAINING CAPTAIN’S (LTCs)

QUALIFICATION / TRAINING PROGRAMME: Line Training
Captain’s (LTC’s) programme has been introduced by DGCA to
allow Indian operator to provide adequate trainers for line training
and meet the objectives of an operator’s training progamme. The
CAR Section 7, Series I – Part II (Issue II) lays down the minimum
requirements for an operator to “authorize” LTCs. The appointment
of LTCs is an operator’s function and responsibility for standards
rests with the Post-Holder Training of Alliance Air. Approval/
authorization of DGCA is not required for LTCs.
D 0.9.1 PROCEDURES FOR SELECTION OF LTCS (CAR

SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART II (ISSUE II) PARA 4): The
selection and approval procedures of TRIs are as follows
(a) The selection of LTCs shall be governed by the CAR

Section 7, Series I – Part II, Issue II. The LTCs do not
require DGCA approval and is controlled by Alliance Air
Flight Operations Training section;
(b) The required number of LTCs shall be depend on the

requirement of line training needs (CAR Section 7, Series I
- Part II (Issue II), Para 4.2 refers);
(c) The seniority, the position in the organisation and

remuneration received by the pilots shall not be the
consideration for selection as LTCs (CAR Section 7, Series
I - Part II (Issue II), Para 4.1 refers);
(d) The selected pilots shall be subject to a process of selection

and suitability tests. Eligibility shall be based upon an
individual’s satisfying the required prerequisites of
qualifications and experience. The selection and assessment
of candidates for pilot LTC position is an internal quality
process and is not part of this manual.
(e) The Post Holder Training shall ensure and confirm that
pilots selected for LTCs position are of recognised
integrity, free from prejudices and strong likes and dislikes
and capable of recording fair assessments and shall be
known for impartial conduct. They shall be capable of
PAGE D0 - 70
PART - D
SECTION 0
instilling high standard of discipline among the aircrew and

shall have balanced attitude towards them;
(f) The successful pilots shall undergo LTCs training as

prescribed in this manual i.e. ground training and
satisfactory checks on an approved simulator/aircraft.
(g) After successful completion of training, the Post Holder

Training/ Chief Advisor Training shall issue “Certificate of
LTC Authorisation” authorizing the pilots to undertake line
training duties as Line Training Captain.
D 0.9.2 LTCS QUALIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS: A LTC

shall have (CAR Section 7, Series I – Part II (Issue II), Para 5 (b)
refers)
(a) Total Flying Experience – 3000 hours;
(b) Total PIC Experience – 1500 hours; and
(c) Total PIC Experience on the type – 1000 hours
D 0.9.3 THE PILOTS RECOMMENDED FOR

AUTHORIZATION AS LTCS (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I –
PART II (ISSUE II), PARA 4.3 REFERS):
(a) Should have been regularly flying the aircraft type. They
should have consistently shown satisfactory proficiency;
(b) Should not have failed in any of the proficiency checks on

simulator/aircraft during the preceding three months;
(c) Should not have tested alcohol positive during a pre-/post-

flight medical check in the previous 3 years;
(d) Should not have been held blameworthy for an aircraft

accident in the previous 3 years or an aircraft incident in the
previous 1 year.
D 0.9.3.1 NOTE: Pilots employed by Alliance Air with FATA and

holding current LTC or equivalent approvals from an ICAO
PAGE D0 - 71
PART - D
SECTION 0
Contracting State will be permitted to function as LTCs subject

satisfactory completion of the selection and release process as for
national license holder LTCs.
D 0.9.4 LTCs TRAINING REQUIREMENTS (CAR SECTION

7, SERIES I - PART II (ISSUE II), APPENDIX A):
D 0.9.4.1 GROUND TRAINING: Ground training shall consist of

two parts
(a) Technical theoretical knowledge instruction (technical

training), FCTM, QRH, Regulatory requirements and OM
discussion comprising of minimum 12 hours training.
(b) Teaching and learning instruction (Train the trainers

course) comprising of minimum 24 hours training to cover:
(i) Learning process;

(ii) Teaching process;
(iii) Training philosophies;
(iv) Techniques of applied instruction;
(v) Airborne instruction techniques;
(vi) Student evaluation and testing;
(vii) Training programme development;
(viii)Human performance and limitations relevant to
flight instruction;
(ix) Specific hazards involved in simulating systems
failures and malfunctions in the aircraft during
flight;
(x) Training administration;
(xi) Behavioural Markers Assessment System; and
(xii) Company policies and procedures.
D 0.9.4.1.1 NOTE: Ground training for LTCs can be modular with

credit for modules carried forward in case of LTC to Instructor
upgrade provided LTC has under gone recurrent training every two
years for “Train the Trainers” course. Module of 24 hours of the
course is a onetime training activity. Validity of the ground course
will be 2 years for issue of approval, in the event a LTC is not
appointed in 2 years then they will have to be repeated. In case of
PAGE D0 - 72
PART - D
SECTION 0
change of operator, credit for similar duration ground course can be

carried forward. Alliance Air conducts one days of refresher course
for LTCs.
D 0.9.4.2 SIMULATOR TRAINING: The simulator training shall

comprise of
(a) Simulator training of at least two hours from RHS for the
purpose of familiarization and handling of normal,
abnormal and emergency conditions from RHS;
(b) Simulator training of at least two hours from LHS for the
purpose of familiarization of Pilot Monitoring duties from
LHS; and
(c) Assessment of at least 2 hours from RHS.
D 0.9.4.3AIRCRAFT TRAINING:
D 0.9.4.3.1 Adequate flying training to the satisfaction of TRI from

RHS with minimum of 3 take-offs and landings and at least one
landing shall be with simulated one engine inoperative. The purpose
of the training flight is to establish proficiency in handling the
aircraft in normal, abnormal and emergency conditions from RHS.
D 0.9.4.3.2 NOTE:For aircraft where Level ‘D’ Simulator is

available; this requirement of aircraft training can also be carried out
on Simulator along with Simulator Training. Where Simulator
Training cannot be availed, aircraft training is required to be carried
out.
D 0.9.4.4LINE TRAINING: At least two SLF sectors with trainee

LTC occupying RHS with TRI in LHS. Out of the two sectors, at
least one sector should be at night. The purpose is to introduce the
trainee LTC to line flying duties from RHS as PF.
D 0.9.4.5 RELEASE FLIGHT: On successful completion of Line

Training, the Post Holder Training or his nominee (TRI) shall
observe the trainee LTC from the observer seat. If performance is
satisfactory, the pilot may be authorized as LTC to act as PIC from
LHS/RHS for training flights. T7 form to be filled.
PAGE D0 - 73
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.9.4.6 OBSERVATION OF LTC: On successful completion of

release flight, the Post holder Training or his nominee (TRI) shall
observe the LTC for 2 sectors flight in real time training scenario
within six months of release flight. LTC will perform as PF on RHS
on first sectors and PM on second sector.
D 0.9.5 LTCs RECENCY REQUIREMENTS (CAR SECTION

7, SERIES I - PART II (ISSUE II), PARA 6.5): A LTC shall
exercise his privileges on an aeroplane only when he has a minimum
of 10 hours flying experience as PIC on the type during the
preceding 90 days. A LTC shall continue to exercise his privileges
when he has exercised the privileges of LTC on the type during the
preceding 6 months except when a pilot is newly authorized on the
type. In case a LTC is not meeting this recent experience, he shall
first exercise his privileges under the supervision of a functional
TRI-S / TRI-A (T7 form to be filled). TRI-S/ TRI-A to occupy the
observer seat. He shall start functioning independently again, only if
his proficiency is found satisfactory. TRI to document his name and
signature in the narrative comment (SLF) / remarks (CA-42) section
that training/ check is conducted under supervision.
D 0.9.6 LTC STANDARDIZATION: Alliance Air authorized

LTCs shall be required to undergo assessment of their continued
proficiency in carrying out their privileges as LTCs. Such
assessments shall be carried out in the aeroplane as a two sector
“LTC Standardization Check” (T8) once in two years by a TRI - S /
A. LTC to occupy RHS and TRI to occupy observer/LHS seat. The
same will be saved in the training records.
D 0.9.7 VALIDITY OF LTCs AUTHORISATION (CAR

SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART II (ISSUE II), PARA 9): The
approval is valid for 5 years from the date of issue provided the LTC
has undergone assessment of continued proficiency in carrying out
the functions as a LTC, unless revoked, suspended or withdrawn by
the Post holder Training/ Chief Advisor Training.
D 0.9.8 RENEWAL OF LTCs AUTHORISATION (CAR

SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART II (ISSUE II), PARA 9): The
LTCs authorisation will be renewed by the Post Holder Training/
Chief Advisor Training provided the LTC has undergone assessment
of continued proficiency in carrying out the functions as a LTC on
PAGE D0 - 74
PART - D
SECTION 0
the applicable aircraft type. During assessment flight, the LTC can
occupy LHS or RHS seat.
D 0.9.9 WITHDRAWAL / REINSTATEMENT OF LTCs:
D 0.9.9.1 WITHDRAWAL OVERVIEW: The Post Holder

Training/ Chief Advisor Training may withdraw LTC’s
authorisation if evidence shows that a LTC has:

the guidelines contained in CAR Section 7, Series 7 - Part
II;
(b) Failed to follow the applicable instructions to maintain the

(c) Tested alcohol positive in a pre/post flight medical check;
(d) Fraudulently misused LTC authorisation, or acted in any

other way that would discredit the DGCA;
(e) Breached the DGCA Civil Aviation Rules and Regulations;

or
(f) During the course of a Proficiency Check, Skill Test or

Standardization Check if the LTC failed to meet the
required DGCA Standards. The LTC will be informed
verbally, immediately upon completion of the Proficiency
Check or Skill Test, or the Inspector may stop the check at
the time an overall failure is awarded.
D 0.9.9.2ACTIONS TO BE APPLIED FOR THE LAPSES ON

THE PART OF LTCs:
D 0.9.9.2.1 The CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II stipulate that LTCs

should be free from prejudices, strong likes and dislikes, capable of
recording fair assessment and shall have balanced attitude towards
aircrew and also should have incident / accident free record and
should not have failed in any proficiency checks as per provisions of
CAR. However, there are instances when LTCs may be found
involved in incidents / accidents or have failed in BA test or may be
PAGE D0 - 75
PART - D
SECTION 0
prejudiced in assessment of a trainee or may have failed in an

assessment / proficiency check or may have exercised the privileges
of approval without meeting qualification requirements.
D 0.9.9.2.2 In view of the above, the following actions will be

applied for the aforesaid lapses on the part of the LTCs.
D 0.9.9.3 BA TEST FAILURE: Failure in breath analyzer test by a

LTC shall result in withdrawal of approval for a period of three
years in addition to the action given in CAR Section 5, Series F –
Part III.
D 0.9.9.4 FAILURE IN JUDGMENT OR HANDLING

TECHNIQUE ERROR: LTC authorisation shall be withdrawn for
a period of 01years /3 years as the case may be, if after appropriate
investigation it is found that there was a failure in judgment or
handling technique error attributed to LTC proficiency in handling
the aircraft and such failure led to incident/accident respectively.
D 0.9.9.5 INVOLVEMENT IN INCIDENT / ACCIDENT:
D 0.9.9.5.1 If the LTC is found involved in a safety event which is

not attributed to his proficiency in handling the aircraft, the LTC
shall continue to exercise privileges as a LTC.
D 0.9.9.5.2 NOTE: Withdrawal / reinstatement of LTC

authorization of pilots involved in safety events will be at the
discretion of Post Holder Training.
D 0.9.9.6 PREJUDICE OR UNFAIR ASSESSMENT BY LTC:

A LTC shall be free from prejudice, strong likes and dislikes and
shall record fair assessment. If an LTC as result of enquiry is found
guilty of misjudgment in assessment or prima facie fear or favour
tactics or non-adherence to fair play, the LTC approval shall be
withdrawn for a period of 3 years.
D 0.9.9.7 FAILURE IN ASSESSMENT / PROFICIENCY

CHECK:
PAGE D0 - 76
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.9.9.7.1 LTCs who fail in pilot proficiency check / LTC

standardization check shall have LTC authorization revoked for a
minimum period of three months.
D 0.9.9.7.2 To reinstate LTC authorization, the pilot will require

skills;
(b) Two sectors SLF by TRI (A) for satisfactory performance
in assessment from RHS.
(c) If the performance is found unsatisfactory in the check in
sub-para (b) above, the trainer would not be considered for
approval for a period of 3 years.
D 0.9.9.8 ETHICS, CONDUCT AND ADHERENCE TO THE

REGULATIONS: The Post Holder Training may withdraw a LTC
approval for 3 years if evidence shows that an LTC has
(a) Placed a personal interest, or the interest of the company,

ahead of the interest of the Company/DGCA and the
travelling public;
(b) Fraudulently misused LTC authority, or acted in any other

way that would discredit the Company/DGCA;
(c) Breached the DGCA Civil Aviation Rules and Regulations;
(d) Failed to represent the Company in an acceptable manner.
D 0.9.9.9 REINSTATEMENT OF LTCs AUTHORISATION:

Reinstatement of LTC approval once withdrawn, will be at the
discretion of Chief of Training in accordance with requirements in
CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II.
D 0.9.10 RECORDS OF SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF

TRAINING AND CHECKS: The record of successful completion
of training and checks shall be maintained by Flight Operation
Training Section and may be scrutinized by DGCA at any time
PAGE D0 - 77
PART - D
SECTION 0
(CAR Section 7, Series I - Part II, Para 4.6 refers). Initial

qualification records shall be retained, Recurrent records to be
retained for a period of 3 years.
D 0.10TECHNICAL THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE

GROUND TRAINING:
D 0.10.1SYLLABUS FOR TYPE RATING INSTRUCTOR

(TRI) / LINE TRAINING CAPTAINS (LTC) - GROUND
TRAINING:12 Hrs.
D 0.10.1.1The following modules specifically tailored for the

qualification level of the trainee.
Sr. No. Module Duration

Applicabiliy (hrs)
1.1 Introduction and Regulatory 01:00
requirement
1.2 Lesson Planning 02:00
1.3 Learning and Teaching 02:00
1.4 Learning Channels 01:00
1.5 Instructional Techniques 01:30
1.6 Communication and Questioning 01:30
Techniques
1.7 Training Tools and References 00:30
1.8 Assessment, Evaluation and Feedback 00:30
1.9 Revision of Technical Knowledge / 02:00
Information
TOTAL 12:00
D 0.10.2 SYLLABUS FOR TRAINER’S COURSE (TRAIN

THE TRAINER):
D 0.10.2.1 Trainer’s Course training will be provided to the Training

Captain. In this training, the Training Captain will be trained on
assessing the pilot CRM skills based on behavioural markers. The
methodology used for assessing CRM skills are described in Section
1 - Chapter 9.
PAGE D0 - 78
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.10.2.2 The duration of training will be 40 hours (05 days) for

TRI-A / TRI-S / SFI and 24 hours (03 days) for LTCs. The syllabus
for Train the Trainer is as follows:
Sr. No Training Elements
Module 1 - History of Instruction and Principles of Learning

1.1 Fundamentals of Pilot Competencies
1.2 Human Information Processing Model
1.3 Learning Styles and Learning Process
1.4 Methods to enhance Learning and Information
Retention
1.5 Teaching Process, Training Philosophies, Techniques
of Applied Instruction
Module 2 - Lesson Planning and Preparation
2.1 Importance of a Lesson Plan
2.2 Lesson Plan Stages
2.3 Preparation of a Lesson Plan
Module 3 - Instructional Methods
3.1 Essential Trainer Skills
3.2 Different Training Delivery Methods
3.3 Use of Key Facilitation Skills
3.4 Identifying individual Training Styles
Module 4 – Assessment
4.1 Trainee Evaluation and Testing
4.2 Overview of CRM Skills
Module 5 – Evaluation
5.1 Difference between Training and Checking
5.2 History of Debrief
5.3 Debrief Styles in an Airline Environment
5.4 Importance of an Effective Debrief
PAGE D0 - 79
PART - D
SECTION 0
Module 6 - Techniques of Flight Instruction

6.1 Airborne Instruction Techniques
6.2 Human Performance and Limitations relevant to Flight
Instruction
6.3 Specific Hazards and Malfunctions during Aircraft
Training
Module 7 - Trainers Responsibility and Professionalism
7.1 Classification and effective handling of Difficult
Behaviours
7.2 Documentation, Report Writing and Training
Administration
7.3 Critical Role of Trainers
Module 8 - Enhancing Performance in High Risk
Environment
8.1 Concept of LOFT, Special Purpose Operational
Training and Line Operational Evaluation
8.2 Principles of Behavioural Markers
8.3 Cross Linking NoTechs and Knowledge Competencies
8.4 Alliance Air Evaluation Methods and Usability Study
Module 9 - Regulatory Requirement
9.1 Aircraft Act 1934, Aircraft Rules 1937 and Civil
Aviation Requirements
9.2 PPC in the Simulator
9.3 Procedures and Techniques regarding the conduct of
Skill Tests
9.4 Procedures and Techniques regarding the conduct of
Proficiency Checks
9.5 Simulator Serviceability and training in Simulator
Operation
9.6 The Simulator or actual weather and environmental
conditions necessary to conduct each simulator or
aircraft training / evaluation session.
PAGE D0 - 80
PART - D
SECTION 0

9.7 Route Check Forms
9.8 Discussion on latest amendments of the Operations
Manual
D 0.10.3 TRAIN THE TRAINER RECURRENT COURSE: This

consists of a minimum of 03 modules of the initial train the trainer
courses and also inputs obtained from the training department. The
duration of the recurrent course will be 01 day for LTC, SFI, TRI-
S/A.
D 0.11PERFORMANCE STANDARDS REQUIRED FOR

TRAINERSDURING SELECTION AND TRAINING:
D 0.11.1 Pilots aiming to hold trainer status are expected to

demonstrate a consistently good standard during selection as well as
during training towards appointment. In case of unsuccessful
selection and /or training during the process due to any reason 03
months of cooling period will be accorded before being considered
again and 12 months on the second attempt. There would be no
additional simulator or line training given in case of standards not
being met as per the training programme syllabus.
D 0.11.2 Pilots holding trainer status are expected to carry out

instructional duties to a good standard as well as maintain their own
satisfactory performance during their recurrent training and
proficiency checks.In the event of a failure in assessment /
proficiency check of Training Captain for the purpose of renewal of
license or qualification, actions to be applied for withdrawal /
reinstatement will be 03 months from the date of unsatisfactory
result.
D 0.11.3 Additionally, those Captains required to conduct training

and checks from the RHS will be required to demonstrate
competency in that seat annually. This may be completed as part of a
simulator check or in an aircraft.
D 0.11.4 COMPANY RECENCY REQUIREMENT FOR

TRAINING CAPTAINS:
PAGE D0 - 81
PART - D
SECTION 0
(a) DGCA CAR specifies that a Training Captain shall

exercise the privileges as applicable during the preceding 6
months failing which the recency requirement has to be
met. Accordingly, a Line Training Captain has to
mandatorily carry out a route check / SLF in the preceding
6 months which means a minimum of 2 Training Events
and/or Evaluations should be undertaken per year.
(b) In case ofType Rating Instructor– He / She has to undertake

4 training events and / or evaluations per year in a
simulator.
(c) For TRIs / SFIs, who have not exercised their privileges,
the following training shall apply to regain currency :.
Description Recency Training Required
Not exercising the

privileges on Simulator Observe and conduct of one FFS
for the period from 6 Training session
months to 1 year.
i) 2 hours Briefing session by

TRI, covering duties and
Not exercising the responsibilities of TRI / SFI
privileges on Simulator ii) 2 hours of IOS Panel handling
for the period from 01 (not applicable to Pilots
year to 02 years. functioning as DE)
iii) Observe and conduct of 2 FFS
Training sessions
i) 2 hours Briefing session by
TRI, covering duties and
responsibilities of TRI / SFI
Not exercising the ii) 2 hours of IOS Panel handling
privileges on Simulator (not applicable to Pilots
for the period of more functioning as DE)
than 02 years. iii) Observe and conduct of 2 FFS
Training sessions
iv) 1 hour of FFS Training PF
from RHS
PAGE D0 - 82
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.11.5 STANDARDIZATION REQUIREMENT FOR

TRAINING CAPTAINS:
(a) All Training Captains flight crew members, whether

employed or subcontracted, shall be qualified and
standardized for their assigned tasks.
(b) DE / TRI / LTC will undergo Standardization checks as per

the stipulations of DGCA / Company.
(c) DE / TRI / LTC should ensure standardization of cockpit

procedures and should participate by giving regular
feedback to Standardization Committee. Further, while
carrying out checks, the Training Captains should ensure
strict adherence to laid down procedures & cockpit
discipline.
(d) Test / Check records of Designated Examiners to be
forwarded to DGCA periodically by training department
with the assistance of CMS in compiling the data as per the
DGCA requirement.
(e) The Special operations training and checks viz. LVTO /

Adverse Weather / Kullu etc. can be carried out by TRI
(A/S) / SFI after undergoing observe and conduct.
D 0.11.6THE STANDARDIZATION IN RESPECT OF THE

TRAINING CAPTAINS IS ACHIEVED BY THE
FOLLOWING MEANS:
(a) The FCTM and associated instructor training material as

published by the manufacturer is issued to the trainers and
made available in the briefing rooms for across the board
uniform training practices.
(b) Trainers are made part of Training and Standardization

meetings. As all the trainers may not take part in such
meetings, decisions taken in the Training and
PAGE D0 - 83
PART - D
SECTION 0
Standardization meetings are disseminated to all the

trainers.
(c) Random internal standardization check of Trainers will be

carried out by the EDT/Chief Of training to ensure that
they adhere to the standard practices while imparting
training.
(d) Briefing tools are kept in the briefing rooms for briefing
and de-briefing the trainees.
(e) The trainers are issued with the Circulars from time to
time as and when there is a change in the procedures or
they need to be aware of such topic/issue.
D 0.11.7 CHECKS / TESTS CONDUCTED BY TRAINING

CAPTAINS:
a) All Training Captains should ensure that the flight crew

undergoing training / Test / Check have a clear
understanding of the required maneuvers to be performed
in their respective Check/Test, without providing the flight
crew the detailed chronological sequence of the maneuvers
or malfunctions prior to the respective maneuver or
malfunction being administered.
b) It shall be ensured that Training Captains and Flight Crew

Members use documents for the conduct of training and
Evaluation that is authorized and published by the company
for such use. Unauthorized Training materials should not be
distributed or used for the training or evaluation of flight
crew members.
c) Training Captains shall have 10hrs of flying as PIC on the

type during the preceding 90 days to exercise his / her
privileges.
d) All the ten(10) PIC Route checks are to be scheduled with

Designated Examiners only.
PAGE D0 - 84
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.12GROUND INSTRUCTORS (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES

I, PART VII ISSUE III.):
Alliance Air Ground Instructors are trained in accordance with the

requirements specified vide CAR Section 7, Series I, Part VII Issue
III. Described following are the requirements for the issuance of
Alliance Air Ground Instructor’s approval and the conditions under
which those approvals are necessary, and the limitations upon those
approvals, as per provisions laid down in the above CAR.
D 0.12.1 FUNCTIONS OF GROUND INSTRUCTOR:
(a) To provide initial ground training, in aeronautical

knowledge areas required for the issuance of a type rating/
flight dispatcher approval and/ or special operations
approval.
(b) To provide recurrent ground training in aeronautical

knowledge areas, as required for recurrent training of
pilots, flight dispatchers and Ground Instructors.
(c) To provide ground training for LTC/ Check Pilot/SFI/TRI/

TRE/ DE.
(d) To train ground instructors/SMEs.
(e) Review of aircraft systems & procedures specific to the

aircraft type. (Normal, Alternate, Abnormal &
Emergencyprocedures).
(f) Aircraft Performance, Navigation and FlightPlanning.
(g) Specialized Operations Training to include (as applicable)

TCAS, EGPWS, RNAV/RNP, CAT-II, LVTO, CDFA, etc.
(h) ALAR / CFIT / Human Factors,etc.
(i) Review of circulars, New Standing Orders, New CARs

and Air Safety Circulars pertaining to FlightOperations.
PAGE D0 - 85
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.12.2 ELIGIBILITY / QUALIFICATIONS: To be eligible for

issuance of the Ground Instructor’s Approval, a person:
(a) Shall be at least 21 years of age;
(b) Shall be able to read, write, speak, and understand the

English language;
(c) Shall have any of the following:
(i) Shall be an engineering graduate or hold a graduate

degree, with Physics and/or Mathematics from a
recognized Board/ University;
(ii) Should have been a qualified pilot/flight
navigator/flight engineer/flight dispatcher/ATCO,
with minimum two (2) years of work experience in
aviation;
(iii) Should have been an Aircraft Maintenance Engineer
with a minimum of three (03) years of work
experience as an AME.
D 0.12.2.1For approval as a Subject Matter Expert (SME) a person

must have a minimum experience of two (02) years in a specialized
fields such as flying (Qualified pilot/ Flight navigator/ Flight
Engineer), flight dispatch, ATC, meteorology or, have held prior
approval as a Technical or Performance ground instructor.
D 0.12.2.2 Note: Training by SMEs shall meet the standards to be

maintained under the quality assurance system of the Alliance Air
D 0.12.3 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR APPROVAL AS

GROUND INSTRUCTOR/ SME:The trainee ground instructor
shall undergo following training
D 0.12.3.1 Initial training:Initial training would be modular, which

shall be carried out by an approved Ground Instructor, of the
Alliance Air / ATO or an approved ATO of ICAO contracting state,
or the OEM
PAGE D0 - 86
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.12.3.2 For approval as Ground Instructor (technical/

performance), the training shall be completed in the following
modules
D 0.12.3.2.1 Module 1, Consisting of General Aviation subjects, i.e.

navigation, instruments, radio aids, Air-regulations, Basic
knowledge of Aerodynamics, aircraft technical systems and basic
aircraft performance. The syllabus would be divided into the
following modules:
(a) Module 1A - For a person with previous aviation

background i.e. qualifications as per Para D0.13.2 (ii), (iii)
The duration shall be a minimum of 24 Hours.
(b) Module 1B: For a person without prior aviation background

i.e. qualifications as per Para D0.13.2 (i). The duration
shall be a minimum of 120 hours.
D 0.12.3.2.1.1 DETAILS OF MODULE TRAINING 1A/1B
MOD SUB DETAILS DURATION

1A INITIAL GI APPROVAL
1 General Aviation/Regulatory 04 hrs
Bodies:
a. ICAO/FAA/EASA/IATA
etc.
b. DGCA
2 Overview of Air Regulations: 16 hrs
a. Aircraft Act 1934
b. Aircraft Rules 1937
c. Civil Aviation
Requirements
3 Interpretation and use of 04 hrs
aeronautical documentation
such as AIP, NOTAM,
aeronautical codes and
abbreviations
1A TRANSITION OF TECHNICAL/
PERFORMANCE GI
4 Basic aircraft performance 24 hrs
(takeoff and landing distances,
PAGE D0 - 87
PART - D
SECTION 0

rate of climb, ceiling, speed,
payload, and fuel economy etc.)/
Technical general (including
engines, airframe & avionics
systems knowledge)
1B INITIAL GI APPROVAL
1 General Aviation/Regulatory 04 hrs
Bodies:
a. ICAO/FAA/EASA/IATA
etc.
b. DGCA
2 Overview of Air Regulations: 16 hrs
a. Aircraft Act 1934
b. Aircraft Rules 1937
c. Civil Aviation
Requirements
3 Interpretation and use of 08 hrs
aeronautical documentation
such as AIP, NOTAM,
aeronautical codes and
abbreviations
4 Basic Aviation Meteorology 16 hrs
a. International Standard
Atmosphere
b. Meteorological Charts &
Aviation Weather Reports
c. Weather, Types of clouds,
turbulence, thunderstorms
etc. & avoidance
techniques d. Pressure,
Temperature, Winds and
their impact on aviation.
NOTE: Ground Instructors, with or without previous
approval, when joining Alliance Air shall undergo a 2-
day Operator familiarization Course, consisting of the
Operations Manual/ Training and Procedures Manual,
SOPs and Training Policies.
1B 5 Basic Principles of Flight 08 hrs
6 Basics of Navigation, Aircraft 16 hrs
PAGE D0 - 88
PART - D
SECTION 0

Instruments and Radio aids
7 Jet Engine Fundamentals and 16 hrs
Basics of Aircraft Systems
8 Basics of Aircraft Performance, 16 hrs
including.
a. Mass and Balance, Centre
of gravity
b. Effects of loading and mass
distribution on aircraft
performance
9 Human Factors and CRM 16 hrs
10 Aircraft documents, Checklist 04 hrs
Philosophy, Accidents Analysis
Note: The contents may be modified based on the
previous qualification and background of the trainee
instructor, however, the minimum duration of training
must not be reduced.
D 0.12.3.2.2 MODULE 2
MOD SUB STREAM DURATION

2 1 TECHNICAL ATR 72-600 40 hrs.
2 PERFORMANCE ATR 72-600 30 Hrs
NOTE i GI training conducted by the OEM, will be as
recommended by the OE
ii CCQ credit, as given by the OEM, would be
applicable to this module
D 0.12.3.2.3 MODULE 3: This is a one-time course of teaching

and learning instructions for all GIs/ SMEs, comprising of minimum
40 hours training, to cover
.
3 1. Learning process
2. Teaching process
3. Training philosophies 40 hrs.
4. Techniques of applied instruction
5. Student evaluation and testing
PAGE D0 - 89
PART - D
SECTION 0
6. Training programme
development
7. Training administration
8. Human performance and
limitations
D 0.12.3.2.4 MODULE 4: OPERATIONAL TRAINING:

Operational training, as applicable, shall be conducted by SMEs
approved for the same, having undergone appropriate modular
training of not less than the duration as mentioned below against
each
1. PBN 16 hrs.
2. DATA LINK 6 hrs.
3. ADS-B 2 hrs.
4. EFB 8 hrs.
5. AWO 24 hrs.
6. UPRT 16 hrs.
D 0.12.3.3At the end of each module, a written test shall be

conducted to assess the trainee’s knowledge, in order to progress to
the next stage of training.
D 0.12.3.4 For previously approved and current GIs or

SFI/TRI/Examiner, the following training would apply
a) For approval on another type of aircraft, there shall be no
requirement to undergo Module 1 & 3.
b) For addition of a variant of the same type of aircraft, the

duration of the differences training shall be as per the
Alliance Air’s OM-D.
c) For a current Technical GI to become a Performance GI on the

same aircraft type, and vice versa, Module 1A (comprising of
basic aircraft technical systems for a Performance GI, and
basic aircraft performance for a Technical GI, as applicable),
and Module 2 shall apply.
D 0.12.3.5 DEs/ TREs/ TRIs/ LTCs/ Check Pilots, or qualified

pilots/ flight navigators from the military who have previously held
PAGE D0 - 90
PART - D
SECTION 0
the instructor/ Check pilot qualification, will not require to undergo

Module 3.
D 0.12.3.6 NOTE:
(a) For personnel holding a current approval as an SME on

an aircraft, the training requirement would be reduced to
25% of that listed above, when extending the approval
for another aircraft type, and/or on change of operator/
ATO.
(b) For any newly introduced operational topics which may

be required to be covered by SMEs in the future, the Post
Holder Training will seek permission from DGCA to
grant the required authorization for the first SME
D 0.12.4 GI PRACTICAL TRAINING:
D 0.12.4.1 For Technical and/or Performance GI, as applicable, an

observe and conduct of one full type rating course under supervision
of an approved ground instructor, depending upon whether technical
or performance GI approval is sought.
D 0.12.4.2In case of a new aircraft induction, only an experienced

GI with at least 1 year of previous industry experience shall be
considered. In cases where the same aircraft is not being operated by
any other operator in the country, the observe session shall be
conducted by the OEM/ ATO.
D 0.12.4.3 In case full type rating course/Recurrent training is not

being conducted by an operator/ ATO, the Post Holder Training may
authorize equivalent simulated training.
D 0.12.5 For SME, one observe and conduct session under

supervision of an approved SME for the relevant operational topic.
NOTE: For an operator which does not have existing infrastructure
to meet the “observe-and-conduct” requirement, the same shall be
accomplished through another operator/ ATO.
PAGE D0 - 91
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.12.5.1 For persons who qualify under para 5.1 c) (i), on

completion of the observe and conduct, the following familiarization
training shall be required:
(a) For Technical Instructor
(i) Minimum 2 hours of training in a Training Device

or aircraft for cockpit familiarization, and, one
aircraft visit for exterior inspection of aircraft; and,
(ii) Minimum 2 hours of training on a Simulator
(FFS/FBS)/ Full scale procedure trainer, or a two
sector flight on the type of aircraft on which the
approval is sought, as an observer on the flight deck
(b) For Performance Instructor
(i) Minimum oneday training at Flight Dispatch under a

Flight Dispatch Trainer for dispatch procedures/
contingency procedures/ crew communication; and,
(ii) Minimum 2 hours on Full Flight Simulator as an

observer, or a two sector flight on the same type of
aircraft, as an observer on the flight deck.
D 0.12.5.2 Onsatisfactory completion of the applicable training

mentioned above, the applicant Ground Instructor will undergo an
oral examination, as specified in para D 0.12.6
D 0.12.6 Oral Examination: The applicant Ground Instructor/SME

shall be subjected to an oral examination by a board constituted by
the Post Holder Training of the Alliance Air. Oral examinations will
be conducted separately for technical, performance, and SME. The
Board shall include
(a) Post Holder Training or his nominee,
(b) CGI or his nominee and/or a relevant GI/SME, as

applicable.
PAGE D0 - 92
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.12.6.1 NOTE: In case of induction of a new aircraft, the oral

exam for the first GI shall not be required.
D 0.12.7 ISSUE, WITHDRAWAL, RENEWAL OF GROUND

INSTRUCTOR APPROVAL: On successful completion of
requirements as laid down in CAR Section 7, Series I, Part VII,
Issue II, the Post Holder Training shall issue approval to the Ground
Instructor for a period of 5 years. Withdrawal and renewal of
approval will be in accordance with the policy that is specified in the
Operations Manual/Training and Procedures Manual. The policy
shall include the method of training and qualification of ground
instructors. For ground instructors approved on type, with change of
operator, approval can be issued by the Post Holder training after an
oral examination without the need for additional training
requirements for approval.
D 0.12.8 RECURRENT TRAINING- GI
(a) Recurrent training is conducted annually to ensure the

maintenance of competencies, knowledge and skills
through a series of theoretical training, hands-on exercises,
written exam, etc. relevant to each aircraft type on which
the ground instructor will be imparting training.
(b) Recurrent training validity is 12 months. If carried out in 3

months preceding the expiry, the subsequent validity will
be 12 months from the original expiry. The minimum
duration of recurrent training shall be 16 hours.
(c) Alliance Air shall ensure that each ground instructor who
has not carried out any ground instructional duties from 12
up to 36 months completes extended recurrent training with
minimum duration 32 hours. If there has been a break from
ground instructional duties for a period of more than 3
years, complete training as per Para D 0.12.3 above will be
required for re-approval.
D 0.12.8.1 GROUND INSTRUCTOR RECURRENT

TRAINING PROGRAMME – TECHNICAL (DURATION: 16
HOURS)
PAGE D0 - 93
PART - D
SECTION 0
Sr.No. Module Duration

Technical Module –
1. Review of Aircraft Technical Systems 08 Hours
from FCOM
Flight Management Module –

2. 08 Hours
Review of FMS from FCOM
D 0.12.8.2 GROUND INSTRUCTOR RECURRENT

TRAINING PROGRAMME – PERFORMANCE (DURATION:
16 HOURS)

Review of Aircraft performance from
FCOM -
1. 08 Hours
Takeoff and Landing Performance
module
Review of Aircraft performance from
2. FCOM - 08 Hours
En-route Performance module
D 0.12.8.2.1 NOTE:Special Ops training for ground instructors

holding Special Ops Approval will also be inclusive in above stated
training Hours.
D 0.12.8.3 GROUND INSTRUCTOR EXTENDED

RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAMME –TECHNICAL
(DURATION: 32 HOURS)
Detailed Study of Aircraft Technical Systems from FCOM
1. Overhead System Module 08 Hours

2. Flight Instrument Module 08 Hours
3. Flight Management Module 08 Hours
PAGE D0 - 94
PART - D
SECTION 0
4 Automatic Flight Module 08 Hours
D 0.12.8.4 GROUND INSTRUCTOR EXTENDED

RECURRENT TRAINING PROGRAMME –PERFORMANCE
(DURATION: 32 HOURS)
Detailed Study of Aircraft Specific Performance from FCOM
1. Takeoff Performance Module 8 Hours

2. En-route Performance module 8 Hours
3. ENG OUT Diversion Module 8 Hours
4 Landing Performance Module 8 Hours
D 0.12.8.4.1 NOTE:Special Ops training for ground instructors

holding Special Ops Approval will also be inclusive in above stated
training Hours.
D 0.12.9 REFRESHER TRAINING-GI
Alliance Air shall ensure that each ground instructor who has not
carried out any ground instructional duties for more than 3 monthsup
to 6 months and still remains within the period of validity of the
previous Initial/Recurrent Training completes refresher training with
minimum duration of 08 hours theoretical training. For a gap
between 6 to 12 months, recurrent training will be carried out.
D 0.12.10 RECORDS
(a) The record of initial training, qualification and approval of a

ground instructor shall be maintained by Alliance Air Record
Section as long as the Ground Instructor remains in
employment with Alliance Air.
PAGE D0 - 95
PART - D
SECTION 0
(b) Individual training record of an approved Ground Instructor

shall be maintained for a period of 5 years by Alliance Air.
(c) Ground instructors/ SMEs shall not exceed 30 teaching hours

in any one week, inclusive of CBT
D 0.12.11CRM FACILITATOR QUALIFICATION

REQUIREMENTS (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART 8,
PARA 4): An applicant to be eligible for approval as a CRM
Facilitator, a pilot or cabin crew shall possess the following
qualification requirements
(a) Have current commercial air transport experience as a

flight crew member or as cabin crew member. If not
current, then the crew shall have had a minimum
experience of 5 years as flight or cabin crew.
(b) Have successfully completed CRM Facilitator training as
detailed in Para 1.7.2 below.
D 0.12.12 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS FOR APPROVAL AS

CRM FACILITATOR (CAR SECTION 7, SERIES I - PART 8,
PARA 5 AND 6): The trainee CRM Facilitator shall undergo
following training to act as a qualified CRM Facilitator:
(a) Have received instructions in training techniques to conduct

CRM courses which shall include but not be limited to:
(i) The learning process;

(ii) Elements of effective teaching;
(iii) Student evaluation and testing;
(iv) Course development and Lesson planning;
(v) Classroom training techniques,
(vi) Facilitation skills.
(b) Have received instruction on Human Factors Performance

Limitation (HPL) or have completed HPL examination
whilst obtaining the ATPL; and
(c) Have received additional education in the fields of group

management, group dynamics and personal awareness.
PAGE D0 - 96
PART - D
SECTION 0
(d) Have completed an Introductory CRM Course and the

Operator’s CRM training;
(e) Have observed one Introductory CRM course conducted by

a CRM Facilitator;
(f) Have been supervised by suitably qualified CRM

Facilitators when conducting first Introductory CRM
course;
(g) Have been supervised by suitably qualified CRM

Facilitators when conducting at least two Joint CRM
courses along with CRM Facilitators before undertaking
Joint CRM training;
(h) Have been supervised by suitably qualified CRM

Facilitators when conducting at least one Cabin Crew
Recurrent CRM courses;
(i) Undergo a satisfactory internal assessment by the Alliance

Air.
D 0.12.12.1 On satisfactory completion of above training, the name

of candidate shall be recommended to Post Holder Training along
with requisite documents i.e. qualification and completion of
training papers (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part 8, Para 6.1 refers).
D 0.12.12.2 The candidate shall be required to conduct a sample

CRM training session attended by a Post Holder Training or his
deputy. Based on satisfactory performance, approval will be issued
by Post Holder Training. (CAR Section 7, Series I - Part 8, Para 6.2
refers).
D 0.12.12.3 NOTE: Instructors integrating elements of CRM into

aircraft type training, recurrent training, or senior cabin crew
training should have acquired relevant knowledge of human factors
and have completed appropriate CRM training.
D 0.12.13VALIDITY OF APPROVAL (CAR SECTION 7,

SERIES I – PART 8, PARA 6.2): The approval of CRM Facilitator
shall be valid as long as the CRM Facilitator remains in the
PAGE D0 - 97
PART - D
SECTION 0
employment of Alliance Air or till the approval is withdrawn by the

company.
D 0.12.14 RECENCY REQUIREMENTS (CAR SECTION 7,

SERIES I – PART 8, PARA 7.1): To continue exercising the
functions a CRM Facilitator, shall conduct at least one CRM training
session in the previous 6 months. If this requirement is not met, then
the CRM Facilitator shall conduct one CRM training session under
the supervision of a qualified CRM Facilitator prior to resuming
CRM training.
D 0.12.15 RE-APPROVAL REQUIREMENTS (CAR SECTION

7, SERIES I – PART 7, PARA 7.2): Re-approval is applied in case
of change of Operator / Organization. For re-approval, the candidate
shall require to complete training.
D 0.12.15.1 On satisfactory completion of training, the name of

candidate shall be recommended to Post Holder Training along with
requisite documents i.e. qualification and completion of training
papers for approval.
D 0.13DANGEROUS GOODS REGULATIONS TRAINING

(DGR):
D 0.13.1 Alliance Air shall ensure that each flight crew member
undergoes dangerous goods regulations (DGR) training at least
every 24 months at the facilities of parent company Air
India/National Aviation Academy. If the training is conducted
within three months prior to the expiry of the 24 months’ period, the
next DG training must be completed within 24 months of the
original expiry date of the previous DG training.
D 0.13.2 Details of DGR Training regulations are mentioned in

Section 1 Chapter 2 of this manual.
PAGE D0 - 98
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.14 TRAINING OF SAFETY & EMERGENCY

PROCEDURES INSTRUCTOR: The training, qualification and
approval process of Ground Instructors (SEP) shall be as per Civil
Aviation Requirements Section 7, series ‘M’, Part I, Issue III and
subsequent revision thereof, as defined in Alliance Air CCTM.
D 0.15 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAMME:
D 0.15.1 INTRODUCTION:
D 0.15.1.1 The Quality Assurance Program provides confidence that

all operations practices are conducted in accordance with all
applicable requirements, standards and operational procedures.
D 0.15.1.2 The training quality assurance program is designed to

monitor training activities, to detect deficiencies and deviations from
set rules and standards as part of Flight Operations Quality
Assurance Program. It will enable to provide feedback to the Flight
Operations Quality Assurance Program and also to enhance and
improve the quality of line and simulator / flight training.
D 0.15.1.3 The simulator center quality system functions as a sub-

system to the Flight Operations quality assurance system and
operates under the authority of Manager Quality.
D 0.15.2 TRAINER SELECTION:
D 0.15.2.1 Quality control for training begins at the selection stage

for trainers. The selection procedures assess not only technical skills
and experience, but also the personality, attitudes and aptitudes of
the applicants.
D 0.15.2.2 Selection for appointment as a Flight Crew Trainer or

Facilitator will be based upon the candidate satisfying the required
pre-requisites for qualifications and experience requirements
specified in Section 1 – Chapter 1. The application, selection and
assessment of candidates shall be in accordance with the Training
Department process.
D 0.15.2.3 Successful candidates shall then undertake the initial
qualification training requirements applicable to the intended
appointment, as specified in Section 1 – Chapter 1.
PAGE D0 - 99
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.15.3 SIMULATORS AND TRAINING FACILITIES:
D 0.15.3.1 Pilots are trained making use of both in-house training

devices as well as training devices that are operated by other
organizations.
D 0.15.3.2 IN-HOUSE TRAINING FACILITIES: Prior to use of

the in-house training devices for conduct of training, approval will
be obtained for specific use of the simulators from DGCA. After
receipt of the Approval, it will be ensured that the Standards of
Qualification Approved for the respective device are maintained on
continuous basis by carrying out requisite period checks and
evaluation of the devices by competent personnel as stipulated in
Quality Manual-Simulator. On expiry of validity of certification
issued by DGCA, training on such devices shall forthwith cease until
and unless a written dispensation is obtained from DGCA for its
continued usage.
D 0.15.3.3 USE OF OUTSOURCED TRAINING FACILITIES:

In case of non-availability of requisite training device(s) or
inadequacy of training available capacity, training facilities operated
by other organizations will be used. However, prior to its use, such
devices will be evaluated by an FOI / DE to assess and ensure
compliance to DGCA Ops Circular 15 of 2014 and that the requisite
standards for the conduct of training are met.
D 0.15.3.4 DEFICIENCY REPORTING SYSTEM: A deficiency

reporting system should be available which ensures that all existing
deficiencies are accurately reflected and communicated to the trainer
prior to commencement of the training session in the form of
Missing / Malfunctioning / Inoperative List (MMIL). Any additional
deficiency that the trainer may come across during the training
session shall be reflected in the appropriate column in the training
session log sheet. If the new deficiency remains unresolved the
MMIL shall be updated accordingly.
D 0.15.3.5 USE OF SIMULATOR WITH MISSING /

MALFUNCTIONING / INOPERATIVE (MMI)
COMPONENT: A guideline is available that lay down the policy
PAGE D0 - 100
PART - D
SECTION 0
for using the device with MMI Component. This document reflects
the requirements of serviceability for all the training exercises that
can be done on the simulator and specifying limitations, if any, with
certain MMI component(s). The relationship between any MMI
Component and permitted exercise(s) is such that it does not intrude
upon the simulation of the exercise and at the same time makes the
device available for optimum utilization. The trainer will use the
guideline for continued use of the simulator with (MMI) Component
/ System. However, the Trainer’s decision on the requirement will
assume precedence over any procedures suggested and it will be left
to his discretion to accept the simulator with deficiencies depending
upon the type of training / check to be carried out.
D 0.15.3.6 DIFFERENCES LIST SIMULATOR VIS-À-VIS

FLEET AIRCRAFT: The simulator configuration of the in-house
simulators will be maintained to reflect the configuration of the fleet
aircraft. Simulator Data packages that are released by the aircraft
manufacturers time to time will be incorporated in the simulator to
ensure that the performance of the simulators closely reflects that of
the aircraft. A differences list for every individual simulator that is
in use, listing out the differences if any between the simulator and a
representative aircraft from the fleet is available for use by the
trainer.
D 0.15.4 THIRD PARTY TRAINING FACILITY
D 0.15.4.1 Alliance Air has DGCA approved training facilities in

HYD/ BKK/TLS/Madrid.
D 0.15.4.2 Approved training facilities shall be utilised for all third

party training.
D 0.15.4.3 Acceptance of such training shall be on the basis of:
(a) DGCA Approval acquired by third party.
(b) Training conducted should be based on the approved

training manual and comparative study submitted by third
party.
PAGE D0 - 101
PART - D
SECTION 0
(c) On successful completion of training, a result notification

to be sent by the post holder to third party.
(d) Records of all such training shall be maintained by third

party.
D 0.15.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM FOR SUB-

CONTRACTORS:
D 0.15.5.1 If sub-contractors are utilised to provide training services

/ facilities for Alliance Air, then they shall be selected after a
thorough evaluation process which includes regulatory, EASA and
SMS requirements. It shall be ensured that sub-contractors meet
Safety, Quality and Security requirements.
D 0.15.5.2 The ultimate responsibility for the standard of training

facilities provided by any subcontractor remains with the Chief of
Training, even if that organisation is approved by the DGCA.
D 0.15.5.3 The Chief of Training shall ensure that sub-contractors:
(a) Correspond with the relevant regulatory and the Company

requirements; and
(b) Are audited and evaluated at defined intervals for ensuring

necessary compliance in accordance with Alliance Air
Quality Control for sub-contractors.
D 0.15.5.4 The Chief of Training shall also ensure that any training
to be conducted by sub-contractor, the sub-contractor has the
necessary approvals and PICs the resources and competence to
undertake the contracted task.
D 0.15.5.5 Training personnel shall provide feedback to the Chief of

Training on any deficiencies in the training services / facilities
provided by a sub-contractor. The Chief of Training will ensure that
appropriate follow-up actions are taken.
D 0.15.6 QUALITY CONTROL OF TRAINING PERSONNEL

AND FLIGHT CREW:
PAGE D0 - 102
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.15.6.1 Periodic review of training personnel performance shall

be undertaken to ensure compliance with required qualification and
performance standards.
D 0.15.6.2 Quality control of flight crew is monitored through

medium of Line Check / Simulator Check as they are means of
ensuring flight crew compliance with the SOPs.
D 0.15.7 TRAINING DEPARTMENT MEETINGS:
D 0.15.7.1 Regular formal meetings shall be conducted by the

Training Department, in order to support the continuous
improvement of ground, simulator and aircraft training and line
operations.
D 0.15.7.2 To ensure accountability, all action points from all

forums shall be recorded / discussed in the TRM and to be actioned
by applicable stakeholders. The agenda and minutes for all
departmental meetings shall be retained and will be available with
Chief of Training.
PAGE D0 - 103
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.15.7.3 TRAINING MANAGEMENT REVIEW:
Chaired By Chief of Training or Nominee

Required (a) Chief Pilot of Operations ornominee
Attendees (b) Chief Advisor Training
(c) Chief Ground Instructor
(d) Deputy Chief of Training
(e) Cabin Safety TrainingManager
(f) CMS Representative
(g) Manager TrainingAdministration
Frequency Once in a month or earlier if required
Objectives The meeting is intended to address training, audit
and safety matters, including:
(a) Review of Regulatory (DGCA)compliance;
(b) Identification of training system issues and
trends, arising from the review and analysis of
training results (including the review of recent
training disruptions and possible remedies).
(c) Review of the results of reviews conducted on
current training programs, and from other
internal monitoring processes, in order to
identify and consider any necessary
improvements.
(d) Assessment of the Impact on training because
of regulatory, procedural, technical, fleet and
network changes;
(e) Discussionofflightsafetyissues,establishedthro
ughtheparticipationof training managers in
meetings such as the Flight Safety Action
Group, or through other means provided by
safety management program, and how these
issues may be addressed in trainingprograms;
(f) Discussion of the training impact and
responses to operational and technical issues
arising from Operations Manual and FCOM
revisions, manufacturers bulletins,
airworthiness directives, NOTAMs, or any
other source of safety-critical information; and
(g) Discussion of any other issues that may impact
current or future training requirements for
PAGE D0 - 104
PART - D
SECTION 0
Alliance Air pilots, cabin crew and other

operations personnel.
(h) Discussion about:
(i) Departmental issues and ongoing
projects
(ii) New policies, rules, instructions and
procedures
(iii) Recruitment standards
(i) Review of:
(i) Status of safety objectives and targets.
(ii) Review of industry best practices,
current safety issues, and regulatory
changes.
(iii) Compliance with approved standards
(iv) The Trend Analysis Program
(v) Training program, facilities,
equipment, devices and course
material.
Chief of Training shall give an update on the
following points:
(j) To discuss current training and checking
issues, and any applicable projects /
developments;
(k) Review of current SOP, operational and safety
issues of significance for training;
(l) Review Simulator Status and Defects;
(m) Review and discuss recent training disruptions
and remediation, and the status of pilots in the
Special Monitoring Program.
(n) Review requirements for new or modified
training programs;
(o) Review development progress for next
recurrent training semester;
(p) Review and discuss latest training data reports,
including the General Synthesis and OPC
Data Summary Report produced at end of
each semester.
(q) Review of training manpower requirements;
(r) Current issues concerning training personnel
and policies.
PAGE D0 - 105
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.15.7.4 TRAINING COMMITTEE MEETING:
Chaired By Chief of Training

Required (a) Chief of operations ornominee
Attendees (b) Chief Advisor Training
(c) All available FlightTrainers
Frequency Once every quarter
(a) The Trainers Quarterly Meeting is mandated to
ensure that formal and regular communication
occurs between and among flight operations
management, TRIs, DEs, line check trainers
and flight crew members to achieve continual
improvement of ground, simulator and aircraft
training and lineoperations. For trainers who
are not physically available to attend the
meeting a provision shall be made through
Webex to attend the meeting :
(b) The main purpose of the meeting is to review
Objectives trends and feedback from and its prime
responsibility is to address training system
issues and improvements related to trend
analysis of training system output and audit
activities;
(c) Other objectives are:
(i) To discuss current training and
checking issues, and any applicable
projects / developments;
(ii) Promote safety awareness and learning
culture through review of current SOP,
operational and safety issues, and their
significance for training;
(iii) Receive feedback from all the trainers
regarding training, fleet or flight safety
issues;
(iv) Review recent changes to training
programs and policies;
(v) Standardization issues applicable to
training and checking (practical
exercises may also be included, when
appropriate);
PAGE D0 - 106
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.15.7.5 Record of the meeting will be retained with Training

Department and made available to all Flight Trainers. Any
improvement required in the training program after being discussed
and agreed to in the meeting will be recorded and accordingly
corrective action will be taken. The relevant operational points will
be promulgated to the operations personnel via the Minutes of
Meeting.
D 0.16 CONTINUOUS TRAINING PROGRAMME

IMPROVEMENT:
D 0.16.1 GENERAL
D 0.16.1.1 The Chief of Training in conjunction with the Deputy

Chief of Training, all trainers, Chief Ground Instructor and the
Cabin Safety Training Manager, shall periodically review and
evaluate training programs, materials, examinations, training
equipment and procedures to ensure their continuing effectiveness,
and that quality standards and best practices are maintained.
D 0.16.1.2 Trainers meetings should be held regularly to ensure that

standardization issues are properly addressed, and to cover other
relevant training and checking issues. Such meetings may also
contain appropriate practical exercises to enhance standardization
and to support consistent standards of training, evaluation and
checking.
D 0.16.1.3 The Chief of Training shall also provide his fullest

cooperation to Alliance Air Quality Department during its periodic
audits on the Flight Operations Training Department, as prescribed
in the Quality Manual. Any formal correspondence arising from
quality audits shall be retained for the applicable period prescribed
in the Quality Manual.
D 0.16.2 EXPIRY OF MANDATORY TRAINING AND

CHECKS: The supervision of license and qualification validity are
control under the joint responsibility of the Training Department,
Operations Office and CMS Section. Compliance of monitoring the
validities of licences and qualification is maintained through an
electronic database. This allows Crew Planning Department to issue
timely reminders of expiries to all concerned, including the
PAGE D0 - 107
PART - D
SECTION 0
concerned pilot, so that the appropriate action will be taken to

revalidate the qualification or training prior to its expiry date.
D 0.16.3 TRAINING DISRUPTION FORMS: Training disruption

forms for unsatisfactory and additional Training shall be reviewed
and countersigned by the Deputy Chief of Training as a necessary
element of the Trend Analysis Program.
D 0.16.4 TREND ANALYSIS
D 0.16.4.1 Trend analysis is a continuous process conducted by the

Training department, which involves the monitoring and evaluation
of the results of crew training in order to identify trends and issues
that can lead to improvements in the content and conduct of training.
D 0.16.4.2 The following activities support the Trend Analysis

process:
(a) The collection of pilot proficiency data during recurrent

Pilot Proficiency Checks, and the production of regular data
reports for review by training management in the Training
Review Meeting;
(b) Maintaining a record of all training disruptions (i.e. failed

checks and unsatisfactory training events) including the
nature and reasons for each disruption, and the remedial
actions taken in response;
(c) Conducting the Training Review Boards, which aim to

identify, resolve and document the reasons for each training
disruption – this information can assist in the identification
of necessary changes to training programs to ensure that
they more-effectively address issues that commonly lead to
disruptions.
(d) The development of a General Synthesis and Summary

Data Report after the completion of each recurrent training
semester. This is reviewed in the Training Review Meeting,
in order to identify appropriate training responses to trends
revealed by analysis of training data;
PAGE D0 - 108
PART - D
SECTION 0
(e) The feedback system
(f) Passive monitoring.
D 0.16.4.3 GENERAL SYNTHESIS AND PPC SUMMARY

DATA REPORT:
D 0.16.4.3.1 A General Synthesis and Summary Data Report shall

be produced after each PPC semester is concluded, in order to
summarize the outcome of the completed recurrent training program,
and to identify any significant trends or issues that may require
corrective action or other appropriate response. The overall purpose
is to support a continuous improvement process for Alliance Air
pilot training programs.
D 0.16.4.3.2 The General Synthesis and Summary Data Report shall

be reviewed during the Training Management Review Meeting.
D 0.16.4.4 FEEDBACK SYSTEM:
D 0.16.4.4.1 Feedback shall be sought (on a voluntary basis) from

trainers and trainees on the quality of training courses and
instruction. Fleet Management should also be encouraged to provide
feedback. Feedback regarding course content and structure shall be
forwarded to the Chief of Training for review and incorporation as
appropriate. Copies of the feedback form will also be available at
Alliance Air Training Centre.
D 0.16.4.4.2 Forms will be collated by the Chief Ground Instructor

and the contents reviewed by the concerned training managers. Once
collated the decision will be recorded and the feedback records shall
be archived for 2 years.
D 0.16.4.4.3At the start of each PPC/IR-PPC semester, a feedback

survey should be conducted to enable all, SFIs, TRIs(S), TRIs (A),
and DEs to submit information relevant to the recurrent training
program.
D 0.16.4.4.4 Trainer feedback shall also be gathered during the

regular Training Committee Meetings.
PAGE D0 - 109
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.16.4.4.5 Training reports and the results of skill tests and

proficiency checks should be used to monitor the progress of all
trainees and pilots. All such records should be correctly and
accurately completed by all concerned training and checking
personnel, and properly maintained under the overall supervision of
the Manager(Documentation), who shall ensure that Chief of
Training is aware of course progress and any problems as they arise.
D 0.16.4.4.6 Training related information is disseminated to and

among flight crew via Temporary Revisions or specific briefings
during ground and annual refresher courses. The latter may also be
required when new policies, rules instructions and procedures are
implemented.
D 0.16.4.4.7 Feedback information from all sources will be regularly

reviewed by training management in the Training Committee
Meetings, and will be used where appropriate to revise training
programs, policies and procedures.
D 0.16.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE FOR SUB-

CONTRACTORS:
D 0.16.5.1 On occasion, Alliance Air may require the use of external

training facilities due to an inability of internal facilities to meet all
necessary training requirements. This may take the form of:
(a) Alliance Air Trainers using external facilities to conduct

training and checking (Dry Lease);
(b) External Trainers using external facilities to train Alliance

Air crew (Wet Lease).
D 0.16.5.2 In such cases, the Chief of Training will act as Alliance

Air liaison with the organization providing facilities and/or TRIs. He
will also, if required, facilitate direct lines of communication
between Alliance Air Training Department and appropriate
representatives of the external training organisation.
D 0.16.5.3 Should the requirement arise then the Chief of Training

will determine:
PAGE D0 - 110
PART - D
SECTION 0
(a) The type of training required;
(b) The syllabus to be covered;
(c) Any relevant information regarding the experience levels of

the trainees; and
(d) Seek DGCA approval.
D 0.16.5.4 Training personnel shall provide feedback to the Chief of

Training on any deficiencies in the training services / facilities
provided by a sub-contractor. The Chief of Training will ensure that
concerned department/personnel is informed of all feedback
received and to that appropriate follow-up actions are taken.
D 0.17 MINIMUM QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS:
D 0.17.1 PILOTS JOINING ALLIANCE AIR:
D 0.17.1.1 DIRECT RECRUITMENT OF CAPTAIN (TYPE

RATED): To be recruited as a Captain on Alliance Air Turboprop
aircraft, a pilot shall fulfill the following minimum requirements:
(a) Minimum age 25 years;
(b) Hold current and valid ATPL, FRTO, RTR and medical;
(c) Hold English language proficiency certificate at a minimum

ICAO standard Level 4;
(d) 2500 hrs of total flying experience with 1000 hrs

experience as PIC on ATR 72-500/600 or ATR 42 aircraft.
(e) Incident or Accident free flying record; and
(f) Hold no objection certificate or release letter from previous

employer.
D 0.17.1.2 DIRECT RECRUITMENT OF TRANSITION

CAPTAIN (NONTYPE RATED): To be recruited as a Transition
PAGE D0 - 111
PART - D
SECTION 0
Captain on Alliance Air Turboprop aircraft, a pilot shall fulfill the

following minimum requirements:

(d) May or may not be endorsed ATR 72 PIC;
(e) 2500 hrs of total flying experience on multi engine

corporate jets/ turbo props with 1000 hrs experience as PIC
on aircraft AUW exceeding 5700 kgs.
(f) Incident or Accident free flying record; and
(g) Hold no objection certificate or release letter from previous

employer.
D 0.17.1.3 FOREIGN CAPTAIN:
(a) Minimum Qualification Requirement Minimum age 25

years;

(d) Endorsed ATR 72-600 PIC with current IR
(e) Minimum 3000 hours total flying experience of which 500

hours shall be on type as PIC;
(g) Hold no objection certificate or release letter from previous

employer.
PAGE D0 - 112
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.17.1.4 TRANSITION CAPTAIN (MILITARY/COAST

GUARD/MOU WITH MOD/ DIRECT):
(d) Minimum 2000 hours total flying experience on high

performance military jets/ Military Turbo prop aircraft of
AUW exceeding 5700 Kgs.

employer.
D 0.17.1.5 TRAINEE CAPTAINS:

(d) Minimum 2300 hours total flying experience on

commercial aircraft with AUW exceeding 5700 Kgs.

employer.
D 0.17.1.6 PIC UPGRADE FOR COMPANY FIRST

OFFICERS (TRAINEE CAPTAIN):
PAGE D0 - 113
PART - D
SECTION 0

(d) Minimum 2000 hours total flying experience with

minimum of 1000 hours of flying experience on company
aircraft.
(e) Incident or Accident free flying record.
D 0.17.1.7 SENIOR FIRST OFFICER (TYPE RATED):
(a) Minimum age 21years;

(d) Line released with Minimum 1500 hours flying experience

on ATR 72-500/600.

employer.
D 0.17.1.8 SENIOR FIRST OFFICER (NONTYPE RATED):
(b) Hold current and valid CPL/ATPL, FRTO, RTR and

medical;

(d) Line released with Minimum 2000 hours flying experience

on any commercial aircraft.
PAGE D0 - 114
PART - D
SECTION 0

employer.
D 0.17.1.9 DIRECT RECRUITMENT OF CO-PILOT/ AB-

INITIO / FIRST TYPE RATED PILOTS: To be recruited as a
Co-Pilot on Alliance Air aircraft, a pilot shall fulfill the following
minimum requirements:
(b) Should be Indian national or holder of Person of Indian

Origin Card;
(c) Hold current and valid CPL, FRTO, RTR and medical;
(d) Has a current and valid endorsement on ATR 72-600.
(e) Hold English language proficiency certificate at a minimum

(g) Hold no objection certificate from previous employer. (NA

for Ab-initio / First Type Rated Pilots
D 0.18 AIRLINE TYPE RATING PROGRAMME (ATRP):

CAR Section 7, Series D - Part V specifies requirements for an
DGCA approved in house conduct of ground training, checking and
examination which can be conducted as per Airline Type Rating
Programme (ATRP) for the issue of type rating on the ATR
D 0.18.1 APPROVAL OF ATRP:
D 0.18.1.1 Airline Type Rating Programme (ATRP) approval of

Alliance Air shall continue to be valid on compliance to CAR
Section 7, Series D - Part V.
D 0.18.1.2 DGCA has approved ATRP for ATR 72-600 aircraft type
vide letter AV.22012/22/ATRP/2019-FSD Dated 11June 2019.
PAGE D0 - 115
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.18.2SCOPE AND CONDUCT OF ATRP:
(a) The ATRP will include the following:
(i) Ground training and examination by Alliance Air

approved ground instructors.
(ii) Flying/Simulator training by DGCA authorized
SFI/TRIs.
(iii) Skill tests by designated examiners.
D 0.18.2.1 NOTE:Training and checking under the ATRP shall be

in accordance with the type rating syllabus approved by FSD,
DGCA.
(b) Alliance Air may when specifically approved, carry out

ground training and examination for type rating for pilot's
employed with another scheduled operator who does not
meet any or all of the pre-requisites listed in Para 3 above.
However, in such a case, the OCC will need to be done
separately by Alliance Air and not integrated with the
ATRP.
D 0.19 EVALUATION AND CHECKING: The evaluation and

testing shall be conducted by personnel authorized by the DGCA in
accordance with CAR Section 7, Series I Part I/II/VII. Refer OM D
Section 1, Chapter 2.
D 0.20 DGCA OVERSIGHT: The Training programme records

shall be presented to DGCA during inspection.
D 0.21 EVALUATION AND CHECKING: The evaluation and

testing shall be conducted by personnel authorized by the DGCA in
accordance with CAR Section 7, Series I Part I/II/VII. Refer OM D
Section 1, Chapter 1.
D 0.21.1 ASSESSMENT AND EXAMINATIONS

PROCEDURES FOR CONDUCTING EXAMINATION:
PAGE D0 - 116
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.21.1.1 Alliance Air will receive and scrutinize applications,

process the same and issue admits cards, prepare question papers,
conduct ground examination and evaluate the same.
D 0.21.1.2 The instructions detailed in this manual lay down

procedures and practices required to be adhered to by the ground
instructors nominated by Chief of Training/ Chief Ground Instructor,
responsible for conducting the examination in an efficient manner
and within the stipulated time frame for each examination while
maintaining the sanctity of examinations.
D 0.21.2 SCHEDULE OF EXAMINATIONS:
D 0.21.2.1 Pilot’s examinations on aircraft specific type shall be

conducted as per the training schedule. Schedule for examination
shall be made available to all eligible candidates. A copy of the
schedule of the examination shall also be sent to DGCA.
D 0.21.2.2 A satisfactory course completion certificate shall be

issued to the candidate after successfully passing the examination by
the Chief of Training on recommendation of Chief Ground
Instructor.
D 0.21.3 APPLICATION FOR EXAMINATION: Application for

the examination will be as per prescribed format (Ref Appendix).
D 0.21.4 ISSUE OF ADMIT CARD / REJECTION LETTERS:
D 0.21.4.1 On receipt of applications, particulars of candidates and

enclosures will be scrutinized for their veracity and it should be
ensured that they have completed the Ground Training course.
D 0.21.4.2 Discrepancies / clarifications, if any, in the application

received will be sought from the applicants immediately.
D 0.21.4.3 List of admitted candidates along with computer numbers

issued by DGCA and roll numbers shall be prepared for issue of the
same to all candidates giving details of the examinations. The
following procedure is adopted while issuing the admit card and roll
numbers.
PAGE D0 - 117
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.21.4.4 A 10 digit Roll Number shall be generated and be given

to the candidates. The roll number should be entered in the
respective accepted applications and should be filed in the individual
files maintained by the record section.
D 0.21.4.5 List of admitted candidates along with DGCA computer

numbers and roll numbers shall be prepared for issue of the same to
all candidates giving details of the examinations.
D 0.21.5 GENERATION OF ROLL NUMBERS:
D 0.21.5.1 A ten-digit unique roll number shall be created for each

candidate appearing for examination. The following procedure is
adopted in creating the same:
6 00 01 20 001
D 0.21.5.2 EXPLANATION:
(a) First three digits represent the aircraft
(b) Fourth and fifth digits denote the batch number in that year
(c) Sixth and seventh digits denote the year of examination.

e.g. 2020 (20)
(d) Eighth, Ninth and Tenth digit is a serial number of the

candidate.
D 0.21.6 ATTENDANCE DURING THE EXAMINATION:
D 0.21.6.1 Candidates should be allowed in the examination hall

after proper verification of their identity cards. Attendance of all the
candidates shall be taken prior to the commencement of
examination. Instruction slips shall be handed over to the candidates
at least 15 minutes before the scheduled time of examination.
D 0.21.6.2 Signature from one ground school instructor as a witness

shall be obtained before opening the envelope (sealed cover of the
question paper) 10 minutes prior to the commencement of the
examination.
PAGE D0 - 118
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.21.7 MONITORING OF THE TRAINING PROCESS,

INCLUDING ASSESSMENT AND EXAMINATION
ACTIVITIES.
D 0.21.8 Chief Ground Instructor or his nominee shall monitor that

the training plans are adhered to and the assessment and examination
activities are conducted in free and fair manner.
D 0.21.9 TRAINING POLICIES:Restrictions regarding the

duration of training periods for Trainees and Instructors.
D 0.21.9.1 THEORETICAL INSTRUCTIONS:Instructor contact

hours shall not exceed 08 hrs per day and not more than 40 hrs per
week.
D 0.21.9.2 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TRAINEES PER CLASS:

Maximum number of trainees per class shall not exceed 25.
D 0.21.10 POLICY FOR THE CONDUCT OF STUDENT

EVALUATION:
D 0.21.10.1 PROCEDURES FOR AUTHORIZATION OF

TESTS:
D 0.21.10.1.1 The overall authority to conduct tests / examinations /

checks to assess training progress and establish student competency
and proficiency lies with the Chief of Training.
D 0.21.10.1.2 The responsibility to conduct type specific /

performance test in a free and fair environment lies with the Chief
Ground Instructor who may depute approved Ground Instructors for
this function.
D 0.21.10.2 PROCEDURES FOR REMEDIAL TRAINING

BEFORE RETEST AND PROCEDURES FOR RE-WRITING
KNOWLEDGE TESTS:
D 0.21.10.2.1 Re-test will be conducted after necessary revision

classes as applicable for the candidate who fails in the system wise
technical / performance progress test.
PAGE D0 - 119
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.21.10.2.2 In case a candidate fails in examination (Technical/

Performance or both) he shall be subjected to counseling by Chief of
Training / Chief Ground Instructor prior to being allowed a re-
examination. He/she shall undergo corrective training as applicable
to the failure in the technical / performance or both the subjects
subsequent to necessary cooling period from the date of declaration
of results. The corrective training shall be of appropriate duration as
decided by Chief Ground Instructor in consultation with Chief
Ground Instructor.
D 0.21.10.2.3 A special examination for a failed candidate will be

conducted after successful completion of such corrective training
and shall be held not less than 6 weeks from the date of failure.
D 0.21.10.2.4 In case the candidate fails examination for the first

time, 1 re- attempt i.e; a total maximum of 02 attempts shall be
permitted for examination each in performance and technical. In
case of subsequent failure the candidate's case will be forwarded to
the training review board of the Alliance Air for review. The
decision of the training review board will be final.
D 0.21.11 TEST REPORTS AND RECORDS:
D 0.21.11.1 Merit list of Trainee Pilots is prepared based on the

marks they obtain in technical and performance and examination.
D 0.21.11.2 Result cards shall be issued to the Alliance Air/

individual candidates having appeared for the test. The results will
be declared to the candidates by the authorized official.
D 0.21.11.3 The course completion certificate shall be signed by the

Chief of Training on recommendation of Chief Ground Instructor
and issued to Alliance Air/ individual candidates who have been
assessed and declared successful.
D 0.21.11.4 A copy of the result of the batch shall be sent to DGCA

for their records.
D 0.21.11.5 One specimen copy of each set of question papers used

in the examination shall be preserved for a minimum of three years
from the date of examination. The remaining question papers used in
PAGE D0 - 120
PART - D
SECTION 0
the examination shall be destroyed immediately on declaration of

results.
D 0.21.11.6 A batch wise master results register shall be maintained
to record the details of successful candidates for each examination.
These records shall be duly authenticated by the Chief of Training.
D 0.21.11.7 In case a duplicate result card is required to be issued to

a trainee, then the same shall be recorded in the prescribed register.
D 0.21.11.8 The overall authority to conduct tests / examinations /

checks to assess training progress and establish student competency
and proficiency lies with the Chief of Training.
D 0.21.11.9 The responsibility to conduct type specific /

performance test in a free and fair environment lies with the Chief
Ground Instructor who may depute approved Ground Instructors for
this function.
D 0.22COMPANY STIPULATIONS FOR EXAMINATIONS

(ATRP)
(a) The evaluation for both the Performance and Technical

knowledge test shall be done in house.
(b) Questions will be prepared by Performance and Technical

instructors in consultation with Chief of Technical Training
and will be deposited in question bank in a specific format
subject wise.
(c) Question bank is available in Master Computer placed in

Chief of Tech training’s room, where computer base
program will randomly select questions for technical &
performance question paper.
(d) Access to the Master computer will be recorded and will

always be under supervision of Chief of Tech Training/
Instructor.
(e) Vetting of Question and answers will be done byNominated

Instructor of Chief of Tech Training who will also act As
controller of examination
PAGE D0 - 121
PART - D
SECTION 0
(f) Question bank will have Five times or more of the question
to be selected for examination paper.
(g) Question paper will comprise of 100 questions and duration

of examination 02 Hrs 30 min.
(h) Number of sets of question paper is equal to Number of

candidates plus one extra copy of question paper will be
packed & sealed for exam and will be opened in front of
candidates on examination date by taking two (02) witness
signatures on envelope.
(i) Number of Answer sheets will also follow same sequence

of arrangement & confidentiality.
(j) Each answer sheet will bear a unique code.
(k) Candidates are allowed to use only ball point pen to mark
answers.
(l) In case of objection to a question, Invigilator will provide a

separate white sheet where candidate will write his
objection to the concerned question. The same will be
submitted to Chief of Tech Training.
(m) Electronic devices, calculators etc are not required for

examination.
(n) Entire gamut of examination will be under the supervision

of Controller of Examination.
(o) Evaluation will be done by the Technical/performance

instructor where arrangement on answer sheets is made in
such a way that only answers and code will be visible.
(p) Cross checking will be done by another instructor/Chief of

Tech Training.
(q) After evaluation, De-coding of answer sheets will be done

and result will be announced. Pass percentage will be 70 %.
PAGE D0 - 122
PART - D
SECTION 0
(r) If a candidate fails to score the above mentioned pass

percentage, he shall undergo an additional corrective
training of 05 days and same procedure of examination as
stipulated above will be followed again.
(s) Maximum two attempts are allowed for a candidate. Failing

in third attempt will disqualify him/her from training.
(t) The Validity of ATRP written exam results is for two years.
D 0.23.0 PREPARATION OF QUESTION BANK: A question

bank shall be created for Aircraft Technical & Specific Performance
subjects by the Ground Instructors as nominated by Chief Ground
Instructor.
D 0.23.1 ELIGIBILITY OF GROUND INSTRUCTORS

PREPARING QUESTION BANK AND SETTING QUESTION
PAPER:
D 0.23.1.1 Two Ground Instructors with following qualification are

nominated for preparing Question Bank and Setting Question Paper:
(a) He/ She shall be an approved Ground Instructor on the

Type of aircraft
(b) He /She shall have Instructional Experience of Two Years
D 0.23.1.2 Chief of Training / Chief Ground Instructor will

authorize eligible Ground Instructors to create the question paper 24
hours prior to the examination. This question paper will be verified
by following eligible persons.
D 0.23.2 ELIGIBILITY OF PERSON VERIFYING AND

APPROVING QUESTION BANK AND QUESTION PAPER:
D 0.23.2.1 The question bank shall be periodically updated and

reviewed once every year and as and when the FCOM/Manufacturer
documentation is revised by any of the following persons meeting
eligibility requirement and nominated by Post Holder Training.
PAGE D0 - 123
PART - D
SECTION 0
(a) Chief Ground Instructor

(b) Performance / Technical Instructor approved on respective
Aircraft Type with three years instructional experience.
D 0.23.2.2 The question bank for technical and performance subjects

has five times the number of questions in the respective papers.
The following points should be kept in mind as a broad guideline

while framing the questions:
(a) Questions must be on the topics covered under the syllabus

for each paper.
(b) The questions should be relevant and unambiguous.
(c) The most appropriate choice of answer for each question
must be clearly marked.
(d) All efforts should be made to provide four choices or less
for each question.
D 0.23.2.3 Computerized question bank shall be maintained so that

the questions can be retrieved at random, for making a question
paper. The software in the computer permits manual selection of
questions, while ensuring coverage of all topics that the trainee
needs to be tested for.
D 0.23.3 SECURITY AND INTEGRITY OF QUESTION

BANK:
D 0.23.3.1 External storage devices or copying devices like USB

drives and CD writers of the computer having the question bank
shall be physically disconnected at the time of installation of the
computer.
D 0.23.3.2 Hard copy of the question bank and a backup on the hard
drive has to be maintained and shall be kept in the custody of the
Chief of Training / Chief Ground Instructor under lock.
D 0.23.3.3 No single person shall have access to the question bank at

any point of time. Access to the question bank for the purpose of
preparing / modifying the question bank shall be with the consent of
a combination of at least two Ground Instructors who will be
PAGE D0 - 124
PART - D
SECTION 0
nominated by the Chief of Training / Chief Ground Instructor.

Conducting the Examination comprises of the following processes
(a) The candidates are advised about the date and timings of
the examination well in advance.
(b) Setting the question paper.
(i) Technical
(ii) Performance
(c) Conducting the examination.
(d) Assessment of the answer sheets.
(e) Declaring the result
(f) Archiving the question papers, results, certificates.
D 0.23.4 SETTING THE QUESTION PAPER:
D 0.23.4.1 TECHNICAL QUESTION PAPER:
(a) A question bank comprising of multiple choice questions is

prepared by the Ground Instructors and approved by Chief
Ground Instructor or nominee.
(b) These questions are based on knowledge, understanding

and application.
(c) This question bank is made in a dedicated room. The

question bank is made and stored on a standalone computer
which is not connected to Internet, Intranet, and LAN. This
computer is password protected. The question bank file is
also password protected for security. Back up of the
question bank is kept on secured hard drive.
(d) Two different question paper sets are prepared. Required

number of photocopies are made in presence of nominated
Ground Instructor.
PAGE D0 - 125
PART - D
SECTION 0
(e) Stencils are prepared by the nominated Ground Instructor

and kept in the custody of Chief Ground Instructor or
nominee.
(f) The question papers are sealed in different envelopes

signed by Chief Ground Instructor or nominee and
nominated Ground Instructor.
(g) Do's and Don'ts sheet is attached with the question paper.
(h) Required number of blank answer sheets are kept in the

sealed envelope.
(i) Attendance sheet indicating roll number and DGCA

computer number of all the candidates is prepared and their
signatures are obtained by the nominated Invigilator.
D 0.23.4.2 PERFORMANCE QUESTION PAPER:
(a) Two different question papers sets of 100 marks each,

comprising of subjective and objective questions are
prepared by nominated Ground Instructor and checked by
Chief Ground Instructor or nominee.
(b) Question papers are prepared in a dedicated room and

stored in a standalone computer which is not connected to
Internet, Intranet, and LAN. This computer is password
protected. The question paper file is also password
protected for security. Back up of the question paper file is
kept on secured hard drive.
(c) Before the examination, questions are selected by

nominated Ground Instructor. This is checked and
approved by Chief Ground Instructor or nominee.
PAGE D0 - 126
PART - D
SECTION 0
(d) The question papers are sealed in different envelopes

signed by Chief Ground Instructor or nominee and
nominated Ground Instructor.
(e) Do's and Don'ts sheet is attached with the question paper.
(f) Required number of blank answer sheets are kept in the

sealed envelope.
(g) Attendance sheet indicating roll number and DGCA

computer number of all the candidates is prepared and their
signatures are obtained by the nominated Invigilator.
D 0.23.5 CONDUCTING THE EXAMINATION:
(a) Intimation to DGCA prior examination would be minimum

of 15 days.
(b) A day before the examination, the classroom to be used is

made ready. Roll numbers are marked on respective desks.
Sufficient space is kept between the candidates. The room
is sealed.
(c) The Performance examination (Paper III) time is from

1000hrs to 1300hrs. The technical examination (Paper II)
time is from 1400hrs to 1630hrs.
(d) On the day of the examination, a set is elected by Chief of

Training or nominee.
(e) The Sealed envelope is opened in classroom in presence of

the witness (Ground Instructor). It is signed by the witness
(Ground Instructor), Invigilator and Chief Ground
Instructor or nominee.
(f) After the examination the question paper and answer sheets
are put in the envelope and brought back to the dedicated
room for assessment.
PAGE D0 - 127
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.23.6 ASSESSMENT OF THE ANSWER SHEETS: The

assessment of the answer sheets (checking) is done in the dedicated
room by the nominated Ground Instructors. It is verified by the
Chief Ground Instructor or nominee.
D 0.23.7 DECLARING THE RESULT: The results are declared

on subsequent day to the examination
D 0.23.8 ARCHIVING THE QUESTION PAPERS, RESULTS,

CERTIFICATES: The sample question paper, answer sheets,
attendance sheets and copies of course completion certificates are
archived for five years, stored in secured and dedicated cupboards.
D 0.23.9 PRINTING OF QUESTION PAPERS:
D 0.23.9.1 The nominated Ground Instructors responsible for

preparing the question paper will type the question paper
themselves. However, the Ground Instructor assigned for the duty
shall be responsible for ensuring that utmost secrecy is maintained.
A register shall be maintained indicating the name(s) of the
nominated Ground Instructor involved in preparing the question
paper.
D 0.23.9.2 Based on the number of candidates appearing for the

specified paper the Ground Instructor responsible shall prepare
sufficient number of copies of the question paper selected by the
Chief of Training / Chief Ground Instructor or his designated
nominee.
D 0.23.9.3 While printing the question paper utmost secrecy should

be maintained and access to the area of printing shall be limited to
the minimum number of nominated Ground Instructors. A register
shall be kept for recording the names of the person(s) involved in
printing along with the name of the question paper and preparation
of the sets with date.
D 0.23.10 CONDUCT OF THE WRITTEN EXAMINATION:
D 0.23.10.1 The Invigilator is responsible for the conduct of the

written examination, who is nominated by the Chief of Training /
PAGE D0 - 128
PART - D
SECTION 0
Chief Ground Instructor. The nominated Invigilators cannot be any

of the personnel or Instructors involved with the preparation of the
question papers.
D 0.23.10.2 There shall be a minimum of 02 (two) invigilators for

every 20 candidates.
D 0.23.10.3 The sealed covers shall be taken by authorized

personnel to the examination venue half an hour before the
scheduled time of the examination and handed over to the nominated
Invigilators.
D 0.23.10.4 Candidates should be allowed in the examination hall

after proper verification of their identity and admit cards.
Attendance of all the candidates shall be taken prior to the
commencement of examination. Instruction slips shall be handed
over to the candidates at least 15 minutes before the scheduled time
of examination.
D 0.23.10.5 Signature from two candidates shall be obtained before

opening the envelope (sealed cover of the Question Paper) 10
minutes prior to the commencement of the examination. The
envelope (cover) should be retained and preserved.
D 0.23.10.6 OMR / answer sheets shall be used for objective type of

question paper and they shall be properly numbered and a record
shall be maintained.
D 0.23.10.7 In case of subjective type of question paper the answer

sheets shall be properly numbered, before issuing them to the
candidates and a record shall be maintained.
D 0.23.10.8 OMR / answer sheets shall be provided to the

candidates 5 minutes prior to the commencement of the examination
and distribution of question paper, so as to facilitate filling up the
required details such as Roll Numbers / Computer Numbers, etc.
Objection slips shall be provided on demand, to any candidate who
wishes to raise an objection during the examination.
D 0.23.10.9 At the end of the examination, question papers and

answer sheets shall be collected and again sealed in separate
envelopes with due attestations of the Invigilators.
PAGE D0 - 129
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.23.10.10 At the end of the examination, the Invigilators shall

ensure that all the answer sheets are collected and sealed in a cover
which should be signed by all Invigilators. The nominated
Invigilator will preserve the sealed envelopes in the room meant for
preparing the question paper.
D 0.23.11 EVALUATION
D 0.23.11.1 The Chief Ground Instructor will nominate an evaluator

who will be responsible for evaluating the answer sheets based on
the master OMR / model answer sheet prepared by the nominated
Ground Instructor who was involved in preparing the question
paper.
D 0.23.11.2 Nominated evaluator shall ensure correct evaluation of

the answer sheets. Evaluator cannot be any of the personnel involved
with the preparation of the question paper.
D 0.23.11.3 Evaluation of the answer sheets should be completed

within 5 working days from the day of the examination.
D 0.23.11.4 The seal of the answer sheets shall be opened in the

presence of the full evaluation team (Evaluator and Chief Ground
Instructor or nominee) and a record shall be maintained of the same.
D 0.23.11.5 The portion containing the name of the candidate and

his roll numbers / computer numbers etc. shall be detached /cut by
designated staff appointed by evaluator and they are responsible for
giving code numbers before commencing the evaluation of the
papers. The correlation sheet of roll numbers and the code numbers
will be handed over to the evaluator by the designated staff.
D 0.23.11.6 Correction of the answer sheets shall be cross-checked

by at least one more person and signatures shall be obtained on the
answer sheets by the people who have corrected the answer sheets.
D 0.23.11.7 In case of discrepancy in the total marks obtained

during the cross-check, the Evaluator shall once again check the
Answer Sheet and sign the corrected Answer Sheet. In no case shall
the answer sheets be made available to the candidates.
PAGE D0 - 130
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.23.11.8 In case of any objection sheets having been received,

the same shall be scrutinized by the Evaluator along with the Panel
of Ground Instructors who prepared the Question Paper and other
Trainers (if required). If the objections are found to be valid,
decision shall be taken accordingly by the Evaluator, in consultation
with Chief of Training/Chief Ground Instructor.
D 0.23.11.9 The result of the candidate who has used unfair means
as per the opinion of the Invigilators shall be withheld till
finalization of their case of disciplinary action. The results of the
candidates who have not written their Roll Numbers, Computer
Numbers correctly, or have tried to influence the Evaluators by
indicating their names / code signs, etc. shall be withheld. In such
cases, the paper and his candidature shall be deemed to be cancelled
for the session.
D 0.23.12 RESULTS:
D 0.23.12.1 The results will be informed to the candidates by the

authorized official and result card for individual candidates shall be
issued. Certified Marks, Answer Sheets and Tests shall be sent to
Director of Training and Licensing, DGCA, New Delhi in a sealed
cover for scrutiny and records.
D 0.23.12.2 The OMR / answer sheet and essay type answer sheets
for each final examination shall be preserved for a minimum of five
years, thereafter OMR and answer sheets will be accordingly
destroyed.
D 0.23.12.3 One specimen copy of each set of question paper used

in the examination shall be preserved for a minimum of five years.
The remaining question papers used in the examination shall be
destroyed immediately on declaration of result.
D 0.23.12.4 The master result register of passed candidates for each

final examination shall be maintained batch-wise. All these registers
will be authenticated by Chief Pilot Training / DGM Pilot Ground
Training with full signatures and the Master Register will be
preserved for a minimum of 5 years. The Register will be used for
issue of duplicate result card.
PAGE D0 - 131
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.23.13 STANDARD REQUIRED FOR "PASS": The pass

mark for qualifying the examination is 70%. The result of the
candidates shall indicate the marks obtained in each paper for both
passed as well as failed candidates.
D 0.23.13 PROCEDURES FOR QUESTION ANALYSIS AND

REVIEW AND FOR ISSUING REPLACEMENT
EXAMINATIONS:
D 0.23.13.1 Re-test will be conducted after necessary revision

classes as applicable for the candidate who fails in the System wise
Technical / Performance Progress Test.
D 0.23.13.2 Areas in which the candidate found weak is identified

and the required corrective training is imparted before conducting
the re-examination.
D 0.23.13.3 The question paper for re-examination is ensured to be

different than the first examination. This would be responsibility of
Chief Ground Instructor or his nominee.
D 0.23.13.4 CONFLICT OF INTEREST:
(a) Tests and Checks: Training and Checking shall not to be

done for Blood Relatives, Training And
Check/Examination shall be done by different Trainers/
Instructors
(b) Trainer / Instructor shall not be involved with the financial

aspects of Alliance Air,
(c) Trainer/ Instructor shall not be influenced by any airline or

individual in training due to operational requirements (e.g.
passing undeserving candidates to assist with operational
requirement of an operator).
(d) Management shall take strict action against any of the

employee found to be violating the policy on conflict of
interest.
PAGE D0 - 132
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.23.13.5 POLICY REGARDING TRAINING

EFFECTIVENESS: The ultimate goal of training is to ensure that
the trainee applies knowledge and skills acquired into practice and
achieves the prescribed level of proficiency while performing the
task.
D 0.23.14 INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBILITIES:
D 0.23.14.1 All Ground Instructors, Trainers utilized by the ATO

are responsible to maintain a minimum level of proficiency required
for the performance of their duties.
D 0.23.14.2 Highest degree of professionalism shall be practiced by

all training personnel to ensure that the effectiveness of training is
maintained.
D 0.23.15 GENERAL ASSESSMENT: The Ground Instructors

shall do a general assessment of the class at each stage to assess the
trainees' grasp of the subject and it would also help him to verify the
degree of training required to maintain the effectiveness through the
course.
D 0.23.16 LIAISON PROCEDURES BETWEEN TRAINING

DEPARTMENTS:
D 0.23.16.1 Liaison between Departments is required for effective

discharge of duties.
D 0.23.16.2 The Chief of Training or his nominee will liaison with

Chief Ground Instructor to make necessary changes towards
enhancement of training.
D 0.23.17 REQUIREMENTS FOR REPORTING AND

DOCUMENTATION:
D 0.23.17.1 The effectiveness of the training programme is

exhibited when the desired outcome of the task is performed by the
trainees. When there is a gap in the performance of the trainee with
PAGE D0 - 133
PART - D
SECTION 0
reference to the desired performance, the training programme needs

to address the gap by means of conducting an assessment to identify
the parameters and improve / amend the training curriculum for
meeting the expected outcome.
D 0.23.17.2 In order to address this gap, there exists a form in the

Appendix Chapter 8.
D 0.23.18 INTERNAL FEEDBACK SYSTEM FOR

DETECTING TRAINING DEFICIENCIES:
D 0.23.18.1 The trainee and the trainers are free to report any
deficiencies observed in the training process for improving the
effectiveness. They can do so by writing or by submitting a feedback
form anonymously directly to the Chief of Training. The feedback
form is available with Chief Ground Instructor.
D 0.23.18.2 Training deficiencies are detected using internal

feedback system, whereby the trainees are encouraged to provide an
overall assessment of the training imparted, the deficiencies
observed, the utility of the course, the applicability of the course
contents etc.
D 0.23.18.3 Training deficiencies are also detected by the means of

classroom observations, conducted on a periodic basis by Chief
Ground Instructor or his nominee, under the authorization of the
Chief of Training.
D 0.23.18.4 Simulator Training Standardization - Random checks

are carried out by Chief of Training or his nominee to identify the
training deficiencies as against the Standardized Instructional
Techniques, Training methodology, content of the course. In case
any deficiencies are observed then the same shall be recorded and
remedial action initiated.
D 0.23.18.5 The Training Committee (DE / TRI (A) / TRI (S) / SFI)
Quarterly Meeting is mandated to ensure that formal and regular
communication occurs between and among the management,
instructors, evaluators and flight crew members to achieve continual
improvement of ground and simulator training.
PAGE D0 - 134
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.23.18.6 The main purpose of the meeting is to review trends and

feedback from and its prime responsibility is to address training
system issues and improvements related to trend analysis of training
system output and audit activities.
D 0.24 COMPLETION STANDARDS AT VARIOUS STAGES

OF TRAINING TO ENSURE STANDARDIZATION:
D 0.24.1 It is essential to have a common approach towards attaining

the desired training goals and the trainee's overall professional
development. In doing so, it is essential that the training imparted is
standardized to cover all the relevant subjects in the desired order of
importance.
D 0.24.2 STANDARDISATION REQUIREMENTS: All course

material shall be standardized, to cover the expected level of
proficiency required of the trainee. All Trainees attending a
particular course shall be required to undergo the course planned by
Alliance Air with identical course contents, time schedules and time
lines. The weightage for various topics shall remain the same
irrespective of the trainer for a particular course.
D 0.25 PROCEDURES FOR SKILL PROGRESS CHECKS

AND SKILL TESTS SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINING FOR
ENDORSEMENT / CONVERSION TRAININGS
D 0.25.1 STUDENT PROGRESS:
D 0.25.1.1 At every stage of synthetic flight training, the instructor

shall assess the student's performance as satisfactory or
unsatisfactory. Necessary additional training shall be imparted to the
student in the event of such unsatisfactory performance.
D 0.25.1.2 Each exercise is assessed as 'S or U' (Satisfactory or

Unsatisfactory) at the specified space in the report for the various
exercises. A 'U' report for an exercise indicates the weak areas
observed during the last training session. However, this does not
mean that the entire session has been declared 'U'. After specific
number of session, a progress report will be filled and Alliance Air
will be apprised of the same. As per Alliance Air extra sessions will
be given to the trainee before commencing LOFT.
PAGE D0 - 135
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.25.1.3 In cases where the entire session has been assessed as 'U'
by the Trainer, the trainee shall be made to undergo the full session
after debriefing and additional training.
D 0.25.1.4 Each lesson comprises of 3 parts: Briefing, FBS / FFS

and Debriefing.
(a) The briefing includes a discussion of objectives, conduct of

the session, significant training events, and proficiency
criteria.
(b) Briefing events are referenced to the appropriate sections of

the Flight Crew Operations Manual (FCOM) / Flight Crew
Training Manual (FCTM) and Quick Reference Handbook
(QRH). The Training period affords the crew the
opportunity to gain system and procedural experience in the
airplane environment.
(c) During the debriefing, a feedback will include factual

events in which the trainee demonstrated good performance
and sub-standard performance.
D 0.25.1.5 Procedures for knowledge progress tests and knowledge

tests, including procedures for knowledge test preparation, types of
questions and assessments, and standards required to pass.
D 0.26 STANDARDISATION PROCEDURES:
D 0.26.1 Standardisation issues will be discussed in every Training

Committee meetings conducted on a quarterly basis. All trainers
shall attend such meeting at least once annually. This would help to
streamline the training process and to modify the training material.
D 0.26.2 The training material shall be developed for use of all

trainers. Any changes to the training material or course content shall
be accepted by the Chief of Training / Chief Ground Instructor or
nominee.
PAGE D0 - 136
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.26.3 Before incorporating any new topic or making changes to

the approved training material, the changes shall be discussed by the
nominated trainers in the standardization meetings.
D 0.26.4 The draft of the changes shall be submitted to the Chief

Ground Instructor for his approval.
D 0.27 APPLICATION OF PROFICIENCY CRITERIA

DURING CHECKS:
D 0.27.1 Uniform proficiency criteria shall be made applicable to all

trainees.
D 0.27.2 The relaxation availed on account of credits granted by the

Regulatory Authority shall be considered prior to deciding on the
criteria of check. The check criteria shall be aimed at assessing the
knowledge gained by the trainee, rather than the knowledge
imparted to the trainee.
D 0.27.3 The criteria for checking shall be used as a tool to improve

the training curriculum.
D 0.27.4 While undergoing the theoretical knowledge instructions,

the trainee is expected to achieve the desired standard provided he /
she has passed with a minimum of 70 % of marks.
D 0.27.5 PROGRESS CHECK: During any stage of training, or as

the result of an examination or Check, if it is evident that a pilot has
not reached the necessary standards, the trainer, should refer the case
to the Chief of Training for a decision on whether or not further
training should be imparted. Periodic phase-wise checks will be
carried out on completion of FBS and simulator sessions. Phase
Completion (T42A) will be used.
D 0.27.6 If at any time Trainer feels that a trainee is exhibiting poor

progress during training he should liaise with Chief of Training or
nominee for further guidance. The aim is to achieve early
intervention to ensure the trainee has the knowledge, skills and
attitude to complete the training program successfully.
D 0.27.7 Poor progress may be characterized by the student failing

to show progress in required skills, knowledge or application of
PAGE D0 - 137
PART - D
SECTION 0
procedures and should be promptly considered for additional

training.
D 0.28 INDIVIDUAL STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES:
D 0.28.1 Cases assessed as indicative of attitudinal deficiency, lack

of CRM / crew co-ordination, incompatibility in general and / or
lack of discipline will be viewed seriously and may result in
termination of training.
D 0.28.2 Trainees are required to maintain proper decorum in the

classroom at all times and also while visiting the office premises.
D 0.28.3 All trainees shall be present for the classes or simulator

sessions prior to the commencement of the training schedule.
D 0.28.4 All trainees are required to carry with them various

manuals, as applicable for the scheduled training.
D 0.28.5 All trainees are required to be dressed in formal attire at all

times while attending classroom training or simulator training
sessions.
D 0.28.6 Informal dressing like jeans, T shirt etc. is not permitted.

Breach of discipline, on the part of trainee shall be viewed seriously,
and may result in punitive action commensurate with the committed
act of indiscipline.
D 0.28.7 It shall be the responsibility of the individual trainee to

ensure a valid license and medical. Appropriate log book entries to
be made and countersigned by competent personnel at all stages of
training. Company will provide all necessary possible help to the
individual to maintain validity of Licenses and medical.
D 0.28.8 Instructions issued from time to time for the compliance of

the trainees reporting to the training organization shall be strictly
adhered to.
D 0.29 DISCIPLINE: All Ground Instructors and Trainers

conducting training are required to enforce strict adherence to the
timings stipulated for the classroom / simulator training. They shall
maintain a dignified dress code suitable for office decorum at all
PAGE D0 - 138
PART - D
SECTION 0
times. Identity cards should be worn at all times within the premises,
and prominently displayed.
D 0.30 PROCEDURES TO CORRECT UNSATISFACTORY

PROGRESS:
D 0.30.1 The Ground Instructors imparting class room training are

authorized to conduct periodic assessment shall monitor the progress
of individual trainees.
D 0.30.2 Trainees showing a consistently poor performance shall be

identified vide these assessments.
D 0.30.3 Trainees identified vide above, shall be counseled

individually to rectify their training curve. In case of the entire class
not performing to the desired standards, an assessment is carried out
whether the cause is the trainer or the trainee. If it is due to the
trainee then a special training module focusing on the weak areas of
the trainee shall be developed. If the trainer is found to be ineffective
then the session is repeated by another trainer. Subsequently the
Chief of Training will analyze the deficiencies in the trainer's
performance and remedial action is initiated to improve the
performance level of the trainer.
D 0.31 PROCEDURES FOR CHANGING INSTRUCTORS:

Trainers shall be assigned with the task of imparting training to the
crew as per scheduling requirements. Care shall be taken to ensure
that all approved trainers on the aircraft type get adequate exposure,
and a single trainer is not overburdened. In the event that the trainer
originally scheduled for the training is unavailable, an alternate
trainer shall be assigned under intimation to the Chief of Training. It
shall be endeavored to ensure that the scheduled training takes place
uninterruptedly.
D 0.32 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TRAINER CHANGES PER

TRAINEE: To maintain standardization and training progress the
number of trainer changes will be minimised. During the simulator
planning stage, this number should not exceed two.
D 0.33 PROCEDURE FOR SUSPENDING / TERMINATING A

TRAINEE FROM TRAINING:
PAGE D0 - 139
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.33.1 All trainees are briefed prior to commencement of the

training programme about the do's, dont's and discipline expected
from each trainee.
D 0.33.2 The trainees may be suspended from training for the

following reasons:
(a) Willful and repeated non-adherence to the instructions /

directions of the Ground Instructors / Trainers.
(b) Disruption or intent to cause disruption of scheduled

training activities.
(c) Failure to comply with the minimum stipulated

requirements for undergoing the said training.
(d) Long absence without notice.
(e) Intentional damage to Company property.
(f) Exhausting the maximum number of attempts stipulated for

each phase of the training programme.
(g) Repeated violations may result in termination of training

programme.
D 0.33.3 It shall be the responsibility of the individual trainee to

attain a minimum level of performance as is required by them, to
continue to exercise the privileges granted by the virtue of their
undergoing the training. The level of performance shall be
quantified in terms of trainee's performance in the periodic
assessments.
D 0.33.4 In all the cases mentioned above, the trainee shall be

verbally cautioned by the concerned Ground Instructor / Trainer,
followed by a written warning with a copy to Alliance Air
specifying his misconduct. The written warning shall allow the
trainee to respond back with clarification, within a stated period.
D 0.33.5 If the trainee fails to provide a reasonable and acceptable

cause for non- compliance, his termination of training will be
referred to Chief of Training.
PAGE D0 - 140
PART - D
SECTION 0
D 0.34 PROCEDURE FOR GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL:
D 0.34.1 Complaints or issues occurred during training or check

events should be reported by the trainee in writing to the Chief of
Training. Complaint must not be received later than 7 days from the
training/check event as the same will not be accepted thereafter. The
Chief of Training, Deputy Chief of Training and concerned Trainer
will investigate the matter. The entire process will be filed in writing
and the conclusion in writing will be communicated to trainee.
D 0.34.2 NOTE: Regardless of the process result, a given overall

grade should not be changed. Any exceptional circumstances for the
rule above should be described by the Chief of Training in the
report.
D 0.34.3 Refer to Section 1 Chapter 0 for further details.
PAGE D0 - 141
PART - D
SECTION 0
Intentionally
Left
Blank
PAGE D0 - 142
OPERATIONS MANUAL AAAL-OPS-TRG-001
PART - D
Section 1 / Chapter 0
FLIGHT CREW
Issue-VII Rev.0 10 JUL 2020
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.1 FLIGHT TRAINING POLICY:
As a general rule, all items in the training syllabus should be completed and
repeated, if necessary, until proficiency is achieved.
D 1.0.1.1 UNAUTHORIZED MANOEUVERS: No unauthorized

manoeuvers which might jeopardize the safety of flight will be allowed. In
addition, no demonstrations of the flight envelope protection systems will be
intentionally carried out.
D 1.0.1.2 ENGINE FAILURE SIMULATION: No simulated engine shut

down is allowed for training purposes. Engine failure will be simulated by
Touch drill.
D 1.0.1.3 ACCELERATE / STOP: No accelerate / stop training will be

conducted in the aircraft. The decision to reject a take-off during a training
flight is made exclusively by the Instructor who will immediately take
control of the aircraft. A briefing in this regard will be made prior to flight
and reinforced during the take-off briefing.
D 1.0.1.4 TOUCH AND GO: Touch and go are used to reduce the amount
of training time wasted in taxiing the aircraft back to the holding point and
awaiting take-off clearance. In order to maintain a high level of safety they
must be conducted in a properly disciplined manner.
D 1.0.1.5 The techniques to be used shall be as per Manufacturer’s Manual.
D 1.0.2 EMERGENCIES: If the Instructor wishes to abandon the touch

and go, he/she will call “stop” simultaneously taking control of the aircraft
and bring it to a halt using maximum braking and reverse. Once the aircraft
has stopped he/she will call for the appropriate checklist. The decision to
discontinue a touch and go must only be taken if the Instructor is certain that
the aircraft cannot safely fly. Remember there is no V1 on a touch and go.
Note that the take-off configuration warning may come up if the flaps or
pitch trim are resetting but still outside the take-off range.
D 1.0.2.1 RADIO COMMUNICATION / EXTERNAL LOOKOUT: The

Instructor is responsible for all radio communications and maintaining a
visual look out for conflicting air Traffic. The Trainee (including the
observer in the jump seat) should be encouraged to back up the Instructor in
this regard and to immediately inform him/her of any potential conflict.
PAGE D1C0- 1
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.2.2 NEXT EXERCISE: The Instructor will inform the Trainee of the
next exercise to be performed during the downwind leg and he/she will
confirm the Trainees understanding of the exercise. During each approach
the Instructor will remind the Trainee whether a full stop, a touch and go, or
a go around will be performed.
D 1.0.2.3 INSTRUCTOR TAKE-OVER:
D 1.0.2.3.1 IN-FLIGHT: If take-over becomes necessary during the flight,

the instructor clearly calls "I HAVE CONTROL" and The trainee
acknowledges the instructor takeover by calling "YOU HAVE CONTROL",
releases the control column and observes the FMA. Once the aircraft is on a
safe trajectory the instructor can handover the aircraft control to the trainee.
D 1.0.2.3.2 ON THE GROUND: It should be emphasized that the nose

wheel steering tiller should NOT be used at high speeds (GS > 70 kt) due to
the risk of over controlling.
D 1.0.2.4 FUEL MANAGEMENT: The flight crew will take the

appropriate fuel quantity for the plan Training session and additional fuel as
per company fuel policy. The Trainer may choose to uplift additional fuel if
felt required for any reasons.
D 1.0.2.5 CROSSWIND/TAILWIND LIMITATION: For training flights,

only flight instructors are allowed to accept Tailwind conditions to the
maximum value of 15Kts.
D 1.0.2.6 TRAINING METEOROLOGICAL MINIMA: The visibility

requirement for Base Training shall be minimum 3 kms.
D 1.0.3 MANEUVER TOLERANCES / LIMITS:
D 1.0.3.1 The following limits are for general guidance.
D 1.0.3.2 Height ± 100' > 15 Sec, Direction ± 10°, Speed ± 10 kts except in
approach phase when it would be +10 / -0 kts
D 1.0.3.3 The required maneuvers that cannot be safely accomplished

during training operations in an aircraft are trained and evaluated in an
appropriate flight training device that has been approved and/or certified by
PAGE D1C0- 2
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
the DGCA. Maneuvers and procedures that cannot be safely accomplished

in an aircraft shall include, as a minimum:
(a) wind shear avoidance and recovery;
(b) Response to GPWS alerts and warnings and the avoidance of

Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT)
(c) Response to TCAS/ACAS alerts
D 1.0.3.4 If conformance to the specifications as above, is not possible due

to the non-existence of a representative flight training device, it shall be
ensured to utilize an alternative means for ensuring a demonstration of pilot
competence in the applicable maneuvers and procedures. Any alternative
means shall be approved or accepted by the DGCA, and require a
demonstration of competence through a combination of methods, to include:
(a) Generic flight training devices;
(b) Additional ground and line training and evaluation;
(c) as applicable, any other means that ensures a demonstration of pilot

competence in the applicable maneuvers and procedures.
D 1.0.3.5 All maneuvers are practiced as laid down in FCTM / Training

Manual/ Training Profiles
D 1.0.3.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
D 1.0.3.6.1 Alliance Air is required to maintain complete records of all

training and checking which must be certified by the LTCs / TRIs /
Examiner and available for inspection to the DGCA.
D 1.0.3.6.2 Flight crew training records shall be maintained on the

appropriate forms in paper copy or electronic format. The electronic/digital
record system will be managed and controlled using computer systems,
programmes and displays. e.g. Web or Host based system. To prevent the
loss of records the electronic/digital record system will be programmed to
create back up files on a periodic schedule. A record of all checks
(Simulator / Line) and ground training courses shall be certified on the Pilot
PAGE D1C0- 3
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Competency Certificate; alternatively, a copy of roster showing all the

qualification and its expiry will be an acceptable compliance.
D 1.0.3.6.3 Once training, test or check has been completed, an Instructor /

Designated Examiner conducting the training, test or check will forward the
completed forms to the Operations Training Department. The Manager
Records and Database shall ensure that:
(a) the forms have been correctly completed;
(b) the copies are retained in the individual flight crew member’s
personal file; and
(c) the information related to the qualifications or ratings of an expiry

date is forwarded to the Crew Planning Department / Training
Licensing Section to update the computerised records used to
monitor the expiry dates.
D 1.0.3.7 RETENTION PERIOD:
D 1.0.3.7.1 Training records such as expiry dates of the licenses,

qualification and ratings held by crew members as well as recurrent training
and check requirements necessary to maintain these qualifications shall be
retained for a period of 3 years, (CAR Section 8, Series F, Part II, Para 14.3)
D 1.0.3.7.2 Initial Dangerous goods qualification shall be retained till

employment and recurrent records shall be maintained for 3 years (CAR
Section 12, Series C - Part I, Para 13.1 refers).
D 1.0.3.8 ACCESS TO RECORDS:
D 1.0.3.8.1 Individual records shall be maintained for each crew and access
shall be strictly restricted to the Operations Management and the DGCA
Inspectors. Records facility is under the control of Manager Training
Administration.
D 1.0.3.8.2 Training records may be made available to the crew members if

authorised by the Manager Training and Administration. Copies of training
records may be provided to DGCA Inspectors or a crew member on a
request in writing to Post Holder training.
PAGE D1C0- 4
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4CONDUCT OF TRAINING PROGRAMS - GENERAL

POLICIES:
D 1.0.4.1 REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
D 1.0.4.1.1 Alliance Air objective is to ensure that DGCA

regulations/requirements applicable to training and checking are complied
with. Moreover, training courses and procedures should be developed and
conducted in accordance with the regulatory requirements.
D 1.0.4.1.2 Use of Language: English is recognised operating language of

Alliance Air. Hence, all Flight Operations and training activities, including
supporting documents, instruction, and examinations, shall be conducted in
English. Additionally, Alliance Air also complies with the ICAO language
proficiency detailed in Annex 1 and all flight crew are required to maintain a
proficiency Level of 4 or greater.
D 1.0.4.2 INAPPROPRIATE INTERFERENCE FROM

MANAGEMENT / EXTERNAL ORGANISATION:
D 1.0.4.2.1 The Chief of Training shall ensure that TRIs and Designated
Examiners while conducting training and examination/checking duties will
be allowed to objectively complete their task and have no inappropriate
interference from the management and/or external organizations.
D 1.0.4.2.2 It shall also be ensured that written reports or assessments

submitted by a TRI or Designated examiner are not altered or retracted
anyway, by any person internal or external to the department without the
approval of the chief of Training.
D 1.0.4.2.3 This requirement shall be ensured through the application of the

following policies:
(a) Except for the trainee(s) and the conducting trainer, or persons
authorized by DGCA, no additional personnel may be present in
the simulator during a training or check session, or in the cockpit
during a training or check flight, unless such personnel are required
for the proper completion of functions documented in Operations
Manual Part A or Part D, or have been specifically authorized by
the Chief of Training.
PAGE D1C0- 5
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(b) Any Trainer who considers that he has been subject to

inappropriate instructions or interference, from any source
(including Company management), concerning the conduct or
outcome of training or checking session they have conducted shall
provide a full written report of the circumstances to the Chief of
Training as soon as possible. Such cases shall be subject to a full
and comprehensive investigation and, if improper interference is
subsequently confirmed, shall be reported to the Accountable
Manager for appropriate action.
D 1.0.4.3 TRAINING MODULES:Alliance Air flight crew training

programs are organized on a modular basis. Each training course will
consist of a number of modules, specifically developed to meet the
particular purpose or scope of the course, and the qualification requirements
of eligible trainees. Each training course will be arranged in the following
order:
(a) Ground Training;
(b) Simulator Training including ZFTT (if applicable);
(c) Base Training (if applicable);
(d) SLF; and
(e) Route Check.
D 1.0.4.3.1 GROUND TRAINING:
D 0.20.3.1.1 Ground Training modules are intended to satisfy the

theoretical/technical/systems knowledge requirements of a particular
training course. The Company shall develop and employ specific ground
training modules to cover the following requirements:
(a) Induction Training (Company Familiarisation and contents of

Alliance Air AOC Certificate).
(b) PIC Upgrade Training.
(c) Type Rating (Conversion) Training, also referred to as Standard

Transition Course.
PAGE D1C0- 6
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(d) Refresher Training (the training will also include system and fleet
modification).
(e) Trainer Qualification Training.
(f) Recency Training
(g) Differences Training
(h) Initial CRM Training.
(i) Recurrent CRM Training.
(j) Conversion CRM Training.
(k) PIC CRM Training.
(l) Operator’s CRM Training.
(m) Route and Aerodrome Competence Qualification.
(n) Performance and Weight and Balance Training.
(o) Special Ops Training: PBN, TCAS, CFIT, GPWS, Windshear,

All-Weather Operations, LVTO, De-Icing/Anti-Icing … etc.
(p) SEP Training (including Fire and First-aid training).
(q) Dangerous Goods Training. (With Air India/ NAA/Spice Jet)
(r) Security Training (AVSEC).(With Air India/NAA/Spice Jet)
(s) Introduction of new policies, instructions and procedures.
D 1.0.4.3.1.2 Ground training modules shall utilize classroom instruction,

TRI briefings, printed materials and training guides, self-briefing (where
appropriate), fixed-base simulators and/or CBT courseware as applicable.
PAGE D1C0- 7
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4.3.2 SIMULATOR TRAINING:
D 1.0.4.3.2.1 Simulator training modules shall be conducted in synthetic

training devices specifically approved for the intended training by DGCA.
D 1.0.4.3.2.2 Specific simulator training modules shall be developed and

employed to conduct the following training requirements for the Company’s
flight crew:
(a) Conversion Courses.
(b) PIC Upgrade.
(c) Recurrent Training.
(d) Recency Training
(e) LOFT.
(f) TCAS, Wind-shear, CFIT, GPWS … etc;
(g) Low Visibility Operations (LVO).
(h) Trainer Qualification Training.
D 1.0.4.3.3 SLF AND ROUTE CHECKS:SLF and Route Checks shall be

conducted for the following training courses:
(a) Conversion Training (Additional Type Rating, CCQ and New

Hire).
(b) Recency training, as applicable.
(c) PIC Upgrade.
(d) Trainer Qualification Training, as appropriate.
D 1.0.4.3.3.1 NOTE: SLF for Co-pilots (Co-Pilot) shall include sufficient

amount of PF and PM duties (in the ratio of 50 /50 as a guideline) in order to
develop and demonstrate their proficiency in such duties; the number of
such sectors is detailed in the applicable type of training course.
PAGE D1C0- 8
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4.3.3.2 The number of SLF, Line Training and Checks to be done by

trainer: (OC 05 0f 2017)
(a) A DE may carry out a maximum of four PIC Route Checks in a

Flight Duty Cycle subject to not more than four landings
(b) A Trainee PIC shall not be subjected to more than two PIC route
checks in a duty cycle.
(c) Trainers shall not carry out checks / Line training / SLF involving
more than four landings in a flight duty cycle.
(d) Line training / SLF for a trainee shall not involve more than four
landings in a duty cycle.
D 1.0.4.3.4 ROUTE CHECK: The following table summarizes route check

sector requirements:
Type of Route Check Sector Requirement Reference

Chapter
Line Route Check (Annual) Two Sectors (PF +
PM)
Route and Aerodrome Two Sectors (both
Qualification PF)
Initial Release Check (SLF Single Sector (PF /
Release) PM)
PIC Route Check Single sector (PF)
Operator’s Line Release Two Sectors (PF +
Route Check PM)
Recency Two Sector PF/PM
or Two Sector
Observation
D 1.0.4.3.4.1 Door operation check shall be carried out with Annual line
route check by TRI-A/LTC.
D 1.0.4.4 TRAINING SYLLABUS:
D 1.0.4.4.1 Documentation, training courseware and lesson plans approved

and published by Alliance Air Operations Training Department shall be
PAGE D1C0- 9
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
used during the conduct of training, in order to achieve and maintain a high
degree of consistency and standardisation. Unauthorized or personal training
material shall not be used by the Trainers for training purpose. Performance
calculation (Usage of QRH Ops data and RTOW charts) to be trained and
checked during initial ground training, annual ground refresher, simulator
conversion and recurrent, line training (SLF) and annual line check. If any
supporting paper material is used for the conduct of training, then it shall be
clearly marked “FOR TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY”.
D 1.0.4.4.2 Training programmes and course syllabi must be approved by

the DGCA. Where possible, the format of course syllabi should be
standardised with training objectives clearly stated for each session and
exercise. It is the policy of Alliance Air that each individual simulator
training and examination sessions will have standardised weather and
environmental conditions to ensure examination results are a true reflection
of the pilot standard.
D 1.0.4.5 TRAINING DURATION:
D 1.0.4.5.1 The scheduled duration of training shall be stated in hours (for

ground or simulator training, and training carried out on flight training
devices), and in terms of sectors and/or hours for line training.
D 1.0.4.5.2 A pilot shall be scheduled for only one training/checking session

on any calendar day.
D 1.0.4.5.3 The scheduled duration for ground training sessions shall be

considered to be an estimate of the actual duration of training to be used for
scheduling purposes. Actual ground training duration may vary in response
to factors such as trainee numbers, previous knowledge and experience,
equipment serviceability, trainer response to trainee questions/difficulties,
equipment serviceability/ availability, and other relevant factors.
D 1.0.4.6 INTRODUCTION OF NEW OR MODIFIED TRAINING

PROGRAM:
D 1.0.4.6.1 Alliance Air shall develop and implement a new training

program, or appropriately modify an existing training program, in response
to any of the following circumstances:
PAGE D1C0- 10
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) Introduction of a new aircraft type or variant to the Alliance Air

fleet;
(b) Introduction of a modification to an aircraft already operated by

Alliance Air;
(c) Addition of a new destination to Alliance Air network based on

risk assessment;
(d) Introduction of a new system, or the modification or upgrade of an

existing system, used by Alliance Air flight crew in the conduct of
flight operations;
(e) Introduction of a new or modified operational policy, procedure,

rule or instruction, applicable to Alliance Air crew in the conduct
of flight operations.
D 1.0.4.6.2 The Post Holder Training, shall be responsible for the

establishment of an effective and systematic training program for all
affected crew members in response to any of the above, through application
of the following procedure:
(a) Identification of the training requirements and learning objectives;
(b) Development of a new or modified training program that addresses

all applicable training objectives, as well as all applicable
regulatory requirements;
(c) Ensuring that the new or modified training program is properly

documented and described in Operations Manual Part D and, when
applicable, approved by DGCA;
(d) Implementing the training for all affected flight crew members; and
(e) Ensuring that completion of the training is properly recorded, and

that the qualifications of individual trainees are appropriately
updated.
PAGE D1C0- 11
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4.7 CONDUCT OF TRAINING AND TRAINEE

PREPARATION:
D 1.0.4.7.1 CONDUCT OF TRAINING:
D 1.0.4.7.1.1 All training and checking at Alliance Air shall be conducted

by suitably-qualified and certified trainers or facilitators, who are expected
to fully be prepared before the start of each training or checking event.
D 1.0.4.7.1.2 With the exception of recurrent and recency training, every

trainee shall be issued with an individual training file. The trainee shall be
responsible for maintaining possession of their file for the duration of their
training course. The file shall be presented to the conducting trainer at the
commencement of each training or checking session or SLF flight, and
returned to the trainee upon completion. Should any trainee not be in
possession of their training file, then no training shall take place. Trainers
shall attempt to contact training management for advice under these
circumstances, but if there is no other alternative, the training or check shall
be cancelled and re- scheduled. In the case of SLF, it may be necessary, in
order to avoid cancellation of a revenue flight, to conduct the flight as a
normal Line Flight using a Safety pilot (if available) or stand-by pilot pulled
out by crew rostering.
D 1.0.4.7.2 TRAINEE PREPARATION:
D 1.0.4.7.2.1 Trainees shall be provided with copies of lesson plans and

course objectives, as well as any applicable supporting/guidance materials
or media, prior to the commencement of each training course. For recurrent
training, the applicable lesson plans and supporting materials shall be
distributed to all Alliance Air pilots prior to their attendance for the PPC.
Distribution shall be achieved by posting the materials on the Flight
Operations Documentation Website.
D 1.0.4.7.2.2 Each pilot shall ensure that he reviews the applicable lesson
plans and properly prepares for the training and checking sessions for which
he is scheduled.
PAGE D1C0- 12
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4.8 LIMITS - NUMBER OF REPEATS PERMITTED DURING

PPC AND SKILL TEST:
D 1.0.4.8.1 Whenever an exercise or an item performed during a check is

initially deemed as Unsatisfactory, the Examiner is permitted, at his
discretion, to allow for a repeat during the test, provided that the limitations
specified below are not exceeded.
D 1.0.4.8.2 Prior to allowing a trainee to conduct a repeat, the examiner

may, at his discretion, provide some limited instructional input, the extent of
which shall be in accordance with the examiner's best judgement concerning
the circumstances.
D 1.0.4.8.3 The following limitations shall apply to repeats:
(a) During a skill test, a check item may be repeated only once;
(b) During a PPC, a check item may be repeated only twice.
D 1.0.4.8.4 Due to pilot performance if unable to complete the check within

the allocated time, the check will be deemed as “Unsatisfactory”.
D 1.0.4.9 ASSESSMENT OF TRAINEE SKILLS:Assessment of CRM

Skills is the process of observing, recording, classifying and evaluating
crews and crew member’s performance and knowledge using an acceptable
methodology in the context of overall performance. The assessment will
include the concept of self-critique, and feedback which can be given
continuously during training or in summary following a check. Assessment
of CRM skills will be used to:
(a) To mitigate threat and errors during line operations;
(b) Provide feedback to trainees with regards to non-technical skills

such as Situational awareness, Leadership ability, teamwork,
decision making and communication, and serve to identify
retraining where needed; and
(c) Improve the CRM training system.
D 1.0.4.9.1 The methodology used for assessing CRM skills are described in
Section 1 - Chapter 9.
PAGE D1C0- 13
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4.9.2 All Training Personnel shall be trained in CRM concepts and the
assessment of CRM skills. They will also be complete training in the use of
the Behavioral Marker System.
D 1.0.4.9.3 During conversion and all subsequent training and checking,

CRM skills are assessed in accordance with the Behavioral Marker System.
D 1.0.4.10 SIMULATOR AND AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION:
D 1.0.4.10.1 All Synthetic Flight Training Devices used for flight crew
training and evaluation programs shall reasonably reflect the configuration
of Alliance Air Fleet. Therefore, the Training Department should maintain a
list of significant differences (if any) between a Synthetic Flight Training
Device and aircraft currently on the fleet that affect the training and
checking program.
D 1.0.4.10.2 The function of Configuration Management System is managed

by the Configuration Control Board. The board will consist of the following
representatives:
(a) Post holder Training;
(b) A qualified DE/TRI
(c) Manager Simulators.
D 1.0.4.10.3 Functions of board are as follows:
(a) To prepare list of differences observed in the Company fleet and

Simulator. This will be achieved by arranging a visit of Technical
Development Pilot to the approved simulator. Once the differences
are submitted to the board, they will be reviewed before being
made available to the Trainers;
(b) To provide information regarding modifications on the aircraft that

will have impact on cockpit environment, systems or procedures;
and
(c) To inform Simulator section regarding the requirement of

upgrading simulator software or hardware.
PAGE D1C0- 14
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4.10.4 NOTE:Configuration differences will be made available to the

Trainer as a handout. Trainer shall brief the trainee on the differences before
the start of training session.
D 1.0.4.11 SIMULATOR SERVICEABILITY REQUIREMENTS:
D 1.0.4.11.1 The simulator allows conducting the training in simulated

realistic aircraft environment; therefore, the MMI and related appendix must
be consulted to check that any Simulator defects are allowable for the type
of training or evaluation to be conducted.
D 1.0.4.11.2 Should an item of the device’s equipment be inoperative or not

fully serviceable, and the item is identified in the ADL to be mandatory for
the type of training or evaluation proposed, then no such training or
evaluation will be performed until rectification has been performed.
D 1.0.4.12 TRAINING ON THE AIRCRAFT:The following training /

checks shall be permitted on commercial air transport flights
(a) SLF and 10 PIC Route Checks for Captains;
(b) Operator’s Release Route Check;
(c) Supernumerary / Observation flying for the purposes of

familiarization on an aircraft type. Pilots flying on supernumerary
fights are required to have the normal operation of the aircraft
systems demonstrated to them. Supernumerary pilots are not to
occupy a crew member’s seat;
(d) Familiarisation flights along routes and into airfields designated as

Category A, B and C. The list of aerodromes along with their
applicable category is given in Section 1 - Chapter 4.1.6.6; and
(e) Recency checks;
(f) Line Route Checks.
D 1.0.4.13 SIMULATION OF ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY

SITUATIONS: The following shall not be permitted on any training flights
PAGE D1C0- 15
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) Simulation of abnormal and emergency situations, which require

the partial or full application of the abnormal/emergency
procedures. This prohibition applies to, but is not limited to, the
following:
(i) Pulling of circuit breakers, or using abnormal switching, for

training purposes – no control, switch or c/b shall be used to
force an abnormal situation;
(ii) Abnormal operation of an aircraft system;
(iii) Simulation or pretence of pilot incapacitation;
(iv) The shutdown of an engine, or the operation of an engine at
a thrust level intended to simulate engine failure;
(v) Simulated or actual practice of any other abnormal or
emergency situation that may increase the level of risk and
jeopardize the safety of flight operations.
(vi) Failures, malfunctions and abnormal / emergency situations
may only be considered in the context of a discussion.
(b) Simulation of IMC by artificial means.
D 1.0.4.14 UNAUTHORISED MANOEUVRES: The followingmaneuvers

shall not be permitted on any training flight; they shall be trained and/or
checked only in an approved flight simulator
(a) Stall and recovery exercise;
(b) Asymmetric Flight Training;
(c) Rejected Take-off (RTO) Training;
(d) Windshear avoidance and recovery;
(e) Simulated GPWS alerts and warning and the avoidance of CFIT
(f) Simulated response to TCAS alerts.
D 1.0.4.15 TRAINER TAKE-OVER DURING TRAINING FLIGHTS:
D 1.0.4.15.1 The Trainer when operating as a trainer must immediately take

over if a maneuver performed by the trainee is likely to be below standard or
when a non-normal situation is encountered.
PAGE D1C0- 16
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.4.15.2 If takeover becomes necessary during the flight; the Trainer

shall clearly call “I HAVE CONTROLS”. The trainee shall acknowledge
“YOU HAVE CONTROLS”.
D 1.0.4.15.3 On the ground, it should be emphasised that the nose wheel

steering tiller should not be used at high speeds (ground speeds greater than
70 knots). Should takeover be necessary the TRI shall immediately call out
“I HAVE CONTROLS” and if necessary, be prepared to use differential
breaking to regain control and bring the aircraft to a stop.
D 1.0.4.16 SIMULATED ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE: Training and

evaluation related to a failed or inoperative engine during training flights
shall not be permitted. Any engine out exercise conducted on the aeroplane
is to be simulated only through touch drills.
D 1.0.5CONDUCT OF BASE TRAINING FLIGHT:
(a) Training Objective:Aircraft base training objective is intended to

confirm the "transfer of knowledge" from the FFS to the aircraft.
Additionally, it gives the trainee the opportunity to experience for
the first time the real aircraft behavior in basic maneuvering such
as take off, flight handling, approach, flare and landing, etc.
(b) Pre-Flight Medical: All Air Crew, i.e. Pilots/ Supernumerary

crew/ Observers shall be subjected to a Pre-flight Medical
examination for traces of alcohol in their breath as per procedure
laid down by the DGCA and Alliance Air.
(c) Crew Reporting Procedure: Trainees are normally required to

report one hour fifteen minutes before scheduled departure time for
briefing and preparation for the Familiarization/Base training flight
(Meteorology, weight and balance), exercise to be performed
during Flight Training/ checks/ exterior / interior inspection,
familiarization of emergency equipment’s and alternate weather
discussion.
(d) Carriage of Passengers: Carriage of passengers in the cockpit is

prohibited. Carriage of rated crew or Trainees as Observer is
permitted with Chief of Training/ Chief Training Advisor
authorization only.
PAGE D1C0- 17
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(e) Conditions:Only TRI (A)s fully qualified and authorized will carry
out Base Training subject to following conditions:
(i) Full length of runway shall be used for training.

(ii) Training will be conducted strictly as per the training
schedule/ policy.
(iii) Training is not carried out in adverse weather conditions.
(f) Weather conditions at base station & alternate
(g) Minimum fuel for training flight shall be 3000 Kgs
(h) Policy for carrying Safety Pilot for training flight – A Safety Pilot
shall have minimum of 250 hrs of experience and cleared for
Supervised Takeoff and Landing.
(i) All documents as required for a regular flight will be provided to

the crew, as appropriate, prior to the commencement of the flight.
(j) Seating and harness policy-The instructor occupies the left/ right
seat. The observers' seat is occupied by the Safety Pilot.
D 1.0.5.1 NOTE: In case there are any differences in the Simulator from the
actual aircraft, those differences should be listed and the Training Captains
shall brief the Trainees about the same.
D 1.0.5.2PROCEDURE FOR ACCEPTING SIMULATOR FOR

TRAINING/ CHECKING:
(a) The DE / TRI / SFI shall accept the Simulator for the training
session after going through the ‘Open DR List’ and any additional
snags as mentioned in the ‘Carry Forward Defects’ column of
Training Log.
If the entries in the ‘Carry Forward Defects’ column are acceptable

as per Missing, Malfunctioning or Inoperative (MMI) Policy for
carrying out the session, he/she will accept the Simulator by
signing in the Training Log and filling in relevant details.
PAGE D1C0- 18
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(b) When the Simulator is accepted by DE / TRI / SFI under Missing,

Malfunctioning or Inoperative (MMI) conditions, a mention shall
be made by him/her in the Simulator Training Log (in the ‘Carry
Forward Defects’ column) under the snag recorded by the Engineer
as follows: -
The Simulator is accepted with this snag under the MMI Policy.’
(c) Snags observed during the session will be written down in the
Training Log by DE / TRI / SFI in the ‘Defects Reported’ column
in the Training Log and shall be appended by his/her signature in
the relevant column provided.
(d) If the DE / TRI / SFI finds no new snags during his/her session,
he/she shall write ‘Nil except C/F Snags’ in the ‘Defects Reported’
column of Training Log and shall append his/her signature in the
relevant column provided.
D 1.0.5.3 SIMULATOR APPROVAL / RENEWAL:
D 1.0.5.3.1 It is Air India’s responsibility to ensure that the simulator under

their operation meets with all the statutory DGCA requirements, the
guidelines to be followed while dealing with the airworthiness authorities or
the Qualification requirements as detailed in CAR Section 7 Series D Part
VI Issue I are followed for evaluation of the simulators.
D 1.0.5.3.2 Air India while seeking approval for simulator initial evaluation
shall submit the request in writing using the template provided in Appendix
A of OC 15 of 2014 and NSP Form 01. This request shall contain a
compliance statement certifying that simulator:
(a) meets all of the standards set forth in OC 15 of 2014 (Appendix B

or Appendix C, depending on the simulator type),
(b) that the cockpit configuration conforms to that of the aeroplane for
which the simulator is being used,
(c) that specific hardware and software configuration control

procedures have been established,
(d) and that the pilot(s) designated by Air India confirms that it is
representative of the aeroplane in all function test area.
PAGE D1C0- 19
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.5.3.3 Air India while seeking initial or upgrade evaluation of a flight

simulator for an older aeroplane shall be aware that performance and
handling data for older aeroplanes may not be of sufficient quality to meet
some of the test standards. The procedures for the requalification of an FTD
or FFS that was previously qualified are contained in OC 15 of 2014.
D 1.0.5.4 CONTINUING QUALIFICATION: For a simulator to retain its

qualification, it will be evaluated at regular intervals using the approved
MQTG. The continuing qualification tests shall be conducted within 60 days
of its due date and documents submitted to DGCA at least 30 days in
advance. Procedures for conducting an FTD or FFS continuing qualification
evaluation are provided in OC 15 of 2014.
D 1.0.6TRAINING AT OTHER OPERATORS’ FACILITIES AND

APPROVALS: When required, with the prior written approval of DGCA,
Training / checks may be conducted at Manufacturer’s facilities or at other
Approved Training Organization facilities.
D 1.0.6.1 GENERAL RULES OF CONDUCT OF TRAINING: General

rules of conduct for all trainers and other training personnel are specified
below. Whenever clarification is required, the matter should be referred to
the Chief of Training or Deputy Chief of Training.
(a) Trainers shall comply with the terms and conditions of their
employment.
(b) All training personnel shall ensure proper use of all Company
equipment, facilities and devices
(c) Trainers shall perform their duties in accordance with the policies,
procedures and guidelines provided in approved training manuals
and supporting Company documentation.
(d) Trainers shall perform their duties in accordance with any

reasonable request by the authorized manager.
(e) All safety rules shall be adhered to at all times
(f) Safety equipment shall be used in accordance with the applicable

instructions whenever necessary.
PAGE D1C0- 20
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(g) Threatening (subtle or implied) or violent behavior or language

towards a manager, another trainer, or a trainee is prohibited.
(h) Behavior, actions or inactions that would in any way jeopardize the
safety or well-being of other trainers, pilots, employees or
passengers is prohibited.
(i) Trainers must not use behavior, language, or non-verbal language

that is discriminatory or intimidating.
(j) Harassment of individuals, whether sexual or otherwise, is not

permitted.
(k) Bullying of individuals, in any form, is prohibited.
(l) Smoking in non-smoking areas is not permitted.
(m) Removal of Company property from the premises without

permission is prohibited.
(n) Trainers must not behave in a manner that brings, or may bring, the
organization into disrepute.
D 1.0.6.2 TEAM WORK AND WORK ALLOCATION:
D 1.0.6.2.1 All training personnel are expected to participate in ground,

simulator and flight training duties, as required by training management, and
as appropriate to their qualification and regulatory authorization(s). They are
expected to demonstrate flexibility towards the number of days (and/or
amount of time) spent for training-related matters such as development,
workshops, meetings and actual conduct of ground, simulator and/or flight
training.
D 1.0.6.2.2 All personnel are expected to demonstrate a high level of

teamwork projected in sharing information, providing support when
necessary, and ensuring effective communication.
D 1.0.6.3 COMMUNICATIONS
PAGE D1C0- 21
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.6.3.1 Formal and regular lines of communication (in accordance with

the organizational structure specified in Section 0 – Chapter 1.1) shall be
established and maintained by all training management and personnel, in
order to effectively communicate all relevant information, policies,
instructions and procedures, and thereby ensure the highest quality of
training.
D 1.0.6.3.2 Communication with the appropriate Flight Operations

Department personnel is encouraged and expected whenever it is relevant to
training policies or procedures.
D 1.0.6.3.3 Any external communication (involving other departments or

organizations) shall be achieved through the Chief of training, who will in
turn refer the matter(s) for follow-up to all concerned.
D 1.0.6.3.4 Any abnormalities, concerns or events that occur during training

shall be communicated to the Chief of Training, who shall follow up, when
necessary, with all concerned. Such occurrences shall not be discussed with
any other party internally or externally.
D 1.0.6.4 DEVELOPMENT WORK: Trainers may be requested to

participate in training development work, such as the design and update of
training materials, courseware, lesson plans and other supporting
documentation.
D 1.0.6.5 CONDUCT OF TRAINING:
D 1.0.6.5.1 During the conduct of training and/or checking sessions, the

trainers and facilitators are expected to demonstrate a high level of cross
cultural awareness and sensitivity, in order to avoid or minimize any
potential conflict, misunderstanding or misinterpretation. In particular, they
must not to engage in any discussions involving potentially-sensitive topics
(political racial, cultural or sexually related issues) during the conduct of a
session.
D 1.0.6.5.2 In case of misrepresentation of facts in documentation such as

forged signature etc., disciplinary actions will be taken against the crew.
D 1.0.6.5.3 Alliance Air Trainers are expected to conduct training and

checking to the highest levels of quality and effectiveness and to
demonstrate the highest professional standards.
PAGE D1C0- 22
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.6.6 ASSIGNMENT OF TRAINERS:
D 1.0.6.6.1 With the exception of recency or other SPOT training, for each
training program different TRIs shall be assigned, i.e. the TRI who conducts
the training shall not be assigned for evaluation / checking. In exceptional
cases, the same TRI might be assigned for the conduct of training and
evaluation / checking.
D 1.0.6.6.2 LTC / TRI / DE shall not carry out any simulator or Line
Training and check of their next of kin on either aircraft or simulator.
D 1.0.6.6.3 Specifically, the same trainer shall not be used to conduct:
(a) Recurrent PPC Training then PPC Check, whenever this sequence
is required.
(b) The final simulator training session in a Conversion or PIC

Upgrade course, and the subsequent Skill Test.
(c)
Annual Line Check - Consecutive Route Checks cannot be
conducted by the same LTC / TRI-A.
D 1.0.6.6.4 Additionally, the same Trainer shall not conduct the re-test of a
failed PPC, Skill Test or Line Check for a particular candidate. He may
however conduct the corrective training in case of concurrent TRI - A rating
D 1.0.6.6.5 NOTE:A trainee shall not request the Planning Department for a
specific trainer or a change of trainer unless specifically authorized by the
Chief of Training.
D 1.0.6.7 USE OF EXTERNAL TRAINING FACILITIES AND / OR

TRAINERS:
D 1.0.6.7.1 On occasion, Alliance Air may require the use of external

training facilities due to the inability of internal facilities to meet all
necessary training requirements. This may in the form of:
(a) Alliance Air Instructors and Examiners using external facilities to

conduct training and checking.
PAGE D1C0- 23
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(b) External instructors using external facilities to train Alliance Air

crew.
D 1.0.6.7.2 The Chief of Training may authorize this provision, provided

approval from DGCA is obtained. Prior to commencement of this training
the following shall be completed:
(a) Conduct of a training quality assessment covering the training

facilities and devices to be utilized (Checklist for User Approval of
Flight Simulation Training Device – T35) to confirm that the
training devices are capable of supporting the Alliance Air training
program to be conducted at the external facility, as well as
establishing any differences between those device and the
equivalent Alliance Air devices and aircraft.
(b) Evaluation of the facility to be done by a Type Rated Instructor. In

case of non-availability of a TRI, a type rated PIC is required as a
second evaluator.
(c) Ensure that if instructors employed at the external facilities are to

conduct training, they are suitably qualified and certified by the
licensing authority which is acceptable to DGCA.
D 1.0.6.7.3 To ensure standardisation of the external instructor the following

will be completed:
(a) Each such external instructor shall complete an Indoctrination

Ground Course Module (08 hours) which will include:
(i) Company SOP’s, policies, lesson plans and training

documentation requirements.
(ii) Standardization checks in the simulator by a company
nominated Designated Examiner
D 1.0.6.7.4 On successful completion of the above a completion certificate

and a Standardisation Check Form SFI/ TRI-A/ TRI-S form (T9) will be
issued to the trainer and a record of the same will be retained by the training
department.
D 1.0.6.8 SAFETY PILOT:
PAGE D1C0- 24
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.6.8.1 The Safety Pilot is an integral part of the flight crew and is
carried to act as a cover pilot during aircraft training (i.e. base training), line
training and when operationally required. He is required to closely monitor
the trainee to ensure completion of all tasks and omissions are brought to the
notice of the Trainer. The Safety Pilot is not intended to fulfill any training
role; he assists the Trainer / Captain and Trainee in any manner considered
appropriate to the circumstances prevailing during flight or ground
operations.
D 1.0.6.8.2 The Safety Pilot must occupy a flight deck jump seat during all
critical phases of flight and when specifically directed by the Trainer /
Captain. The Safety Pilot shall be briefed by the Trainer / Captain on all
relevant requirements, prior to first flight of the duty.
D 1.0.6.8.3 Safety pilot shall be released when a trainer is satisfied of

trainee’s competency and the same is certified in the SLF profile.
D 1.0.6.8.4 The Chief of Training or the TRI shall re-instate the requirement
for a Safety pilot beyond the minimum stipulated sectors, should a trainee’s
subsequent progress indicate that this is warranted or due to operational
requirements. This re-instatement must be clearly indicated on the relevant
training records and advised to Rostering and Training.
D 1.0.6.8.5 NOTE:The Safety Pilot may be utilised, during line operations,

to occupy the appropriate seat, if required for CAT II operations.
D 1.0.6.9 DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING:
The procedures detailed in OM A Chapter 11.7 regarding drug and alcohol

testing applies to the aircraft training (Base Training, SLF and Route
Checks).
D 1.0.6.10 CARRIAGE OF FLIGHT CREW DOCUMENTS:
D 1.0.6.10.1 The license and medical of the pilot need not be current and
valid during the training and checks on simulator, however the medical must
be current for skill test an all trainee/checks on aeroplane (CAR Section 7,
Series B - Part XIX refers).
PAGE D1C0- 25
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.6.10.2 Pilot when attending any training course shall ensure that he
carries his Training Folder. Pilot when attending IR/PPC shall carry the
following:
(a) Company ID;
(b) Medical Certificate (CA 35) /Medical Assessment
(c) Log book;
(d) Valid licenses
D 1.0.6.10.3 DE shall check licenses and documents/DGCA

acknowledgment/company acknowledgment (that licenses have been
submitted) prior to any check.
D 1.0.6.11 CARRIAGE OF DOCUMENTS FOR TRAINER’S

STANDARDISATION CHECK: TRIs / Examiners undergoing
standardisation check shall carry a copy of standardisation check form as
provided in CAP 7200, Appendix B to be filed by DGCA FOI carrying out
standardisation check.
D 1.0.6.12 CONTACT WITH THE AUTHORITY: The normal protocol

for contact with the DGCA is via the Post Holder Training/ Chief advisor
Training.
D 1.0.6.13 COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL: For all training matters,

the standard communication protocol within the Operations Training
Department requires that trainees and/or training personnel shall first refer
to Manager Training Administration.
D 1.0.6.14 TRAINING ROSTER: The preferred method for the trainers to

communicate for Training and Checking matters is via official e- mail.
Request for training dates shall be submitted to training department on or
before sixth of the preceding month. Request shall be in writing to the
respective Deputy Chief of Training.
D 1.0.6.15 SUPERNUMERARY / OBSERVATION FLIGHT:
D 1.0.6.15.1 For supernumerary / observation flight, a trainee shall be in

uniform and in possession of Airport Entry Pass and Company ID.
PAGE D1C0- 26
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.6.15.2 The line training section shall plan the trainee to undertake
supernumerary flights and ensure that the flights are distributed to all the
Captains mentioned in the STOL list.
D 1.0.6.15.3 It is the responsibility of the trainee to obtain the release

clearance towards further training from the Captain to whom they were
assigned for supernumerary flying. On completion of their supernumerary
hours the trainee shall submit their supernumerary profile to the Training
Department at the earliest.
D 1.0.6.16 NON-ATTENDANCE FOR GROUND ACTIVITY: Non-

attendance for planned ground activity such as AVSEC, DGR … etc, may
result in the pilot being marked as leave without pay.
D 1.0.6.17 PILOTS LOGBOOK SIGNATURE: Trainers shall ensure that

the pilots log book is signed after conducting any check in the aircraft or
simulator.
D 1.0.6.18 SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS ON COMPLETION OF

SIMULATOR / LINE TRAINING: Pilot after completion of
simulator/line training shall submit complete training documents to the
Training Office by email as early as possible, but under no circumstances,
beyond 48 hours of completing the training. Any delay beyond the 48 hours
will be reviewed seriously and will result in the pilot being marked as leave
without pay.
D 1.0.6.19 LEAVE DURING TRAINING ADMINISTRATIVE

POLICY: During training, leave shall be applied to Chief of Training with
a copy to aaslops.training@airindia.in.
D 1.0.6.20 DRESS CODE FOR SIMULATOR TRAINING: While

Training and Visiting the simulator as Alliance Air employees (Trainees and
Trainers), the Dress Code is as follows:
(a) Formals (Tie optional); - For Trainers
(b) Complete Uniform -For Trainees
(c) Shoes appropriate for flying (High heels not permitted);
PAGE D1C0- 27
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(d) Shaved, Well Groomed;
(e) Personal Hygiene to be maintained.
D 1.0.7SIMULATOR TRAINING & REST PERIOD POLICY:

Simulator session, excluding briefing / debriefing (00:30 hr each for
recurrent training and 01:00 hr each for endorsement training), duration
shall be as under
Sr.No. Standard Maximum (in case of exigency

or Companyrequirement)
1. For Trainees 4 Hrs 6 Hrs
2. For Instructors 4 Hrs 6 Hrs
D 1.0.7.1 For purposes such as screening, simulator acceptance etc. it could

be further increased beyond maximum at the discretion of the training
captain / Company.
D 1.0.7.2 REST PERIOD BETWEEN 02 SIMULATOR SESSION:
D 1.0.7.2.1 The rest period between 02 simulator sessions will be planned

minimum of 12 hours which will include travel time.
D 1.0.7.2.2 This rest period can be reduced to minimum of 10 Hrs with the
mutual consent of the trainer and the training department.
D 1.0.7.3 TRAINING REPORTS
D 1.0.7.3.1 GENERAL
D 1.0.7.3.1.1 Trainers conducting Simulator/Line training shall ensure that

training reports are completed, utilizing the appropriate forms provided for
that purpose. All training reports shall be retained in the pilot’s training file.
D 1.0.7.3.1.2 The Trainee shall email electronic copy of all training reports
and check forms to aaslops.training@airindia.in.The Trainer shall email
(electronic copy) of any additional training requirements in simulator or
during SLF (Phase Completion) and/ or any unsuccessful checks (CA
40/CA41/CA 42 /T-3A) to the training department earliest.
PAGE D1C0- 28
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.7.3.1.3 Training Reports and Check Forms are to be sent to the

Training Department at the earliest but in no case later than 48 hours.
D 1.0.7.3.1.4 On completing a training report, the Trainer must provide as

much information as possible on areas where a trainee is experiencing
difficulty. The Trainer should also consider making recommendations for
subsequent Trainer, in circumstances where this is considered appropriate.
D 1.0.7.3.2 IR/PPC FORM:
D 1.0.7.3.2.1 Trainer shall ensure that all the required columns of the
IR/PPC form are filled in. Failure in not filling the required details will
result in an incomplete training. It is also the responsibility of trainee to
ensure that his forms are correctly filled up by the trainer before signing his
acceptance on the IR/PPC form.
D 1.0.7.3.2.2 Non-compliance in adhering to the above instructions may

attract strict penal action against the individual by DGCA and would lead to
delay in renewal of licenses.
D 1.0.8 DETAILS OF FLIGHT CREW TRAINING PROGRAMME:
D 1.0.8.1 All syllabi of training prescribed in this Section are the minimum
required for training. If required proficiency is not obtained, the additional
training may be provided as per the policy.
D 1.0.8.2 Flight Crew Training programme is broadly classified into the

following sub-topics, which are dealt in various Chapters viz:
D 1.0.8.3 Chapter 1- Conversion Training:
(a) Type Rating Course (If changing to a new type – Ab-initio Pilots /
Std.Trainee Pilots (STP)/ Conversion(both P1 and P2) / First
Officer to PIC Upgradation.
(b) Operators Conversion Course (if changing to a new operator –

Training of Expat Pilots).
(c) Supervised Line Flying.
PAGE D1C0- 29
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(d) Crew Resource Management Training.
D 1.0.8.4 Chapter 2 - Recurrent Training & Checking:Type or variant of

aeroplane on which the crew member is certified to operate
(a) Ground Refresher Training
(b) Aeroplane / Flight Simulator training
(c) Emergency and Safety equipment training and checking
(d) CRM training
(e) Line Checks
D 1.0.8.5 Chapter 3 - Route / Role / Area Competence qualification.
D 1.0.8.6 Chapter 4–Special Operations Training and UPRT
D 1.0.9TRAINING & EVALUATION PROGRAMME:
D 1.0.9.1 Alliance Air has a Training & Evaluation Programme, approved

by the DGCA that consists of ground and flight training and, when
applicable, and evaluations to ensure flight crew members are competent to
perform the assigned duties. The Programme shall ensure training that is
conducted, as a minimum, address:
(a) Initial qualification process for newly hired crew members to

provide company indoctrination and initial endorsement on
company aircraft types.
(b) Continuing qualification includes recurrent, refresher training and

any training necessary to meet recency of experience requirements.
(c) Re-qualification;
(d) Aircraft transition or conversion;
(e) Upgrade to PIC;
(f) Other specialized training requirements, as applicable.

PAGE D1C0- 30
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.9.2 Alliance Air’s Ground and Flight training Programme, which is

approved by DGCA ensures flight crew members are adequately trained to
perform their assigned duties. This training programme ensures that Flight
Crew Members are trained and evaluated as applicable in accordance with
specifications laid down by DGCA, ICAO.
D 1.0.9.3 Flight crew members are also trained and evaluated in accordance
with additional requirements of joint training activities or exercises with
other flight crew members and cabin crew members for enhancing co-
ordination and mutual understanding of CRM and Human Factors in
addressing emergency and security threats.The facilities of the parent
company Air India will be utilized for the same. Similarly, joint resource
management activities within Flight Crew Members and Flight Despatchers
for the purpose of enhancing co-ordination and mutual understanding of
human factors involved is carried out.
D 1.0.9.4Alliance Air has an aircraft type qualification training and

evaluation programme for each type of aircraft in the fleet, which is
approved by the DGCA and published in this Manual.
D 1.0.9.5It shall be ensured that flight crew members, including SFIs, TRIs
and DEs, whose native language is not the same as the designated common
language, complete an evaluation prior to being assigned to operational
duties to demonstrate a level of proficiency in the designated common
language that ensures such flight crew members are able to:
(a) Effectively communicate during the performance of operational

duties;
(b) Understand information in the OM pertaining to duties and

responsibilities;
D 1.0.9.6 All Flight Crew, Ground Instructors, Flight Despatchers and

Training Captains should be proficient in English to adequately perform
their duties, as medium of training will be English. All flight crew training
and evaluation activities shall be carried out in English.
D 1.0.9.7 All flight crew members, who conduct flights into areas where
English is the primary language of Air Traffic Control (ATC) and whose
duties include communication with ATC to complete an evaluation during
PAGE D1C0- 31
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
initial ground training to demonstrate a sufficient level of English language

proficiency that will ensure effective communication during the
performance of such duties.
D 1.0.9.8 Proficiency in English Language will be assessed directly, through

face to face session only at approved address of testing services provider
and shall be recorded on audio and video media for all pilots as per the
stipulations of CAR Section 7, Series ‘G’, Part III, issue II by service
provider.
D 1.0.9.9Alliance Air shall ensure that all flight crew members have been
endorsed Operational Level 4 and above as per the stipulations of DGCA
where English is required for Air Traffic Control (ATC) communications,
and who have not previously demonstrated expert English language
proficiency, to receive a periodic evaluation to demonstrate a minimum
level of English language proficiency that is sufficient, as defined by the
DGCA, to ensure effective communication during the performance of
duties. Such evaluation shall be completed during initial ground training and
subsequently once every three (3) or six (6) calendar years based on the
proficiency level of the applicant.
D 1.0.9.10It shall be ensured that training aids and equipment, to include

mock-ups, flight deck procedure trainers and other devices and/or course
materials used in the flight crew training and evaluation programme,
reasonably reflect the configuration of the fleet(s) for which the respective
training is being conducted. Differences in equipment configuration may be
acceptable, provided the differences are clearly identified in the Training
Manual or other training programme documents available to Training
Captains and flight crew members.
D 1.0.9.11It shall be ensured that published guidance for instructors and

Examiners, approved or specifies minimum serviceability levels of training
devices and/or training aircraft to ensure serviceability does not adversely
affect training, evaluation and/or safety, as applicable. Minimum
serviceability guidance for training devices should take into account, among
other things, simulator motion, visual systems, or instrumentation.
Minimum serviceability guidance for aircraft utilized for Training Flights
should take into account MEL allowances that are permissible under
passenger operations, but unsuitable for the conduct of the training /
evaluation to be conducted. Simulator minimum serviceability requirements
PAGE D1C0- 32
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
should be given to Instructors or DEs as published company guidance if a

certain type of training (such as LOFT/LOS) can be conducted with
simulator components inoperative.
D 1.0.9.12It shall be ensured that ab initial pilots will be sent for base
training on the aircraft based on availability. Additionally, azero-flight time
training (ZFTT) programme is approved or accepted by the DGCA and:
(a) Is conducted using flight simulators representative of the aircraft

flown by Alliance Airand qualified to Level D or an equivalent;
(b) specifies minimum pilot experience requirements for entry into

each ZFTT qualification/training course;
(c) each ZFTT qualification/training course is customized as necessary

to address pilot experience, flight crew position and simulator
level;
(d) a demonstration of competency is completed in the aircraft/ flight
simulator conforming to the specifications in item No. i) under the
supervision of a DE;
(e) a final demonstration of competency is completed in an aircraft

during actual line operations under the supervision of a DE,
TRIorcurrent and qualified Pilot-in-Command (PIC) designated for
the purpose by Alliance Air andDGCA.
D 1.0.9.13It shall be ensured that flight crew members are trained and/ or
evaluated during Line Operational Simulation (LOS) profile, which is:
(a) Approved or accepted by the DGCA;
(b) administered real-time in a line environment setting;
(c) An uninterrupted planned scenario with specific CRM objectives

where such skills are observed and debriefed upon completion.
(d) This shall be completed during initial Simulator or Aircraft

Training, and subsequently once every calendar year;
D 1.0.9.14Objectivity in training and evaluation programmes shall be

ensured and maintained by assuring
PAGE D1C0- 33
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) Evaluations administered in conjunction with Simulator, aircraft

and / or line training and are conducted by different organizations
or individuals than those that conducted the training.
(b) LTCs / SFIs / TRIs / DEs are permitted to perform assigned

activities without inappropriate interference from management and
other external organizations
D 1.0.9.14.1NOTE 1: The specifications in item a) do not apply to Ground

Training and evaluations courses.
D 1.0.9.14.2NOTE 2: Exceptions may be appropriate under extenuating

circumstances, such as introduction of new aircraft types.
D 1.0.9.15It shall be ensured that flight crew members receive training that
support the introduction of
(a) new policies, rules, instructions and procedures
(b) new aircraft types, systems and fleet modification / upgrades
D 1.0.9.16 Alliance Air may utilize distance learning and / or distance

evaluation in the flight crew training and qualification programme. If such
training has to be conducted, it shall be ensured that such training and/or
evaluation is monitored and approved by DGCA. Monitoring shall include
processes for ensuring continual improvement of the training and evaluation
programme, to include as a minimum, the monitoring, recording and
evaluation of results of successful and unsuccessful flight crew
evaluations.The details of DGCA approval on distance learning are
described in detail in Section 1, Chapter 5.
D 1.0.9.17 RESOURCES:
D 1.0.9.17.1 It will be ensured that LTCs, SFIs, TRIs, DEs and flight
crewmembers (whether employed or contracted), training facilities, devices,
equipment and coursematerials (whether owned or contracted) are
standardized and:
(a) have the required certification(s) and approval or acceptance from

the DGCA, as applicable
PAGE D1C0- 34
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(b) meet the required qualification and performance standards of

Alliance Airorthe DGCA, as applicable
(c) are periodically evaluated to ensure compliance with required

qualification and performancestandards.
D 1.0.9.17.2It shall be ensured that all LTCs, SFIs,TRIs, DEs and flight
crew, weather employed or sub-contracted, are qualified and standardized
for their assigned tasks.
D 1.0.9.17.3There shall be sufficient LTCs, SFISs, TRIs and DEs and

support personnel to administer the training and evaluation programmes in
accordance with requirement of Alliance Air and DGCA, as applicable.
D 1.0.9.18Forprogramme improvement, it shall be ensured that formal and

regular communications occur between and among flight operations
management, LTCs, SFISs, TRIs and DEs and flight crew members to
achieve continuous improvement of ground, simulator and aircraft training
and line operations. This is achieved through Standardization Meetings.
D 1.0.9.18.1It shall be ensured that processes for ensuring continual

improvement of the flight crew training and evaluation programme, includes
as a minimum the monitoring, recording and evaluation of results of
successful and unsuccessful flight crew evaluations.
D 1.0.9.19For Low Visibility Approaches, the minimum level of command

experience required for a Pilot to be authorized to conduct such approaches
as PIC to approved Alliance Air minima shall be defined. This is explained
in SOP LVP Operations.
D 1.0.9.20TRAINING PROGRAMME - CONTENTS AND

COMPLIANCE:
D 1.0.9.20.1All Ground Instructors and Training Captains shall ensure that

the flight crew are trained such that:
D 1.0.9.20.2All employees when training/ operating abroad are fully aware

and shall comply with the laws, regulations and procedures of those States
in which operations are conducted.
PAGE D1C0- 35
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.9.20.3 All pilots are familiar with the laws, regulations and
procedures, pertinent to the performance of their duties, prescribed for the
areas to be traversed, the aerodromes to be used and the air navigation
facilities relating thereto. It shall be ensured that other members of the flight
crew are familiar with these laws, regulations and procedures as are
pertinent to the performance of their respective duties in the operation of the
aeroplane.
D 1.0.9.20.4 Flight crew members demonstrate the ability to speak and

understand the language used for aeronautical radiotelephony
communications as specified in ICAO Annex 1.
D 1.0.9.20.5 All operations personnel are properly instructed in their

particular duties and responsibilities and the relationship of such duties to
the operation as a whole.
D 1.0.9.20.6 The checklists provided shall be used by flight crew prior to,
during and after all phases of operations, and in emergency, to ensure
compliance with the operating procedures contained in the aircraft operating
manual and the flight manual or other documents associated with the
certificate of airworthiness and otherwise in the operations manual, are
followed. The design and utilization of checklists shall observe Human
Factors principles.
D 1.0.9.20.7 The operations staff and flight crew are provided with an
aircraft operating manual, for each aircraft type operated, containing the
normal, abnormal and emergency procedures relating to the operation of the
aircraft. The manual shall include details of the aircraft systems and of the
checklists to be used. (The design of the manual shall observe Human
Factors principles.) This can be in hardcopy or soft copy format.
D 1.0.9.20.8 Each aircraft will have a Flight Manual or equivalent approved

document on board, which will be kept up to date, by implementing
changes.
D 1.0.9.20.9 Pilots are trained and evaluated by separate individuals.

Individuals conducting initial, transition, upgrade to PIC and re-qualification
training courses, shall not examine those Pilot to whom they have given
flight instruction for a license or rating, except with the approval of the
DGCA. Under the supervision of Chief of Training,Training Administration
/ CMS will ensure the implementation of the above while rostering the
PAGE D1C0- 36
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
LTCs, SFISs, TRIs and DEs for Training / Evaluation. LTCs, SFIs, TRIs
and DEs are permitted to perform assigned activities without inappropriate
interference.
D 1.0.9.20.10Flight crew members receive training and are evaluated during

initial training and subsequent during recurrent training in aircraft systems
and limitations and demonstrate proficiency in the operation of aircraft
systems.
D 1.0.9.20.11 Flight crew members receive complete training and

demonstrate competence in normal and non-normal procedures and
maneuvers, during initial training and subsequently during recurrent training
to include, as a minimum:
(a) Pilot Monitoring (PM)/ Pilot Flying (PF) and other flight crew
division of duties (task sharing);
(b) Positive transfer of aircraft control;
(c) Consistent checklist philosophy;
(d) Emphasis on a prioritization of tasks (e.g. “Aviate, Navigate,

Communicate”);
(e) Proper use of all levels of flight automation;
D 1.0.9.20.11.1 The above training shall be completed during initial training

and subsequently once every calendar year.
D 1.0.9.20.11.2Proper crew response to system malfunctions and the

following unanticipated events (including use of dual confirmation prior to
deactivation of critical systems):
(a) Rejected takeoff;
(b) Emergency evacuation;
(c) Engine fire and failure;
(d) Emergency descent;
PAGE D1C0- 37
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.9.20.11.2.1The above training shall be completed during initial

training and subsequently every six months/ calendar year.
D 1.0.9.20.11.3Duties and procedures related to flight crew incapacitation.
D 1.0.9.20.11.4 The above training shall be completed during initial training

and subsequently once every calendar year. Training and when applicable,
evaluation shall be accomplished as part of Ground, Simulator / Aircraft and
Line Training. Line training is in normal procedures/ manoeuvers only.
D 1.0.9.20.12Flight crew members, prior to an evaluation, are familiar with

those maneuvers and/or malfunctions that may be presented during the
evaluation but are not given information that reveals the exact sequence and
the circumstances under which such maneuvers or malfunctions will be
presented.
D 1.0.9.20.13The specification of this provision is not intended to preclude

flight crews from knowing the city pairs to be flown or the general
maneuver requirements prior to the evaluation; however, flight crews would
typically not be provided with the exact evaluation scenario. For training
flights in an aircraft as much information may be divulged about the
intended training/evaluation as is necessary to ensure the safety of the
planned operation.
D 1.0.9.20.14Flight crew members, before starting line training, have

successfully completed proficiency evaluation administered by a TRI / LTC
of the Company or a representative of the DGCA and demonstrated the skill
and knowledge level adequate for operating the aircraft at or above the
standards stipulated in the training syllabus.
D 1.0.9.20.15The required maneuvers and procedures that cannot be safely

accomplished during training flights, on an aircraft, are trained and
evaluated in a representative flight training device that has been approved
and/or certified by the DGCA. Maneuvers and procedures that cannot be
safely accomplished in an aircraft shall include, as a minimum:
(a) wind shear avoidance and recovery;
(b) response to GPWS alerts and warnings and avoidance of Control

Flight into Terrain (CFIT);
PAGE D1C0- 38
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(c) Response to TCAS alerts
D 1.0.9.20.16 In case of non-existence of a representative flight training

device, the Company shall utilize an alternative means for ensuring a
demonstration of Pilot competency in the applicable maneuvers and
procedures which shall be approved by the DGCA and require a
demonstration of competence through a combination of methods, to include:
(a) Generic flight training devices;
(b) Additional ground and line training and evaluation;
(c) As applicable, any other means that ensures a demonstration of

Pilots competence in the applicable maneuvers and procedures.
D 1.0.9.20.17Engine failures are simulated for the purpose of accomplishing

maneuvers that involve a failed or inoperative engine, in case of training is
conducted on an aircraft.
D 1.0.9.20.18The detailed procedure as referred is stated in respect of

Operational Aspects of Airborne Training, will be followed for simulation
of engine failures.
D 1.0.9.20.19Pilot flight crew members complete an evaluation that includes

a demonstration of knowledge of the operations approved as part of the Air
Operator Certificate (AOC), during initial training and subsequently during
recurrent training
(a) approaches authorized by the DGCA(as per qualification);
(b) ceiling and visibility requirements for takeoff, approach and

landing;
(c) allowance for inoperative ground components;
(d) wind limitations (crosswind, headwind and tailwind).
D 1.0.9.20.20Flight crew members receive basic operator familiarization

training during initial Ground Training and prior to being assigned to duties
in line operations, which shall ensure familiarity with:
PAGE D1C0- 39
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) duties and responsibilities;
(b) relevant state regulations;
(c) authorized operations;
(d) relevant sections of the OM.
D 1.0.9.20.21Practical training exercises:
(a) in the use of all emergency and safety equipment required to be

onboard the aircraft;
(b) that address emergency evacuation and coordination among crew

members.
D 1.0.9.20.21.1 This shall be completed during initial ground training and

subsequently once every calendar year.
D 1.0.9.20.22Flight crew members receive training in all aspects of aircraft

performance, to include:
(a) weight/mass and balance calculations;
(b) takeoff, climb, cruise, approach and landing performance;
(c) obstacle clearance;
(d) fuel planning;
(e) diversion planning;
(f) effect of inoperative or missing components (MEL/CDL);
(g) engine-out drift down
D 1.0.9.20.23Flight crew members receive training in aircraft cargo

handling systems, to include, as a minimum:
(a) devices utilised as cargo restraints.
PAGE D1C0- 40
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(b) pre-flight inspection of cargo carrying systems;
(c) cargo loading and unloading procedures;
(d) load configurations.
D 1.0.9.20.24Flight crew members receive complete training and an

evaluation which includes demonstrating proficiency in terrain awareness
procedures and maneuvers. Such training shall be completed during initial
training and subsequently during recurrent training.
(a) knowledge and conduct of associated procedures;
(b) response to GPWS alerts and warnings;
(c) the avoidance of Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT).
D 1.0.9.20.24.1This training shall be completed during initial Ground

Training; initial Simulator Training and subsequently every year. Training is
accomplished in a representative flight simulator approved for the purpose
by the DGCA.
D 1.0.9.20.25All flight crew are trained and evaluated, as applicable, in

adverse weather operations during initial training and subsequently during
recurrent training to include, as applicable:
(a) anti-ice/de-ice policies and procedures;
(b) contaminated runway operations;
(c) thunderstorm avoidance;
(d) hot and cold weather operations;
(e) operations near volcanic ash;
(f) wind shear avoidance and recovery (predictive and actual);
(g) Wake turbulence & procedures for encounter avoidance
PAGE D1C0- 41
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.9.20.25.1This shall be completed during the initial ground and

simulator training and subsequently once every year.
D 1.0.9.20.26All flight crew are trained in procedures for aircraft upset

recovery, which include,
(a) Upset prevention
(b) factors leading to an upset or loss of control situation
(c) upset situation identification
(d) recovery techniques
(e) emphasis on aerodynamic factors present during the upset and the
recovery
D 1.0.9.20.26.1This training shall be completed during initial ground

training and subsequently once every 12 months in the Simulator.
D 1.0.9.20.27All flight crew are trained and when applicable evaluated and
demonstrate competence in windshear avoidance and recovery from actual
wind shear. This shall be completed: during initial Ground Training; initial
Simulator Training, and subsequently once every 6 months. Training is
accomplished in a representative flight simulator approved for the purpose
by the DGCA.
D 1.0.9.20.28All flight crew are prohibited to operate their previous aircraft

type, when training is completed on a new equipment type, without
appropriate training and examination. No in-flight simulation of
emergencies is permitted while passengers or cargo are being carried.
D 1.0.9.20.29It is ensured that all flight crew members complete training in

CRM skills, which may be accomplished as part of simulator, aircraft and/or
line training, classroom training, as applicable during initial training and
subsequently during recurrent training.
D 1.0.9.20.30Command Training and evaluation programme for flight crew

members addresses the technical and non-technical aspects of command
relevant to the operations, to include:
PAGE D1C0- 42
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) Technical seat-specific aircraft training for the aircraft type;
(b) Basic operator familiarization training in subjects relevant to the

PIC;
(c) Human performance and CRM skill training relevant to command,

the relationship with other crew members and the operation as a
whole (e.g., leadership, team building, conflict resolution, etc.);
(d) Training in the sections of the OM relevant to command,
(i) authority and responsibilities of the PIC in operations;
(ii) adherence to the limitations of the AOC;
(iii) responsibilities relevant to the Operational Flight Plan

(OFP) and Aircraft Technical Log (ATL);
(iv) Responsibilities relevant to the reporting of accidents and
incidents.
(e) This training shall be completed during initial training and

qualification. Training and evaluation are accomplished as part of
Ground, Simulator / Aircraft and Line Training.
D 1.0.9.20.31Alliance Air has an automation policy with associated

guidance and procedures that addresses the use of aircraft Flight
Management System. (FMS), to include:
(a) Flight crew monitoring of the FMS to ensure appropriate aircraft

response to inputs by:
(i) Cross checking mode control panel status.
(ii) Observing the results of any mode changes
(iii) Supervising the resulting guidance and aircraft response.
(b) The use of a level of automation appropriate for the task, to include
manual flight when aircraft response is not appropriate or adequate
PAGE D1C0- 43
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.10 TRAINING CONFIDENTIAL REPORTS:
D 1.0.10.1 The Training Confidential Report is a supplement to, and not a

substitute for normal training records and reports, and the Trainer shall
clearly indicate in the training reports that a confidential report has been
submitted. Any confidential report submitted shall be included in the
concerned trainee’s file.
D 1.0.10.2 The confidential report is for company purpose only.
D 1.0.10.3 The Trainer may submit a confidential report in any of the

following cases:
(a) When a substantial deficiency in the trainee's performance or

progress is detected either during simulator or line, and the Trainer
considers that significant additional training action is necessary;
(b) When a pilot is acting as a stand-in during a simulator training

session or check and is performing below standard;
(c) In the event of significant disciplinary or behavioural problems

being evident in a Trainee or pilot.
D 1.0.10.4 A confidential report shall be treated with utmost confidentiality,

and shall be sent to the Chief of Training and Deputy Chief of Training
through e-mail and the e-mail subject shall state CONFIDENTIAL
REPORT.
D 1.0.10.5 Upon receipt of a Confidential Report, the Chief of Training

shall review the contents to establish the severity of the situation. If further
clarification or information is required, he should discuss the content of the
report with the concerned Trainer. In the case of a definite violation or a
threat to safety, immediate suspension of the Training shall be considered.
D 1.0.10.6 The Trainee shall be interviewed to establish the relevant facts.

After the interview, if disciplinary action is required, the appropriate
procedures, including suspension of the trainee from further flying or
training must be taken in consultation with the Chief of Training, and the
matter shall be referred to Training Review Board for further decision.
PAGE D1C0- 44
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.10.7 A Confidential Report records must indicate subsequent

management actions and conclusions, and the originator of the report must
also be informed of the same.
D 1.0.11 TRAINING / CHECKING PERFORMANCE ISSUES AND

REMEDIATION POLICY:
D 1.0.11.1 GENERAL:
D 1.0.11.1.1 When a pilot is under training, the progress of training /

checking shall be monitored throughout by the Training Department. If at
any stage of training, or as the result of evaluation / check, it is evident that
a pilot has not attained the required competency standard, the Trainer should
refer the case to the Training Management for a decision on whether or not
further training should be provided.
D 1.0.11.1.2 This section contains failure policies and procedures associated

with:
(a) Conversion Training which is applicable for Ab-initio / First type

rating training, and additional training courses
(b) PIC Upgrade Training
(c) Recurrent Training and Checking
(d) Suspension of Training
(e) Training Disruption Review
(f) Training Review Board
(g) Special Monitoring Program
(h) Appeal Procedure and
(i) Trainee’s Grievances
D 1.0.11.2 CONVERSION / PIC UPGRADE TRAINING -

REMEDIATION POLICY: The conversion and PIC upgrade training
PAGE D1C0- 45
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
syllabus is designed to ensure that the pilot can attain the required level of
proficiency within the allocated time. In the event that a trainee is unable to
achieve average level, additional training will be provided subject to policy.
D 1.0.11.3 GROUND TRAINING FAILURE:
D 1.0.11.3.1 During conversion and PIC upgrade course ground training, a

trainee must undergo an examination for which the passing mark shall be
not less than 70%. If a trainee is unable to score passing mark, then the
appropriate corrective training will be provided. The corrective training
shall cover only those topics in which the trainee has failed. After
completion of corrective training, the trainee will be re-examined.
D 1.0.11.3.2 If a trainee fails for the second time, the training will cease and
the matter will be referred to the TRB.
D 1.0.11.4 CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING: The

simulator training / checks remediation policy are as follows:
(a) If a trainee is unable to achieve the required standard during

simulator training and checking, then the Trainer shall notify the
Chief of Training through the fastest available means. The Trainer
should submit a report describing the weak areas. The Chief of
Training may approve additional training;
(b) Phase wise endorsement training, two phases of four FFS sessions
each prior to skill test. Objectives of phase 1 have to be achieved in
order to progress to phase 2. Objective of each phase will be
considered complete if all the exercises in the FFS profile have
been completed satisfactorily. Maximum of two extra FFS sessions
in each phase will be provided subject to maximum total three extra
sessions prior to skill test;
(c) Maximum two attempts are provided to clear skill test / proficiency
check. It means after each skill test/ proficiency check, only one
corrective session will be provided. If a trainee is unable to achieve
the required standard, then the training shall cease and the case will
be referred to the Training Review Board.
D 1.0.11.4.1 NOTE: Refer to flow chart flow given in Section 1 Para

2.9.2.7.
PAGE D1C0- 46
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.11.5 LINE TRAINING AND ROUTE CHECK FAILURES: The

Line Training and Route Checks remediation policy is as follows
(a) SLF is divided into three phases; each phase has measurable
objectives which must be met prior to progress to the next phase. If
the trainee is unable to achieve the required objective within the
phase, then additional SLF will be approved by Chief of
Training.The phase wise guidelines are as given under:
(i) Phase I -The trainee is able to operate the aircraft within safe
limits with occasional inputs required from the trainer.
(ii) Phase II – The trainee should demonstrate consistency in

aircraft operations with occasional errors. The trainee should be
able to identify the errors and take timely steps to mitigate the
emerging situation.
(iii) Phase III- The trainee should exhibit proficiency in aircraft

operations and should be able to demonstrate the ability of
independent operations.
(b) If after providing additional SLF, a trainee is unable to achieve the

required standards for the phase, the training shall cease and the
case will be referred to the Training Review Board. TRB will
determine if additional training is to be given. If not, the case will
be referred to the Chief of Training for suspension.
(c) In case of unsatisfactory performance of the pilot during a route

check, the return flight can be conducted in any one of the
following options:
(i) Without any change in seat, the return sector(s) are operated
as a training flight;
(ii) In case of a PIC Route Check failure, the return sector(s) can
be operated as a training flight without a change in seat with
trainee as PM, provided the DE has a concurrent TRI-A
approval;
(iii) In case of a PIC Route Check failure, the return sector(s) can
be operated as a training flight with a change in seat,
provided the RHS co-pilot PPC (6 months), line check and
PAGE D1C0- 47
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
RHS co-pilot 3 take-off and landing (90 days) recency is

current;
(d) In each case of extra training requirement, the trainee will be

counselled by Chief of training/ Deputy Chief of Training. In case
remote counseling is not possible in the above cases, the counseling
shall be done by the Chief of Training after completing of tour of
duty.
(e) In the event of a PIC route check failure, the trainee must undergo
the entire 10 PIC Route Checks again. A minimum of six
additional SLF sectors will be provided prior to recommencing the
PIC Route Checks;
(f) If a trainee is unable to achieve the required standard during

SLF/PIC Route Checks, then the Trainer shall notify Chief of
Training Delivery through the fastest available means. Trainer
should submit a report (T3A) describing the weak areas;
(g) In case a trainee fails a PIC Route Check for the second time, then
the training shall cease and the case will be referred to the Training
Review Board. The decision taken by the board will be conveyed to
the Trainee;
(h) If a trainee Line Operator’s Release Check is not successful, then

additional attempt will be provided subject to the decision taken by
the Training Disruption Review team.
D 1.0.11.5.1 Refer to flow chart flow given in Section 1 Para 2.9.2.7.
D 1.0.11.6 ADDITIONAL TRAINING DURING ENDORSEMENT

AND LINE TRAINING:
(a) Each SLF has a specified number of sectors/hours as per the

training syllabus.
(i) The total number of minimum and maximum sectors/hours

is as given below
(ii) The SLF training syllabus is divided into 3 phases, which
have objectives. In case these objectives are not met for that
PAGE D1C0- 48
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
phase, additional SLF for phase completion will be

approved by Chief of Training.
(iii) The total additional SLF can be spread over the 3 phases but
shall not exceed the maximum limit.
(iv) Minimum and maximum sectors are as follows:
SLF FOR CO-PILOT TRAINING

Total Minimum Additional
Category number sectors for Maximum sector (If
of sectors each phase Required) per Phase
Co-Pilot with Less
than 1000 hours in 30 10 10
total
Co-Pilot with More
than 1000 hours in 15 05 05
total
D 1.0.11.6.1 PIC TRAINING:
Total SLF Approx. Additional Max

Category Hours hours for SLF Hours (If
each phase Required)
Type rated pilots
upgrading as PIC on 75 25 25
the same aeroplane.
Non-type rated pilots
100 33 30
upgrading as PIC
(b) Upon reaching the approved additional training in a phase with

unsatisfactory completion of the phase, Training Disruption
Review (Chapter 2.9.5) will be convened. TDR will examine the
case and recommend additional training as required to Chief of
Training.If the trainee is unable to successfully complete SLF
within the prescribed maximum limit, the case will be referred to
the Training Review Board .
D 1.0.11.7 RECONSIDERATION POLICY - PIC UPGRADE

TRAINING:
D 1.0.11.7.1 In case the Training Review Board decides to terminate the

training or the trainee withdraws from the training, the pilot shall be
PAGE D1C0- 49
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
reconsidered for PIC upgrade training after a minimum period of 1 years

(inclusive of 2 consecutive PPC) from the date of TRB / withdrawal from
training.
D 1.0.11.7.2 In case the Training Review Board decides to terminate the

training or the trainee withdraws from the training in the second attempt,
crew will not be considered for a PIC upgrade for a minimum period of 3
years from the date of TRB / withdrawal from training in the second
attempt.
D 1.0.11.7.3 Crew will not be considered for a PIC upgrade after the third
attempt.
D 1.0.11.7.4 NOTE 1:Following termination of Command Training in first

attempt, before a Pilot starts flying from RHS, he / she has to undergo the
following training towards reconversion to RHS :
TOTAL
Type of training No. of
PF PM HRS
sessions
Refresher from
02 04 hrs 04 hrs 08 hrs
RHS
Skill Test
01 02 hrs -- 02 hrs
(CA40 Day)
Skill Test
01 02 hrs -- 02 hrs
(CA40 Night)
D 1.0.11.7.5NOTE 2::If the first attempt of Command Training for a Pilot

gets terminated during Simulator/Line Training phase and he / she comes
back for second attempt of Command Training after the stipulated cooling
period. Subsequently he/she will be subjected to Pre-Command Assessment
Check processfollowed by the Training as per initial command upgrade
training syllabus.
D 1.0.11.7.6 6 For PIC undergoing transition training to ATR 72-600 type

will only be allowed one attempt.
PAGE D1C0- 50
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.11.7.7In case of failure in Transition Training, further to all Paras

above, the Co-Pilot / PIC will be recommended for termination or converted
to a fleet as required by the company.
D 1.0.11.7.8 The Pilot under training will not be utilized on previous type
once he / she has started Full Flight Simulator Training on the aircraft on
which he / she is being converted.
D 1.0.11.7.9Chief of Training will be the final authority for all cases of

termination of training. If the same is leading to the termination of service,
the same will be addressed by the Post Holder Operations.
D 1.0.12: ENDORSEMENT/CONVERSION TRAINING

DISRUPTION FLOW CHART:
PAGE D1C0- 51
OPERATIONS MANUAL CD–OPS-TRG-OTD-001
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
PAGE D1C0- 52
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.13 SUSPENSION OF TRAINING:
D 1.0.13.1 REASONS FOR SUSPENSION:
D 1.0.13.1.1 The following circumstances shall be considered as reasons for

a suspension of training:
(a) A lack of adequate progress during a training course.
(b) Failure of required check.
(c) Misconduct during training or while on duty at outstations.
(d) Dangerous flying practices that adversely affect safety of the

aeroplane and its occupants.
(e) Serious ATC violations or serious violations of the SOPs or other

Company rules and regulations, including the published Staff
Regulations.
(f) Criminal prosecution.
(g) Frequent late reporting for training sessions.
(h) Regulatory actions against the trainee.
(i) Any other reasons that may arise or brought to the notice of
Training Department by HR.
D 1.0.13.1.2 If a Trainee is subject to any of the above circumstances, the

Trainer shall submit detailed report to the Chief of Training.
D 1.0.13.2 ACTIONS PRIOR TO SUSPENSION OF TRAINING: Prior

to the suspension of training due to unsatisfactory training progress, the
respective Training Department must ensure that the following requirements
are satisfied:
(a) Any additional training has been provided and conducted in

accordance with the agreed conditions and approved syllabus; and
PAGE D1C0- 53
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(b) The trainee failed to achieve the required proficiency / standards

after the remedial training is completed.
D 1.0.13.3 SUSPENSION PROCEDURES:
D 1.0.13.3.1 When a decision has been made to suspend training, the

Deputy Chief of Training in consultation with the Chief of Training shall
follow the procedures below:
(a) Conduct a personal interview with the trainee and discuss the
circumstances which leads to the suspension of the training; and
(b) Inform the Trainee in writing, and summarise the circumstances of

the suspension. Notification must be copied to the Chief of
Training, Chief Training Advisor and Human Resources
Department.
D 1.0.13.3.2 The Training Review Board shall be convened to discuss the

circumstances related to the suspension, and decide the options to be
applied, see Section 0 - Training Review Board.
D 1.0.14 RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING - FAILURE

POLICY:
D 1.0.14.1 Pilots are expected to complete the assigned syllabus, and

demonstrate the required level of proficiency in all items contained in the
applicable recurrent training syllabus.
D 1.0.14.2 At the end of recurrent training session, the Trainer is required to

make an overall assessment of the standard achieved by each trainee. This
assessment shall be based solely on the following criteria:
(a) Whether or not the specified training programme has been fully
completed; and
(b) Whether or not the pilot has demonstrated the required level of
proficiency in all the applicable items and procedures. The
assessment shall not be based on how much training was required
to attain proficiency in any particular item(s).
PAGE D1C0- 54
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.14.3 The amount of training provided for a particular pilot should be

based upon both the total simulator time available, and on the Trainer’s
judgment as to what is reasonable under the circumstances.
D 1.0.14.4 Considering the nature of the exercise or procedure, and how

often the pilot is exposed to it, there is a limit as to how much training is
appropriate before a pilot is either able to attain proficiency, or is referred to
additional training dedicated to remedying the remaining deficiencies.
(a) If crew is unable to clear IR/ PPC or PPC in 3 attempts, crew will
be recommended to Training Review Board.
(b) If crew fails in any 3 IR/PPC and / or PPC within 2 Years, crew
will be recommended to Training Review Board.
D 1.0.14.5 RECURRENT TRAINING NOTIFICATION

PROCEDURES: If a trainee or pair of trainees is not recommended for the
IR/PPC due to inadequate demonstration of proficiency or because of
insufficient available time to complete the training programme (i.e. due to
late arrival, interruptions, or the need to repeat multiple exercises), then the
TRI (SFI / TRI) shall:
(a) Notify the outstanding deficiencies to the Chief of Training/

Officer Simulator planning/CMS by the fastest means available so
that arrangements can be made to remove the concerned pilot from
flying duties until further notice;
(b) Submit report detailing the reasons for the unsatisfactory

assessment, together with recommendations for the scope and
contents of the additional training. The report shall be sent through
e-mail and submitted with the Trainers Report (T3A);
(c) If a substantial deficiency in the trainee's performance is detected,

then the Instructor (SFI / TRI) may consider to raise a confidential
report. In such case, Instructor (SFI / TRI) shall note in the training
form that confidential report has been raised.
D 1.0.14.6 ADDITIONAL TRAINING: The Deputy Chief of Training/

Manager Training Administration/CMS in the event of assignment of extra
training to a trainee shall ensure that;
PAGE D1C0- 55
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) The pilot is immediately suspended from line flying duties;
(b) Deputy Chief of Training should discuss the content of the report
with the Trainer for further clarification or information; and
(c) Interview the pilot to know the reason of not able to achieve the
standards.
D 1.0.14.6.1 Based on the overall assessment of the case, the Chief of

Training should consider the following additional training session:
(a) Single Additional Training Session :
(i) If only a single additional training session is judged to be

sufficient to rectify all deficiencies and to complete the
programme, provided that the trainee(s) Confidential Report
does not have a record that indicates an established pattern
of non-recommendations and/or check failures, then the
IR/PPC session scheduled for the following day may be
changed to a training session.
(ii) In the event that only one trainee of a pair is not
recommended for an IR/PPC, then the other crew member
may be utilised as a stand-in for the additional training
session. Under no circumstances shall a pilot who is not
recommended for an IR/PPC be utilised as a stand-in for
such a check.
(iii) If two pilots were not recommended for check, then they
may undergo training together provided both were
recommended for only one additional session.
(iv) The Instructor (SFI / TRI) shall summarise the details on the
appropriate form, together with the reasons for non-
recommendation and the exercises that must be completed
and/or that require additional training.
(v) If the Instructor (SFI / TRI) originally scheduled for the
check is to be used as the TRI for the additional training
session, then he must be advised of this change. Both pilot
and the TRI conducting the additional training shall be
briefed on the contents and receive a printed copy of the
programme. The Training Department should provide pilot
with the copy of counseling form detailing the reasons for
PAGE D1C0- 56
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
the additional training, and the requirement to attain the

necessary proficiency after completion of the assigned
training. A new form shall be completed for the additional
training session.
(vi) Provided that both pilots have received a recommendation
for an IR / PPC after the additional training session is
completed, a new check session shall be arranged for both of
them as soon as possible (but no later than 14 days after the
additional training session).
(vii) If the overall assessment of the pilot is still unsatisfactory
after completion of the additional training, then further
actions shall be determined subject to the Training Review
Board decision.
(b) Substantial Additional Training Sessions :
(i) If substantial additional training (i.e. more than 1 session) is

recommended to be necessary to rectify all deficiencies
and/or to complete the programme, or the trainee report has
a record that indicates an established pattern of non-
recommendations and/or check failures, then the pilot(s)
shall be suspended from the line duties until the appropriate
investigation of the circumstances is completed.
(ii) The Trainer shall summarise the details on the appropriate
form. In addition a Report must be submitted together with
the reasons for non-recommendation.
(iii) The Chief of Training shall interview the pilot, and provide
additional training as appropriate to the circumstances of the
failure, unless a further action is required from the Training
Review Board. This training shall be tailored to address
those deficiencies identified in the relevant reports.
(iv) Both pilots and the Instructor conducting the additional
training shall be briefed on the contents and receive a
printed copy of the programme. A new form shall be
completed for the additional training session.
(v) If the overall assessment of the pilot progress is still
unsatisfactory after completion of the additional training,
then further actions will be determined subject to the
Training Review Board decision.
PAGE D1C0- 57
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.14.7 RECURRENT PROFICIENCY CHECKS
D 1.0.14.7.1 Considerations for Failure/Incomplete Check:
A proficiency check is failed when a pilot is unable to successfully perform

all exercises to the required standard.
The pilot must not exercise the privileges of his license until successfully
passes the failed check.
D 1.0.14.7.2 A proficiency check may be declared “INCOMPLETE” by the

conducting DE, if the syllabus is not completed due to loss of time arising
from simulator being unserviceable. A new check shall be scheduled at the
earliest to carry out the incomplete syllabus.
D 1.0.14.7.3 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE
In case of proficiency check failure, the Designated Examiner shall notify

the Chief of Training/Deputy Chief of Training through the fastest available
means, so that arrangements can be made to remove the concerned pilot
from flying duties until further notice. Designated Examiner shall ensure
that a full report is sent to the Deputy Chief of Training/ Training
Department describing the reason for failed check through e-mail.
D 1.0.14.7.4 CORRECTIVE TRAINING
D 1.0.14.7.4.1 Upon receipt of report, the Chief of Training shall ensure

that:
(a) The pilot is immediately suspended from line flying duties;
(b) Discuss the content of the report with the Trainer if required for
further clarification or information; and
(c) Interview/counsel the concerned pilot/s to ascertain the reason of

failure and further course of action.
D 1.0.14.7.4.2 Based on the overall assessment of the case, the Chief of

Training should consider the following:
PAGE D1C0- 58
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) Provide appropriate corrective training to address the deficiencies

leading to the failure. The training should be tailored to address
those deficiencies or if applicable /assessed to repeat the training
session.
(b) Both pilots and the TRI/SFI conducting the corrective training
should be briefed on the contents and receive a printed copy of the
programme. A new form shall be completed for the corrective
training session;
(c) If the pilot progress is still unsatisfactory after proving corrective

training, then the case shall be referred to Training Review Board
decision for further actions.
PAGE D1C0- 59
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.0.14.8 FLOW CHART FOR RECURRENT TRAINING AND

CHECKING FAILURE POLICY:
Recurrent
Training
Released Proficiency
for YES YES
Check Line Duties
Proficiency Completed
Check
NO NO
Corrective
Additional Training
Training
Line Duties
YES
Released Proficiency Released

YES YES
for Check for
Proficiency Completed Proficiency
Check Check
NO NO NO
TRAINING DISRUPTION REVIEW
D 1.0.15 TRAINING DISRUPTION REVIEW:
D 1.0.15.1 A Training Disruption Review is the first step in the remediation

process that is required in response to training progress and performance
problems, including a failed Skill Test, Pilot Proficiency Check (PPC),
PAGE D1C0- 60
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
inadequacy to meet phase completion objectives after receiving additional

training, or for any other issued deemed fit by the Training Delivery office.
A Training Disruption Review is normally conducted by the Deputy Chief
of Training.
D 1.0.15.2 A Training Disruption Review shall consist of the following

activities:
(a) A review of the verbal/written/e-mail reports submitted by the

conducting Trainer, who shall also be interviewed if further
information or clarification is required;
(b) A review of the concerned pilot's training records, to establish

whether any patterns or trends in proficiency problems are
apparent;
(c) Counseling/interview with the concerned pilot, to be carried out to

ascertain deficiencies and further corrective training on the reported
proficiency shortfalls. This may be done via video conference or
any other means of remote communication;
(d) Pilots may be subjected to multiple training disruption reviews

unless it is necessary to refer the pilot to a Training Review Board
(see Para 2.9.6), the Training Disruption Review shall ensure that
training session repeat or additional / remedial / corrective Training
Programme as applicable is developed for the pilot, tailored
specifically (if required) to address the proficiency issues identified
during the Review
(e) Fully brief both the pilot, and the Trainer(s) conducting the
additional training, on the contents and requirements of the
training,
(f) The Deputy Chief of Training shall also ensure that the concerned
pilot is informed specifying the reasons for the conduct of the
Additional Training Protocol, the contents of the program, and the
requirement for the necessary proficiency to be re-established
within the training time allocated for this purpose.
PAGE D1C0- 61
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(g) Copies of all documentation and correspondence related to the

remediation actions shall be included in the training records of the
concerned pilot, and copied to Chief of Operations.
(h) Following any two Training Disruption Reviews in any one

training phase and/or check, the matter will be referred to the
Training Review Board.
(i) A Training Disruption Review is primarily concerned with

ensuring that the best interests of the individual trainee pilot are
served, and that the assigned remediation (the Additional Training
Programme) shall return the pilot to an acceptable level of
proficiency at the earliest opportunity.
D 1.0.15.3 NOTE: During Training Disruption Review, Deputy Chief of

Training can refer the case to the Training Review Board at any stage.
D 1.0.16TRAINING REVIEW BOARD:
D 1.0.16.1 The Training Review Board will be convened whenever required

by the policies and procedures specified in this manual to discuss significant
irresolvable flight crew training performance related issues/ deficiencies, as
identified during the conduct of a Training Disruption Review, or any other
issue deemed fit by management.
D 1.0.16.2 A Training Review Board shall be chaired by the Chief of

Training or his nominated training management representative along with
Chief Advisor Training and Deputy Chief of Training. Officer from
Personnel Department will be invited if possibility of suspension/
termination of training is expected.
D 1.0.16.3 The Training Review Board is required to investigate and review

all of the records, reports and circumstances applicable to each case,
including the interview (if deemed necessary) of the concerned TRIs and/or
Designated Examiners. The Board shall also interview the pilot, to obtain
his perspective and views on the reported proficiency shortfalls.
D 1.0.16.4 A Training Review Board shall decide upon one of the following
options, as considered appropriate to the best interests of both the pilot and
the Company, given the particular circumstances of each case:
PAGE D1C0- 62
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) Assignment of further Additional Training;
(b) Termination of Training and referral to HR.
D 1.0.16.5 The outcome of the Training Review Board, including a

summary of the decisions and recommendations, shall be recorded in a
written report. A copy of the report, together with copies of all other
documentation and correspondence related to the remediation actions, shall
be retained on the personal training records of the concerned pilot.
D 1.0.16.6 The outcome report of each Training Review Board shall be

copied to the concerned pilot.
D 1.0.17APPEAL PROCEDURE:
D 1.0.17.1 Any appeal against the decision of a Training Review Board

must be made with supporting reasons, in writing within 7 days to the Chief
of Training, who will review the circumstances of the unsatisfactory
performance and recommendations of the Training Review Board. The
Deputy Chief of Training will inform the appellant of the result of the
appeal in writing. A copy of this letter will be placed in the appellant’s files.
D 1.0.17.2 In cases where the Training Review Board’s recommendation is

for termination of training, the Chief of Training will consult the Chief
advisor Training and Human Resources Department as part of the appeal
process. The Human Resources Department will inform the appellant of the
result of the appeal in writing. A copy of this letter will be placed in the
appellant’s files.
D 1.0.18TRAINEE’S GRIEVANCES:
D 1.0.18.1 Any complaints or issues occurred during training or check event

should be reported by the Trainee in writing, to the Chief of Training.
D 1.0.18.2 The complaint, with the supporting reasons, shall be received not
later than 7 days from the training event and will not be accepted after this
period.
D 1.0.18.3 The Chief of Training will consult the appeal with the Chief
Advisor Training and request a written report from the Trainer involved.
The Chief of Training will decide if an individual meeting with the parties
PAGE D1C0- 63
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
would be necessary and coordinate the actions with the Deputy Chief of
Training.
D 1.0.18.4 After the investigation conclusion, the Deputy Chief of Training

will inform the Trainee and the Trainer involved in writing with the next
course of action. All the process should be filed as follows:
(a) The written report from the trainee and Trainer with the conclusion
will be placed in respective trainee’s file.
(b) The written report from the trainee, the Trainer and the conclusion
will be placed in the Trainer’s file.
(c) It is important to note that regardless of the process result, a given

overall grade should not be changed. Any exceptional
circumstances for the rule above should be described by the Chief
of Training in the conclusion report.
(d) In case DE assessment is found questionable, prior to taking action

for a check, operator will contact FSD with full details of appeal
and procedures followed. Further action on appeal in this case will
be decided by FSD.
D 1.0.19 UTILIZATION OF PILOTS WHO ARE DECLARED FIT

AFTER BEING GROUNDED DUE MEDICAL REASONS:
Reproduced below are the salient points of Flight Crew Licensing Circular 1
of 2015:
(a) Airlines may commence ground training and simulator training

(including IR and PPC) of their pilots who were earlier declared
‘Temporarily Medically Unfit’ and subsequently became
‘Medically Fit’ after clearing Class I medical examination.
(b) The actual flying of such pilots shall commence only after the
medical assessment is issued by the DGCA.
(c) The training undergone by the pilots as at Para (a) above shall not
be considered valid if the medical assessment issued by the DGCA
subsequently is found not meeting the prescribed standards.
(d) Pilot license renewals/endorsements will subsequently be

considered based on CA-35 certificate issued by the Air Force
PAGE D1C0- 64
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Medical Centers / Class I empanelled doctors subject to the

condition that in case of any discrepancy observed in the CA-35
certificate, severe action shall be taken by the DGCA against the
concerned pilot.
D 1.0.20 SPECIAL FLIGHTS:
(a) For Special Extra Section Flights, all the crew will be given
necessary Briefing/Simulator Training as considered necessary. All
the Flight Crew & Cabin Crew will also be given a SEP Refresher
prior to the operation of Special Extra Section Flight.
(b) Whenever Wet-lease operations are undertaken, the D.G.C.A.

requires that the flight crew of the wet-lease Operator should be
given a thorough briefing on Alliance Air’s standard operating
procedures and policies as outlined in Operations Manual such as
FDTL, Fuel policy etc.
D 1.0.21TRAINING REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Alliance Air Operations Manual

Flight Crew Operations Manual (FCOM) / Flight
Planning & Performance Manual (FPPM)
Quick Reference Hand book (QRH)
Flight Crew Training Manual

RTO/LW Charts – Training Purposes / OPT
Normal Checklist
Standard Operating Procedures
Safety & Emergency Procedures Manual
Flight Safety Manual
Cockpit Panel Diagrams
Airport Charts
Technical Circulars
PAGE D1C0- 65
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
PAGE D1C0- 66
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
Issue-VII Rev.0 10 Jul 2020
TRAINING PROGRAM
CHAPTER 1 – CONVERSION TRAINING
D 1.1.1 CONVERSION TRAINING AND CHECKING:
D1.1.1.1 Alliance Air ensures that following provisions of CAR Section 8,

Series “F”, Part II, Issue I are complied with in the conduct of Conversion
Training:
D1.1.1.2A flight crew member completes a Type Rating course which

satisfies the requirements applicable to the issue of licence/rating when
changing from one type of aeroplane to another type for which a new type
rating is required.;
D1.1.1.3 A flight crew member completes Company’s Conversion course

before commencing unsupervised line flying;
(a) When changing to an aeroplane for which a new type or class rating
is required; or
(b) When joining from another Operator;
D1.1.1.4 Conversion training is conducted by suitably qualified personnel in

accordance with a detailed course syllabus included in the Operations
Manual. Alliance Air shall ensure that the personnel integrating elements of
CRM into conversion training are suitably qualified;
D1.1.1.5 The amount of training required during the Company’s conversion

course is determined after due note has been taken of the flight crew
member’s previous training as recorded in his/her training records;
D1.1.1.6 The minimum standards of qualification and experience required of

flight crew members before undertaking conversion training are specified in
this manual.
D1.1.1.7 Each flight crew member undergoes PPC and SEP training and
checks before commencing supervised line flying (SLF);
D1.1.1.8 Upon completion of SLF, line route check is combined with

operator’s line release route check;
PAGE D1C1 - 67
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.1.9Once the aeroplane/FFS (full flight simulator) training phase of an

operator’s conversion course has been commenced, a flight crew member
shall not undertake flying duties on another type or class, except if authorized
to fly more than one type of aeroplane. And
D1.1.1.10Elements of CRM training are integrated into the conversion

course.
D1.1.1.11 In the case of changing aeroplane type, the pilot’s proficiency

check is combined with the type rating skill test.
D1.1.1.12The Conversion course and the Type Rating course can be

combined.
D1.1.1.13 A pilot, undertaking a base training or zero flight time training

(ZFTT) course, shall:
(a) Complete 6 take-offs and landings in an aircraft/ ZFTT simulator

session within 45 days of the skill test and commence SLF thereafter
as soon as possible but within two months of the skill test. If SLF
has not been commenced within two months of the skill test,
Alliance Air shall provide an additional ZFTT simulator session of 6
take-offs and landings prior to commencing SLF. For any
subsequent gap in commencing SLF after the additional simulator
session, Alliance Air shall ensure that the pilot has completed 3 take-
offs and landings in an aircraft or a ZFTT simulator session in the
previous 30 days prior to commencing SLF.
(b) Undergo minimum training and checks as stipulated in CAR Section

7 Series ‘B’, Part XIX.
D1.1.1.13.1 NOTE: However the company stipulations are higher than the
minimum training and checking requirements which are outlined in the
training programmes (tables mentioned in this chapter) with respect to the
qualification of the trainee.
PAGE D1C1 - 68
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.2.1 INDUCTION TRAINING (NATIONAL PILOTS)
SUBJECT DURATION
COMPANY OPERATION MANUAL
FDTL
FUEL POLICY
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 16:00
UPSET RECOVERY
WIND SHEAR AVOIDANCE & RECOVERY
CFTI/TCAS/ACAS
DIFFERENCES COURSE / REFRESHER / AS
ENDORSEMENT TRAINING APPLICABLE
CFP & FLIGHT RELEASE AND DISPATCH
01:00
FUNCTIONS
FLIGHT SAFETY & SMS 02:00
MEL 01:00
SEP 02:00
FIRST AID TRAINING 02:00
24:00+(as
TOTAL
required)
SPECIAL OPERATIONS
PBN & ADS-B 04:00
LVTO 04:00
EVALUATION
D1.1.2.2 INDUCTION OF FOREGIN PILOTS (AIC 02/2007)
SUBJECT DURATION
INDIAN ATC REGULATION & PROCEDURES 02:00
COMPANY OPERATION MANUAL
FDTL
FUEL POLICY
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 14:00
UPSET RECOVERY
WIND SHEAR AVOIDANCE & RECOVERY
CFTI/TCAS/ACAS
DIFFERENCES COURSE / REFRESHER / AS
ENDORSEMENT TRAINING APPLICABLE
CFP & FLIGHT RELEASE AND DISPATCH
01:00
FUNCTIONS
PAGE D1C1 - 69
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
FLIGHT SAFETY & SMS 02:00

MEL 01:00
SEP 02:00
FIRST AID TRAINING 02:00
24:00+(as
TOTAL
required)
SPECIAL OPERATIONS
PBN & ADS-B 04:00
LVTO 04:00
EVALUATION
D1.1.2.2 STIPULATIONS FOR COMMAND UPGRADE: -A pilot with

current and valid ATPL will be upgraded as a PIC, after acquiring at least
1000 hrs of total flying experience on 72-600 aircraft as a Co-pilotand
meeting the seniority criteria.Eligible Trainees for initial command will be
subjected to Pre Command Assessment Checks (PCAC) followed by PIC
Viva:
D1.1.2.2.1One Pre-Command Assessment Simulator /Route Check from RHS

on a company stipulated format by a TRI / LTC.
D1.1.2.2.2 PIC Viva conducted by a board comprising the following:
(a) Chief of Training

(b) Chief of Operations / Chief Training Advisor,
(c) Chief Ground Instructor or his Nominee
D1.1.2.2.2.1NOTE: Pilots undergoing VIVA need to be prepared on the

following topics when they appear for the PIC Viva:
(a) Jeppesen
(b) AOM
(c) General Technical & Performance
(d) Changes in the Last One Year in FCOM, FCTM,FCOM bulletin,

FOTB, QRH, Regulations, OEBs, Circulars, Blue bulletins and
Operations Manual.
PAGE D1C1 - 70
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(e) Relevant DGCA CARs
D1.1.2.2.2.2 Pilots undergoing VIVA may refer to their books or IPAD

except for topics like General Performance and Memory Items
D1.1.2.2.3 Pre command assessment route check shall be carried out on the
aircraft with the TRI/LTC. Alternately the trainee may be taken up for Pre-
Command Assessment on a Simulator by TRI/SFI. The duration of simulator
Check shall be minimum of 01:30 hrs. The Pre-Command Simulator check is
carried out to tests the trainee's ability in decision making, CRM skills,
Cognitive skills adhering to the procedures and aircraft handling.
D1.1.2.2.4On successful completion of the above, the trainee will undergo the
PIC upgrade training. Refer to the failure policy in case of any unsuccessful
events during the pre-command assessment phase.
D1.1.3 OPERATOR’S CONVERSION COURSE
D1.1.3.1Alliance Air operator’s conversion course shall include:
(a) Ground training and checking including aeroplane systems, technical

and performance topics, normal, abnormal and emergency
procedures;
(b) Safety and emergency procedures training and checking which must
be completed before aeroplane training commences;
(c) Aeroplane/flight simulator training and checking; and
(d) SLF and operator’s line release route check.
D1.1.3.2 The conversion course shall be conducted in the order set out in
paragraph 1 above.
D1.1.3.3 Elements of crew resource management shall be integrated into the

conversion course, and conducted by suitably qualified personnel.
D1.1.3.4 When a flight crew member has not previously completed an

operator’s conversion course, Alliance Air shall ensure that in addition to
Para 1 above, the flight crew member undergoes general first aid training
PAGE D1C1 - 71
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(duration at least 2 hrs) and, if applicable, ditching procedures training using

the equipment in water.
D1.1.3.5 A pilot requiring Type Rating shall undergo syllabus for PIC/Co-
pilot endorsement which includes as a minimum;
(a) Complete type rating profilewhich are in compliance with CAR

Section 7, Series B, Part XIX.
(b) Skill Test (CA40) Day and Night with a minimum duration of 2
hrs as PF each when conducted on the simulator or on the aeroplane.
Skill Test (CA40) [Day or Night] maybe combined with IR/PPC
(CA-41).
(c) Base training on the aircraft or ZFTT simulator session consisting

of 6 takeoffs and landings;
D1.1.3.8.1NOTE:ZFTT Simulator session may be done prior to Skill Tests

for Commanders/ First Officers on ATR Family.
D1.1.3.9 PIC LINE TRAINING AND CHECKS:
(a) Route Check for release to undergo SLF.
(b) SLF for co-pilots upgrading to PICs on the same aeroplane,

consisting of at least 75 hours from LHS is required.
(c) For pilots without minimum 100 hours co-pilot experience on the
aeroplane type, SLF of at least 100 hours from the LHS is required.
(d) Completion of SLF above shall be followed by 10 consecutive

satisfactory PIC route checks of which not less than five shall be by
night under the supervision of a Designated Examiner (DE),
performing the duties and functions of a PIC.
D1.1.3.9.1 NOTE 1:Route check by night shall require approach and landing
by Night
D1.1.3.9.2NOTE 2:The PIC Trainee should not be rostered for any normal
flight / SLF once the PIC Route Checks have commenced.
PAGE D1C1 - 72
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(e) Once the license is endorsed as PIC, operator’s line release check is
combined with line route check (2 sectors).
D1.1.3.10CO-PILOT LINE TRAINING AND CHECKS.
(a) Route check for release to undergo SLF.
(b) Conduct SLF in the aeroplane under the supervision of LTC /

TRI(A/S) occupying LHS and complete a minimum of;
(i) 30 sectors SLF if flying experience is less than 1000 hours on

commercial transport aeroplanes.
(ii) 15 sectors SLF if flying experience is more than 1000 hours
on commercial transport aeroplanes.
(iii) Alliance Air specifiesa minimum of50 % sectors above to be
performed as PM depending on the experience level and type
of operations.
(c) Operator’s line release route check is combined with line route
check.
D1.1.3.10.1 NOTE:However the company stipulations may be higher

than the minimum training and checking requirements which are
outlined in the training programmes (tables mentioned in this chapter)
with respect to the qualification of the trainee.
TYPES OF CONVERSION /ENDORSEMENT TRAINING

COURSES (ATRP)
PRESENT CONVERTING COURSE TO BE

A/C TYPE TO CONDUCTED
ATR ANY VARIENT ATR 72-600 DIFFERENCES TRG
ANY TURBO PROP ATR 72-600 ENDORSEMENT TRG
ANY TURBO JET ATR 72-600 ENDORSEMENT TRG
D1.1.4 DIFFERENCES TRAINING AND FAMILIARISATION

TRAINING:
PAGE D1C1 - 73
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) While training the flight crew, Alliance Air ensures that the crew
complete the following:
(i) Differences training which requires additional knowledge and

training on an appropriate training device for the aeroplane:
(ii) Familiarization training which requires the acquisition of
additional knowledge.
(b) Details of the training is specified in this Manual.
D1.1.4.1 NORMAL, ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

TRAINING:
Each System / Performance & Technical topic as mentioned in this Chapter
includes normal, abnormal and emergency procedures.
D1.1.5 PIC UPGRADE:
(a) The provisions of the CAR Section 8, Series “F”, Part II, Issue I,
with regard to Command Conversion Training will be followed by
the Company.
(i) It will be ensured that for upgrade to PIC (commander) from

co-pilot and for those joining as PICs, a minimum level of
experience, acceptable to the DGCA, is specified in Section-1
Chapter-0 of this manual and
(ii) For multi-crew operations, the pilot completes an appropriate

command course.
(b) The command course required as per CAR Section 8, Series “F”,
Part II, Issue I is specified herein and includes the following:
(i) Extended ground recurrent training;

(ii) PIC’s legal/regulatory responsibilities;
(iii) Minimum training and checks
(iv) Elements of Crew Resource Management.
D1.1.6 ENDORSEMENT TYPE TRAINING:

PAGE D1C1 - 74
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.6.1 All Pilots joining Alliance Air will report to the Operations
Department to complete all admin formalities. Thereafter, the Pilots will be
advised to report at Alliance Bhavan, New Delhi.
D1.1.6.2 Training will be planned for a maximum number of 25 Pilots in a

class
D1.1.6.3 Ab-initio Trainee Pilots / Pilots inducted from another operator are
subjected to Company familiarization and orientation course as
INDUCTION COURSE
D1.1.6.4 Upon completion of the above, further training would be conducted

by the Operations Technical / Performance Training Instructors and Subject
Matter Experts.
D1.1.7 GROUND TRAINING PROGRAMMES (CONTENTS):-
D1.1.7.1 BASIC ORIENTATION GROUND TRAINING

PROGRAMME (AB-INITIO PILOTS):
Sr.
Topic Duration
No
Technical
1 Theory of Flight 2 hours
2 Aircraft Structure, Doors, Emergency Exits. 1 hour
Hydraulics, Landing Gear, Flight Controls,

3 1.5 hours
Electrical,
Fuel, power Plant, Fire Protection,
4 Pneumatics, Air Conditioning, 2 hours
Pressurization, Anti-ice and Rain protection,
5 FMS, IRS, Nav, Communication, Wx Radar, 2 hours
6 JOT 8 hours
7 Review 1 hour
PAGE D1C1 - 75
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Total 17.5 hours
Performance
Introduction &Definition:-
(Aircraft Performance / Gross & Net
1.5 hours
Performance / Declared Distances /
Associated Speeds)
Takeoff Performances:-
(Minimum Speeds / Takeoff Speeds / Effects
8 1.5 hours
of Flaps / MTOW / RTOW/ Associated
Terminologies)
Landing Performance:-
(Landing Distance Required / MLW
9 Calculation / Go Around Performance Tables 1.5 hours
/ Vref / Vapp Concept / Landing Distance in-
flight
En-route
(Maximum Altitude / Max recommended and
10 Optimum Altitude / Effect of Bleeds, 1.5 hours
Temperature on fuel consumption / Standard
Obstacle strategy / Gross Ceiling )
11 JOT 4 hours
One Engine Inoperative Performance / Drift

12 Down / Factors affecting the Fuel 2.5 hours
Consumption and Time & Review
Total 12.5 hours
# MCC 12 HRS IS REQUIRED FOR CPL HOLDERS DOING

ENDORSEMENT TRAINING.
PAGE D1C1 - 76
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.7.2 ATR 72-600 ENDORSEMENT GROUND TRAINING
Technical Module
Topic Duration
Aircraft general 01:00
Integrated Systems 02:00
Flight Warning System & EFIS 03:00
Electrical System 06:00
Pneumatic ,Air Conditioning , Pressurization & 08:00
Ventilation
Hydraulics 02:00
Landing gear 02:00
Flight controls 05:00
Fuel Systems 02:00
Power plant 10:00
Fire protection 02:00
Flight Instruments 08:00
Navigation instruments 05:00
AFCS 09:00
Communication 01:00
Ice & Rain protection 04:00
Oxygen System 01:00
Emergency Equipments 01:30
FMS 08:00
Performance modules
Topics Duration
Performance Limitations 01:00
Take Off Performance 09:00
Flight planning 05:00
In Flight performance ( Climb Cruise Descend),Enroute 05:00
Approach Climb 02:00
One Engine In Operative Procedures 02:00
Special Operations ,AOM 03:00
Landing Performance 05:00
ATO EXAM 08:00
Total Ground training 120:30
* Duration of training is 8 hours per day.
PAGE D1C1 - 77
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.1.7.3 INITIAL PIC COMMAND UPGRADE (FIRST OFFICER PIC

UPGRADE ON SAME TYPE) GROUND TRAINING PROGRAMME
(TOTAL: 40 HRS):
Duration
Day Topic
(Hrs.)
De-Icing/Anti-Icing 1
LVO (general including LVTO) 1
LVO (CAT II) 1.5
1
PBN / RNP APCH 2
Adverse weather (including monsoon) 1
Evaluation 1.5
SMS and Accident/incident review 2
CRM 2
2
SEP 1
Aeroplane technical (systems) 3
3 Changes in Regulations 0.5
Changes in Operations Manual 0.5
Aeroplane specific performance (with briefing
6
on De-rated Take Off and other)
4 Adverse weather (including monsoon) 0.5
Aeroplane technical (systems) 1.5
Aeroplane technical (systems) 0.5
Aeroplane specific performance 2
5 PIC legal responsibilities, national and
international conventions pertaining to PIC 4
authority and PIC duties/responsibilities
Evaluation 1.5
D 1.1.7.3.1 NOTE:Type Rating / Recurrent / Refresher / Extended Refresher

Ground Training Courses are conducted in Classroom Lectures, as required.
The facilities of parent company Air India will be utilised for CRM DGR and
AVSEC courses.
PAGE D1C1 - 78
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.7.4 SPECIAL OPS. GROUND TRAINING (POST ATO EXAM)

MODULE:
Initial Ground Training

Sr.
Topic Duration in Hours
No.
Technical Performance
2 PBN (including PRM) - 2+1
3 CAT II 1 1
Adverse Weather / Monsoon
4 - 1
Operations
5 LVTO 1 0.5
Cold WxOps / De-icing / Anti-
6 - 1
Icing
7 CFIT/T2CAS - 1.5
8 CDFA - 1
PAGE D1C1 - 79
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.1.8 TABULATION OF VARIOUS TYPES OF TRAINING

REQUIREMENTS BASED ON EXPERIENCE AND ENDORSEMENT
HELD DURING INDUCTION:
D 1.1.8.1 ATR 72-600AB-INITIO CO-PILOT TYPE RATING (INITIAL

ENDORSEMENT TRAINING):
a) INDUCTION TRAINING 24.0 Hrs
Basic Orientation Training Technical 17.5 Hrs
b) Performance 12.5 Hrs
Technical Endorsement Training Technical 80.5Hrs
(includes Simulator visits)
c) Performance 32Hrs
d) ATRP / DGCA Exam
e) Special Operations Module 5 Days
f) AVSEC Course 40 Hrs (6 Days)
g) Initial DGR 8 Hrs (1 Day)
h) Initial CRM 16 Hrs (2 Days)
i) First Aid Course 2 Hrs
Fire-Smoke Drill / Wet Drill / Door
k) 1 Day
Operation (
l) SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Type of Training PF PM Total
Sessions
ELT( On FFT if Required) 5 10Hrs 10Hrs 20 Hrs
MCC 3 6 Hrs 6 Hrs 12` Hrs
16
FFS 8 16Hrs 32Hrs
Hrs
LOFT 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
Skill Test [CA40(Day)] 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
IR / PPC (CA 41) + Skill
1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
Test [CA 40 (Night)]
LVTO Training +
01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
Evaluation
Adverse Weather Training
01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
Obtains type Rating From DGCA as Send papers for Endorsement
m)
P2.on ATR 72-600
30 Hrs or 20 Sectors (whichever is
n) SNY Flying
earlier)
Base Training on Aircraft / ZFTT on
o) 6 Takeoffs and Landings
Simulator (as applicable)
1 Sector with TRI/LTC (with
p) SLF Release Route Check
Safety Pilot on board)
PAGE D1C1 - 80
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Flying
Experience
30 Sectors, with
Less than 1000
LTC/TRI (Min
Hrs on
15 Sectors as
Commercial
PF)
Transport
Aeroplanes
SLF
q) Flying
Experience
15 Sectors
More than 1000
WITH
Hrs on
LTC/TRI (Min
Commercial
8 Sectors as PF)
Transport
Aeroplanes
2 Sectors (1 Sector PM & 1 Sector
PF) by TRI / LTC.
r) Operator’s Line Release Route Check
This release Route Checks will
count as his/her first Annual Line
Route Check
D1.1.8.2 TRAINING FOR CO-PILOTS POSSESSING ATR 72-600:
Case A –Pilots with Less than 1000 Hrs of Experience on Type

Case B –Pilots with More than 1000 Hrs of Experience on Type
a) INDUCTION COURSE 24.0 Hrs

ATR 72-600 Refresher (including Technical 20.5 Hrs
b)
Company SOPs) Performance 19.5 Hrs
c) AVSEC Course 40 Hrs (6 Days)
d) Initial DGR 8 Hrs (1 Day)
e) Initial CRM 16 Hrs (2 Days)
f) First Aid Course 2 Hrs
Fire-Smoke Drill/Wet Drill/Door
g) 1 Day
Operation (As Applicable)
SIMULATOR TRAINING – Ist Session of FFS Session covers Company SOPs
No. of
Sessions
h) Non Flying Period
Not Flown upto 6 Months 1 2Hrs 2Hrs 4Hrs
Not flown more than 6
2 4Hrs 4Hrs 8Hrs
months but less than 12
PAGE D1C1 - 81
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
months
months but less than 24 4 8Hrs 8 Hrs 16Hrs
months period
months but less than 36 6 12Hrs 12Hrs 24Hrs
months period
i) IR / PPC (CA 41) (If Due) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training + 02
j) 01 - 02 Hrs
Evaluation Hrs
Adverse Weather Training + 02
k) 01 - 02 Hrs
Evaluation Hrs
Obtains Rating From DGCA ( Case to Send papers for ATR 72-600
l)
Case Basis ) Endorsement/ FATA
SNY Flying on 72-600 family 20 Hrs or 10 Sectors whichever is earlier
m)
(N/A FOR FATA CANDIDATES)
n) 6 Takeoffs and Landings
Simulator (As Applicable)
o) SLF Release Route Check 1 Sector with TRI/LTC
30 Sectors, with
Flying Exp Less
LTC/ TRI (Min
than 1000 Hrs
15 Sectors as PF)
p) SLF 15 Sectors Hrs
Flying Exp
with LTC/ TRI
More than 1000
(Min 8 Sectors
Hrs
as PF)
PF) by TRI.
q) Operator’s Line Release Route Check This release Route Checks will
Route Check
D1.1.8.2.1TRAINING FOR COMMANDERS POSSESSING ATR 72-

600:
Case A –Pilots with Less than 1000 Hrs of Experience on Type
Case B –Pilots with More than 1000 Hrs of Experience on Type
Case C- Expats with lapse in flying on ATR 72-600
a) INDUCTION COURSE 24.0 Hrs
ATR 72-600 Refresher (including Technical 20.5 Hrs
b)
Company SOPs) Performance 19.5 Hrs
c) AVSEC Course 40 Hrs (6 Days)
d) Initial DGR 8 Hrs (1 Day)
PAGE D1C1 - 82
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
e) Initial CRM 16 Hrs (2 Days)

f) First Aid Course 2 Hrs
g) 1 Day
SIMULATOR TRAINING – Ist Session of FFS Session covers Company SOPs
No. of
h) Type of Training PF PM Total
Sessions
Non Flying Period
Not Flown upto 6 Months 1 2 Hrs 2 Hrs 4 Hrs
months but less than 12 2 4 Hrs 4 Hrs 8 Hrs
months
months but less than 24 4 8 Hrs 8 Hrs 16 Hrs
months period
12 12
months but less than 36 6 24 Hrs
Hrs Hrs
months period
i) IR / PPC (CA 41) (If Due) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
02 :30
j) Evaluation + RHS TRG & 01 - 02:300Hrs
Hrs
CHK
Adverse Weather Training + 02
k) 01 - 02 Hrs
Evaluation Hrs
Obtains Rating From DGCA ( Case to Send papers for ATR 72-600
l)
Case Basis ) Endorsement/ FATA
20 Hrs or 10 Sectors whichever is earlier
SNY Flying on 72-600 family
m)
(N/A FOR FATA CANDIDATES)
n) 6 Takeoffs and Landings
o) SLF Release Route Check 1 Sector with TRI/LTC
Flying Exp Less 30 Sectors, with
than 1000 Hrs LTC/ TRI
Flying Exp 15 Sectors with
p) SLF More than 1000 LTC/ TRI
Hrs
06 sectors with
FATA
LTC/TRI
PF) by TRI.
q) Operator’s Line Release Route Check This release Route Checks will
Route Check
PAGE D1C1 - 83
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.8.3 INITIAL COMMAND (FIRST OFFICER TO PIC UPGRADE)

TRAINING COURSE (INTERNAL CANDIDATE)
Technical,
18.5 Hrs
PIC Extended Refresher [Para SEP, Spl Ops
a)
1.1.1(a) sub-para (vii)(6)] Performance, 21.5 Hrs
Spl Ops
b) AVSEC Course (As Applicable) 2 Days
c) DGR (As Applicable) 8 Hrs (1 Day)
d) 1 Day
e) SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
FFS 8 16Hrs 16Hrs 32Hrs
1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
Evaluation + RHS 01 2:30Hr - 2:30Hrs
Trg&Chk
Adverse Weather
01 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
Training + Evaluation
f) ZFTT Session on Simulator 6 Takeoffs and Landings
g) SLF Release Route Check 1 Sector with TRI
75 Hrs with LTC/TRI (whichever is
h) SLF
later)
10 PIC RC by DE of which
i) DGCA PIC Route Checks minimum 5 sectors by night
(including Approach and Landing).
Papers to be sent to DGCA for PIC
j) PIC Endorsement
Endorsement
D1.1.8.4 PIC UPGRADATION / COMMAND CONVERSION(NON

TYPE RATED):
PAGE D1C1 - 84
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
a) INDUCTION TRAINING 24.0 Hrs

Technical Endorsement Training Technical 80.5Hrs
b) (includes Simulator visits)
Performance 32Hrs
[Para 1.1.1(a) sub-para (vii)(2)]
ATRP EXAM
c) Special Operations Module 5 Days
d) AVSEC Course 40 Hrs (6 Days)
e) Initial DGR 8 Hrs (1 Day)
f) Initial CRM 16 Hrs (2 Days)
g) First Aid Course 2 Hrs
Fire-Smoke Drill / Wet Drill / Door
h) 1 Day
Operation
i) PIC Viva
PIC legal responsibilities, national and international
conventions pertaining to PIC authority and PIC 1 Day
duties/responsibilities.
j) SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
FPT 2 4 Hrs 4 Hrs 8 Hrs
FFS 8 16 Hrs 16 Hrs 32 Hrs
1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
Evaluation + RHS 01 2:30Hr - 2:30Hrs
Trg&Chk
Adverse Weather
01 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
Training + Evaluation
ZFTT Session on Simulator 6 Takeoffs and Landings
k) Revalidation of Licenses by DGCA for ATR 72-600 as P2
l) SLF Release Route Check 1 Sector with TRI
m) SLF 100 Hrs with LTC/TRI
10 Sectors by DE of which
n) DGCA PIC Route Checks
minimum 5 sectors by night
Papers to be sent to DGCA for PIC
o) PIC Endorsement
Endorsement
PF) by TRI / LTC.
p) Operator’s Line Release Route Check
PAGE D1C1 - 85
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Route Check
D1.1.8.4.1 NOTE: MCC TRAINING SHALL BE APPLICABLE FOR PILOTS

NOT HAVING COMMERCIAL FLYING EXPERIENCE
D1.1.8.4.2 NOTES:
Note 1: - The training seniority of the ab-initio training pilots

will be as perthe recruitment merit list and date of
joining irrespective of the fleet. However, failures at
any stage of training may lead to loss of seniority.
Note 2:- The Trainee Co-Pilot must ensure that SNY / SLF /
Assessment / Route Check report as applicable is
filled by the Commander for all flights. Copy of
these reports must be submitted at the earliest, on
completion of the flight to the Training Admin
Office. He/she must carry a copy of all previous
SNY / SLF / Assessment / Route Check reports on
all flights, prior to release as a First Officer.
Note 3: - Complete 6 take-offs and landings in a ZFTT

simulator session / Base Training within 45 days of
the skill test and commence SLF thereafter as soon
as possible but within two months of the skill test. If
SLF has not been commenced within two months of
the skill test, Alliance Air shall provide an additional
ZFTT simulator session of 6 take-offs and landings
prior to commencing SLF. For any subsequent gap
in commencing SLF after the additional simulator
session, Alliance Airshall ensure that the pilot has
completed 3 take-offs and landings in a ZFTT
simulator session in the previous 30 days prior to
commencing SLF.
Note 4: - Base Training (A/C Familiarization) can be

completed only after the trainee pilot obtains the
Type Rating from DGCA and irrespective of
completion of Post Simulator SNY Flying.
PAGE D1C1 - 86
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Note 5: - The minimum experience requirements for flight

crew entering a ZFTT course are 500 hours on
turbojet aeroplanes with AUW exceeding 5700 kgs.
Alliance Air does not apply ZFTT training for Ab-

initio Pilots. However, it applies ZFTT in the
Conversion Training / for Sr. Trainee Pilots / PIC
upgradation training (First Officer upgrade and
Captain to Captain).
Note 6: - The PIC Trainee shall not be rostered for any flight
from RHS after successful completion of Skill Test
(D) and (N) Checks irrespective of the validity of IR
/ PPC from RHS (as P2) [Company stipulation].
Note 7: - The DGCA PIC route checks should be programmed

continuously. The PIC Trainee should not be
rostered for any normal flight / SLF once the PIC
Route Checks have commenced.
Note 8:- LOFT session to include Pilot Incapacitation

Training
Note 9:- If ZFTT is not being utilized then Skill Test &
IR/PPC may be conducted on the aircraft. However,
the next IR/PPC must be done on simulator.
Note 10:- LVTO and Adverse Weather training can be done

prior to Skill Tests. Base Training, if done on ZFTT,
may be done prior to Skill Tests.
Note 11:- If the Trainee Ab-initio Co-Pilot is occupying the

RHS during the SLF Release Route Check, a regular
(released) Safety Pilot on type must mandatorily be
available in the cockpit (first observer seat).
The Safety Pilot may be either

a) A First Officer on type (having minimum 500
hours ) OR
b) A Commander on type
PAGE D1C1 - 87
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Note 12:- No Pilot shall fly an aeroplane without endorsement

and rating on such type of aeroplane in their license
Note 13 :- The number of SLF, Line Training and Checks to be

done by LTC / TRI / DE are as follows (DGCA OC
No. 5 of 2017) :
a) A DE may carry out a maximum of four PIC
Route Checks in a Flight Duty Cycle subject to
not more than four landings
b) A Trainee PIC shall not be subjected to more
than two PIC Route Checks in a duty cycle.
c) Trainers shall not carryout Checks / Line
Training / SLF involving more than four
landings in a Flight Duty Cycle.
d) Line Training / SLF for a Trainee shall not
involve more than four landings in a duty cycle.
Note 14: Route check by night shall require approach and

landing by night.
Note 18: LVTO and Adverse Weather Training / Check may

be carried out during Endorsement Training or later
as per requirement. When a natural pair of P1 & P2
is programmed for the said Training / Check, credit
will be given to both P1 and P2 as PF and PM
respectively.
Note 19: Duration of each FBS Training session will be 02

hours. Duration of each FFS Training session, when
conducted during a Type Rating Programme, will be
04 hours (2 hours PF, 2 hours PM). However, when
FFS is conducted during other training programmes
e.g. off-flying, etc, the FFS sessions may be
programmed for 2 hours as PF.
D1.1.8.5DIFFERENCES TRAINING
PAGE D1C1 - 88
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.8.5.1 CASE A ATR 72 (PEC equipped) to ATR (Glass cockpit):The

following modules of ATR 72-500 to ATR 72-600 for Pilots with more than
500 hrs of flying experience or 100 Hrs in last 12 months.
(a) For Co-Pilots
GROND TRAINING DURATION

Technical 24 Hrs
a) Differences Training
Performance 8 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM
Special Operations Module (As
c) Applicable) 5 Days
d) AVSEC Course (As Applicable) 40 Hrs (6 Days)

e) Initial DGR (As Applicable) 8 Hrs (1 Day)
f) Initial CRM (As Applicable) 16 Hrs (2 Days)
g) First Aid Course (As Applicable) 2 Hrs
Fire-Smoke Drill / Slide Drill / Wet
h) 1 Day
Drill / Door Operation(As Applicable)
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
i) FPTD 3 6Hrs 6Hrs 12` Hrs
j) FFS 2 4 Hrs 4Hrs 08 Hrs
k) LOFT 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
l) Skill Test [CA40(Day)] 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
m) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
n) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
Evaluation
o) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
p) Obtains type Rating From DGCA on Send papers for Endorsement
ATR 72-600
q) 6 Takeoffs and Landings
r) SLF Release Route Check 1 Sector with TRI/LTC
10 Sectors with LTC / TRI (Min 8
s) SLF
Sectors as PF)
t) Operator’s Line Release Route Check PF) by TRI / LTC.
PAGE D1C1 - 89
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

Route Check
(b) For Commanders

Technical 24 Hrs
a) Differences Training
Performance 8 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM

h) 1 Day
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
m) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
n) Evaluation + RHS 01 2:30Hr - 2:30Hrs
Trg&Chk
o) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
Obtains type Rating From DGCA on Send papers for Endorsement
p)
ATR 72-600
s) SLF 10 Sectors with LTC / TRI
t) Operator’s Line Release Route Check PF) by TRI / LTC.
PAGE D1C1 - 90
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

Route Check
D1.1.8.5.2:CASE B ATR 72 (PEC equipped) to ATR (Glass cockpit): The

following modules are of ATR 72-500 to ATR 72-600 course for Pilots with
Less than 500 hrs of flying experience.
(a) For Co –Pilots

Technical 40 Hrs
a) Technical Endorsement Training
Performance 28 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM

Fire-Smoke Drill / Slide Drill / Wet Drill
h) 1 Day
/ Door Operation
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
i) ELT( On FFT if Reqired) 5 10Hrs 10Hrs 20 Hrs
j) MCC ( On FFT if Reqired) 3 6 Hrs 6 Hrs 12` Hrs
k) FPTD 5 10Hrs 10Hrs 20 Hrs
l) FFS 4 08Hrs 08Hrs 16Hrs
m) LOFT 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
n) Skill Test [CA40(Day)] 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
o) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
p) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
Evaluation
q) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
Obtains type Rating From DGCA ATR Send papers for Endorsement
r)
72-600.
s) 6 Takeoffs and Landings
t) SLF Release Route Check 1 Sector with TRI/LTC
PAGE D1C1 - 91
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
30 Sectors with LTC / TRI (Min

u) SLF
15 Sectors as PF)
PF) by TRI / LTC.
v) Operator’s Line Release Route Check This release Route Checks will
Route Check
(b) For Commanders

Technical 40 Hrs
Performance 28 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM

Fire-Smoke Drill / Slide Drill / Wet Drill
h) 1 Day
/ Door Operation
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
i) FPTD 5 10Hrs 10Hrs 20 Hrs
j) FFS 4 08Hrs 08Hrs 16Hrs
m) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
2:30Hr
n) Evaluation + RHS 01 -- 2:30Hrs
s
Trg&Chk
o) 01 2 Hrs -- 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
p)
72-600.
PAGE D1C1 - 92
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

PF) by TRI / LTC.
t) Operator’s Line Release Route Check This release Route Checks will
Route Check
D1.1.8.5.3:CASE CATR 42 Glass- cockpit to ATR 72* Glass-cockpit
For commanders and co-pilots

Technical 04 Hrs
Differences Familiarization Performance 04 Hrs
a) ATO EXAM
D1.1.8.5.4 CASE D:ATR 72 (Non-PEC equipped) to ATR 72 (glass

cockpit): The following modules are of ATR 72 (Non-PEC equipped) to
ATR 72 (glass cockpit) for Pilots with More than 500 hrs of flying
experience or 100 Hrs in last 12 months on ATR aircrafts.
(a) For Co Pilots

Technical 28 Hrs
Performance 12 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM

h) 1 Day
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
PAGE D1C1 - 93
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

m) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
n) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
Evaluation
o) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
p)
ATR 72-600
10 Sectors with LTC / TRI (Min 5
s) SLF
Sectors as PF)
PF) by TRI / LTC.
Route Check
(b) For Commanders

Technical 28 Hrs
Performance 12 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM

h) 1 Day
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
PAGE D1C1 - 94
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

m) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
2:30H
rs
Trg&Chk
o) 01 2 Hrs -- 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
p)
ATR 72-600
PF) by TRI / LTC.
Route Check
D1.1.8.5.5 CASE E: ATR 72 (NON-PEC equipped) to ATR (Glass

cockpit): The following modules are of ATR 72 NON-PEC equipped to ATR
72-600 course for Pilots with Less than 500 hrs of flying experience
(a) For Co Pilots.

Technical 44 Hrs
Performance 32 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM

h) 1 Day
Drill / Door Operation
PAGE D1C1 - 95
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
i) ELT( On FFT if Reqired) 5 10Hrs 10Hrs 20 Hrs
j) MCC ( On FFT if Reqired) 3 6 Hrs 6 Hrs 12` Hrs
k) FPTD 4 08Hrs 08Hrs 16Hrs
l) FFS 5 10Hrs 10Hrs 20 Hrs
m) LOFT 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
n) Skill Test [CA40(Day)] 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
o) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
p) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
Evaluation
q) 01 -- 2 Hrs 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
r)
72-600.
s) 6 Takeoffs and Landings
t) SLF Release Route Check 1 Sector with TRI/LTC
30 Sectors with LTC / TRI (Min
u) SLF
15 Sectors as PF)
PF) by TRI / LTC.
v) Operator’s Line Release Route Check This release Route Checks will
Route Check
(b) For Commanders

Technical 44 Hrs
Performance 32 Hrs
b) ATRP EXAM

h) 1 Day
Drill / Door Operation
PAGE D1C1 - 96
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
SIMULATOR TRAINING
No. of
Sessions
i) FPTD 4 08Hrs 08Hrs 16Hrs
j) FFS 5 10Hrs 10Hrs 20 Hrs
m) 1 2 Hrs - 2 Hrs
LVTO Training +
2:30Hr
s
Trg&Chk
o) 01 2 Hrs -- 2 Hrs
+ Evaluation
p)
72-600.
PF) by TRI / LTC.
Route Check
D1.1.8.5.6 DIFFERENCES CASES SUPY FLYING:
For AASL pilots enrolled in Differences training program, SUPY flying will
be decided at the discretion of Chief of Training on the basis of Trainee’s past
experience.
D1.1.19TYPE ENDORSEMENT PROCEDURE: After the successful

completion of the Ground Technical Training, Simulator Training, Flight
Training/Test etc., the following documents are required to be forwarded to
DGCA for obtaining Type Endorsement:
(a) Simulator Training Summary.

(b) DGCA/ATRP Examination Result Sheet.
PAGE D1C1 - 97
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(c) Skill Test on Simulator/Aircraft.

(d) Completion of IR / PPC on Simulator as per DGCA format.
(e) ATPL License (To be checked for all valid entries) – (If in
possession)
(f) Updated Log Book with entries checked for accuracy and duly
certified.
D1.1.20SUPERNUMERARY FLYING (SNY) – Ab-initio Trainee

Pilots/Reconversion:Trainee pilots are subjected to supernumerary flying on
line flights after completion of Ground Classes/DGCA Exam, in order to
observe and gain sufficient exposure to the cockpit environment, procedures
and instrumentation.During supernumerary flying, the trainee pilot will travel
as observer in the cockpit but can only occupy the observer seat. The amount
of supernumerary flying sector depends on the phase of training and the
previous flying experience.
D1.1.20.1 Pre-Supernumerary Briefing:
D1.1.20.1.1 Prior to commencing supernumerary flying on the aircraft, a

trainee pilot shall undergo a PRE-SUPERNUMERARY BRIEFING of at
least one hour (01 hr.) by a Training Captain on the following subjects:
(a) Emergency Evacuation Procedures for Supernumerary crew
(b) Oxygen Mask usage
(c) Company policies and procedures including briefing and de-briefing

procedures at Flight Despatch, pre-flight medical formalities,
security procedures, interaction with ATC, Communication, and
MET (where there is no Flight Despatch set-up) etc.
(d) Regulatory procedures
D1.1.20.2 Phase-1 Supernumerary on Line (Pre-SLF Supernumerary)

After completion of the simulator training the Trainee Pilot shall undertake
designated no. of Phase-1 Supernumerary Flight sectors as specified.
D1.1.20.3 Phase-1 Supernumerary is undertaken to assist the Trainee Pilot in

orienting the knowledge acquired during simulator training towards line
flying and is a precursor to Supervised Line Flying (SLF) training. During
PAGE D1C1 - 98
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
this phase, trainees will observe and focus on understanding all the aspects of
line flying including the pre-flight, inflight, post-flight procedures, Route
navigation, communication, company SOPs and the regulatory requirements.
During this phase of supernumerary, the Trainee Pilot may be permitted to
undertake R/T Communication at the Commander’s discretion.
D1.1.20.4 NOTE: Supernumerary Flying reports in phase – I and II is filled

up by the Commander in the prescribed format.
D1.1.21SUPERVISED LINE FLYING
D1.1.21.1Supervised take offs & landings: DGCA CAR Section 8, Series

'F', Part III Issue I, provides guidance and compliance in respect of supervised
take-off and landing in Public Transport Operations:
D1.1.21.2Alliance Airensuresthat its flight crew training programme is

established, maintained and approved by DCGA. Such programmeis in
compliance with the above-mentioned CAR andICAO Annex 6 – Operation
of Aircraft Part I, which contains standard and recommended practices
(SARPs) for operation of commercial air transport which covers flight crew
requirements. Alliance Airensures that all its flight crew members are
adequately trained and qualified to perform their assigned duties and also
stipulates recent experience in take offs and landing by flight crew. The Pilot-
in-command (PIC) is solely vested with the responsibility of the safety of
aircraft and passengers. In order to afford co-pilots opportunity to acquire
vital experience in handling the aircraft during critical phases of take-off and
landing,Alliance Air specifies the conditions under which the co-pilot may be
authorized to affect take-off and landing under direct supervision of the PIC.
(a) Alliance Airis a scheduled operator with aeroplane weight exceeding

5700 kg.
(b) Alliance Air, in compliance to CAR Section 8, Series F, Part III,
Issue I, hereby lays down the requirements for the conduct of
supervised take-off and landing, which is applicable to a PIC giving
the co-pilot on RHS an opportunity to handle the aeroplane.
D1.1.21.3 NOTE :The policies laid down hereafter towards Supervised Take
Off and Landing are not applicable to the PIC as trainer, permitting takeoff
and landing by the co-pilot undergoing PIC upgrade training from LHS.
D1.1.21.4 ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

PAGE D1C1 - 99
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.21.4.1 PIC. The PIC who permits a co-pilot to affect take-off and
landing shall have;
(a) Minimum flying experience – 3000 hours.
(b) Minimum command experience – 1000 hours.
(c) Minimum PIC experience on type – 300 hours.
(d) Blameworthy free accident/incident record for preceding 3 / 1 years

respectively.
(e) Recent flying experience of 10 hours in preceding 90 days.
(f) Been suitably trained and assessed for supervised take-off and
landing in a level C/CG/D/DG simulator by Alliance Air.
D1.1.21.4.2 Co-pilot. The co-pilot who affects takeoff and landing shall
have;
(a) Been suitably trained and assessed for supervised take-off and
landing in a level C/CG/D/DG simulator by Alliance Air.
(b) Completed type rating syllabus including base training/ZFTT

simulator session as applicable.
D1.1.21.5 PROCEDURE
D1.1.21.5.1Designated Examiners, Type Rating Instructors (TRI-A/S) and

Line Training Captains may authorize a Co-pilot to effect take-off and
landing during all flights subject to general requirements of Para 1.1.1(c),
sub-para (i), (5). Minimum experience requirements of Para 1.1.1(c), sub-par
(i) (2) above shall not be applicable to trainers on type.
D1.1.21.5.2 Pilots, other than the Designated Examiners, Type Rating

Instructors (TRI-A/S) and Line Training Captains, who are eligible for
supervised take-off and landing as mentioned in Para Para 1.1.1(c), sub-par
PAGE D1C1 - 100

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(i) (2), may authorize Co-pilots to effect take-off and landing once the copilot
has been cleared for unsupervised line flying duties.
D1.1.21.5.2.1 NOTE: Unsupervised line flying duties refer to flights after co-
pilot release for line flying with pilots other than DEs / TRI –(A/S) / LTCs.
D1.1.21.5.3 The PIC has the sole responsibility for safety and shall take over
controls at any stage of supervised take-off and landing to ensure this by
announcing “I have controls”. The co-pilot will acknowledge by announcing
“You have controls” and will continue to fly the aircraft safely till a positive
control input is made by the PIC.
D1.1.21.6RESPONSIBILITY
D1.1.21.6.1 Operator. Alliance Air shall ensure that;
(a) The Operations Manual contains instructions, requirements and the

procedure laid down for supervised take-off and landing consistent
with this circular.
(b) Pilots are suitably trained and assessed for supervised take-off and
landing in a level CG/D/DG simulator.
(c) List of pilots authorized for supervised take-off and landing is
maintained and disseminated to all concerned.
(d) List of aerodromes excluded for supervised take-off and landing is
maintained and disseminated to all concerned.
(e) Responsibility and duties of PIC and co-pilot for conduct of reject
take-off and go-around manoeuvers are specified for both cases
when the co-pilot occupies the RHS during co-pilot line flying /
training / checks and LHS during PIC upgrade training/checks.
(f) Method of handing and taking over controls between the PIC and co-
pilot is specified.
D1.1.21.6.2 Pilot-in-command. The PIC shall ensure that;
(a) The aircraft is established on the correct approach profile by 1000

feet above the aerodrome elevation. He shall also ensure that the
aircraft is stabilized during approach at the correct approach speed
and aligned with the runway centerline and maintain a rate of
PAGE D1C1 - 101

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
descent within the specified limits for the type of aircraft and
approach being made.
(b) Due consideration shall be given to the aircraft serviceability status

and factors such as snags carried forward under minimum equipment
list that affect take-off and landing handling or performance.
(c) The co-pilot is adequately briefed for take-off and landing.
D1.1.21.6.3 Co-pilot. The co-pilot shall ensure that;
(a) Adequate briefing for take-off and landing has been done.
(b) The PIC is advised without delay of any circumstance that may
adversely affect take-off or landing conducted by the co-pilot.
D 1.1.21.7GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
D 1.1.21.7.1 Supervised take-off and landing shall not be permitted;
(a) During an emergency/precautionary landing.
(b) During actual monsoon/adverse weather conditions.
(c) In Category C / Performance limited aerodromes.
(d) When the LDA is less than ALD*1.15 plus margin of 1000 feet.
(e) When the runway surface is wet.
(f) Cross wind beyond 10kts.
D 1.1.21.7.2 The meteorological minima for supervised take-off and

landing shall be;
(a) Visibility - 500 m higher than applicable minima.
(b) Cloud base - 200 ft above MDA/DA.
(c) Cross/tail wind component - maximum 10 kts.
PAGE D1C1 - 102

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.1.21.7.2.1 NOTE: PIC and Co-pilot suitability checks for supervised take
off and landings shall be combined with CRM LOFT sessions or will be
conducted as a separate Simulator session of 30 minutes duration.
D1.1.21.8 COMPANY PROCEDURE FOR SUPERVISED TAKE-OFF

FOR FIRST OFFICERS/ PIC UPGRADE TRAINEES:
(a) The PIC has sole responsibility for safety and shall take over
controls at any stage of supervised take-off and landing to ensure
this by announcing “I have controls”. The co-pilot will acknowledge
by announcing “You have controls” and will continue to fly the
aircraft safely till a positive control input is made by the PIC. Co-
pilot should acknowledge clearly by saying "I have controls" PIC
Upgrade Trainees (flying with Training Captains) shall carry out PF
duties through-out the flight regime, including push-back and shut-
down, unless the Training Captain has had to intervene in the
interests of flight safety. (Note: Line Captains are not authorised to
give flying to PIC upgrade trainees).
(b) The First Officer / PIC upgrade Trainee should relinquish control
over the power levers to the PIC once advised to do so. This will
enable the PIC to exercise his decision to reject the Take Off.
(c) PIC shall make standard PM calls during the T/O roll and thereafter.
(d) In case of any non-normal event during the take-off leading to a

"GO" decision, the PIC should avoid any change in PF/PM roles
during critical phases of flight (i.e below 400 Ft AGL) unless it is
apparent that flight safety will be compromised unless an
intervention is made. In case of a "STOP" decision, the PIC will
initiate and complete the Reject-Take off. All subsequent actions
will be followed with the PIC carrying out the "Captain’s SOP
actions, and the First Officer/PIC upgrade Trainee carrying out the
"First Officer" SOP actions.
(e) The above procedure should be briefed as a part of the Takeoff

Briefing, which should also include :-
(i) The respective responsibilities of the PF and PM during the

takeoff roll.
PAGE D1C1 - 103

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(ii) The Captain’s decision whether to stop or go in the case of

failure, and the associated call (i.e. “STOP” or “GO” )
(iii) The respective roles of the Captain and First Officer, in the
event of a STOP decision
(iv) The respective roles of the PF and the PM, in the event of a
GO decision (e.g. in the case of a failure after V1, the Captain
will call out “GO”, and the PF will continue the takeoff, with
no action other than gear up and silencing audio warning(s),
until the aircraft reaches 400ft AGL …).
(f) The briefing should be adapted to highlight the aspects specific to

each takeoff, because such aspects may influence the Captain’s
STOP or GO decision, and include:
(i) Takeoff data (high weight, high V1, …)

(ii) MEL item affecting stopping capabilities
(iii) Runway conditions (short or contaminated runways)
(iv) Bird activity, suspected windshear (e.g. microburst), tire
conditions and brake wear (exterior inspection) …
D 1.1.21.9 COMPANY PROCEDURE FOR SUPERVISED LANDINGS

FOR FIRST OFFICERS / PIC UPGRADES TRAINEES:
(a) The PIC/Training Captain will ensure that during approach to land
for an supervised landing, the aircraft is established on the correct
approach profile by 1000 feet above the aerodrome elevation. He
shall also ensure that the aircraft is stabilised during approach at the
correct approach speed and aligned with the runway centerline and
maintain a rate of descent within the specified limits for the type of
aircraft and approach being made.
(b) In case of the approach being unstabilised at any height above the
Stabilisation height of 1000 AGL and if the PIC/Training Captain
judges that conditions are such that the First Officer or PIC upgrade
Trainee cannot effect a safe landing, he/she will take over controls
and effect the landing. A mandatory missed approach has to be
carried out in case the approach is unstabilised below the
stabilisation height.
(c) For the landing, the PIC / Training Captain should ensure seat
placement and hand placement is appropriate and be mentally
PAGE D1C1 - 104
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
prepared to take controls in case of a high flare or a bounced landing

and effect standard recovery actions. Cues may be taken by co-
relating radio-altimeter callouts with FCTM recommendations to
judge flare height and rate of descent.
(d) In case of any non-normal event during the approach and landing,
the PIC should take controls and effect the landing, unless the non-
normal situation system configuration/SOP action is such that the
First officer/PIC upgrade Trainee should continue to be the PF. .;
D 1.1.21.10 COMPANY PROCEDURE FOR MISSED APPROACH:
(a) A Go-Around shall be initiated any time the PF (First Officer or PIC
upgrade Trainee) or PM (Captain) announces" Go Around"
(b) The First officer / PIC upgrade Trainee will initiate the Go Around
procedure as per SOP and should remain as PF, The Captain will
remain as PM and take over as PF once the After Take-off check-list
has been completed, if conditions prevent the First Officer/PIC
upgrade Trainee from effecting another landing.
(NOTE:This clause is not applicable if the PIC / Training Captain

has initiated the Go-Around or has to take over subsequent to the
initiation of the Go Around in the interests of flight safety).
D 1.1.21.11LOGGING OF PILOT-IN COMMAND EXPERIENCE FOR

UPGRADATION OF CPL TO ALTP:
D1.1.21.11.1 Alliance Air ensures Line Training for the Second In Command
(SIC) includes an amount of Pilot Monitoring (PM) and Pilot Flying (PF)
duties to develop and demonstrate proficiency in such duties.
D1.1.21.11.2 The Pilot-In-Command (PIC) who is solely vested with the

responsibility of the safety of the aircraft and the passengers therein, may,
authorize a co-pilot of his flight to effect landing and take-off and route
flying, under his direct supervision in accordance with the stipulations laid
down in the DGCA CAR Section 8, Series 'F', PART III ISSUE I,. Also refer
to Air Safety circular 4 of 2006 for cautions during instructional
flying/supervised take-off/landing.
PAGE D1C1 - 105

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.21.11.3 For authorizing such take-off/landing/flying operations, a PIC

other than a training captain shall undergo a supervised take-off and landing
training/check which may be combined with PPC/IR training/checks. A co-
pilot who has been cleared for supervised line flying duties may be permitted
by such PIC to affect take-off/landing / flying and log these hours towards
PIC under supervision for the purpose of issuance of ATPL.
D1.1.22CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT TRAINING
D1.1.22.1 HUMAN FACTORS & CRM TRAINING POLICY
Human Factors Training and Crew Resource Management are the integral
part of our training curriculum. They are in conformity with the guidelines of:
(a) Annex 6, part I,
(b) ICAO Doc 9683-AN 950, Human Factors Training Manual, and
(c) ICAO Human Factors Digests.
(i) Human Factors Digest No. 1 - Fundamental Human Factors -
Concepts
(ii) Human Factors Digest No. 2 - Flight Crew Training - CRM
and LOFT
(iii) Human Factors Digest No. 3 - Training of Operational
Personnel in Human Factors
(d) DGCA CAR Section 8, Series F, Part-II, Issue-I,
(e) DGCA Ops Circular- 03 of 2004
(f) DGCA Ops Circular- 04 of 2009
(g) DGCA Ops Circular- 08 of 2009
D1.1.22.2 CAR Section 8, Series ‘F’, Part II, Issue I has the following
provisions with regard to the CRM Training that are adopted by the company.
(a) Initial Operator’s Crew Resource Management (CRM) Training shall

be completed at AIR India facilities before commencing
unsupervised Line Flying unless the crew member has previously
completed an Initial Operator’s CRM Course.
(b) When a flight crew member has not previously completed initial
operator’s crew resource management (CRM) training (either new
PAGE D1C1 - 106
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
employees or existing staff), then Alliance Air shall ensure that the
flight crew member completes an introductory CRM training course
as per Appendix 5 of the CAR.
(c) If the flight crew member has not previously been trained in human
factors then a theoretical course based on Human Performance and
Limitations topics shall be included with the introductory CRM
training course of Alliance Air.
(d) Initial CRM course training shall be conducted by at least one CRM
facilitator.
(e) Initial CRM training is conducted in accordance with a detailed

course syllabus included in this Manual.
D1.1.22.3 Alliance Air has adopted the following training policy as per the
curriculum outlined in the CAR Section 8, Series F, Part II, Issue I, and
Operations Circular 03 of 2004.
(a) Alliance Air provides Human Factors and CRM training for cockpit
crew, cabin crew, maintenance personnel and flight despatchers at
Air India Training facilities.
(b) Alliance Air ensures that a detailed initial Human Factors course and
initial CRM course shall be imparted to all ab-initio cockpit crew,
ab-initio cabin crew, ab-initio maintenance personnel and ab-initio
flight despatchers. The Human Factors Training curriculum is as per
Appendix-1 of Operations Circular 03 of 2004 and the CRM
Training curriculum is as per Appendix-2 and Appendix-3 of
Operations Circular 03 of 2004.
(c) Alliance Air ensures that a recurrent Human Factors and CRM
course shall be imparted once a year for cockpit crew, cabin crew,
maintenance personnel and flight despatchers at the Air India
facilities.
(d) Alliance Air ensures that Cockpit crew undergoes Human Factors
and CRM Training, when converting to another aircraft and when
they upgrade to initial command and subsequent command
conversion.
PAGE D1C1 - 107

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(e) Alliance Air ensures that Cockpit Crew undergoes a special

Command Course on Human Factors & Crew Resource
Management, when they upgrade as Pilot-in-Command.
(f) Alliance Air ensures that all Training Captains shall undergo Human
Factors and CRM Training before exercising the privileges of a
Training Captain.
(g) Alliance Air ensures that LOFT shall be carried out during ab-initio
training, conversion training as well as command training for all
pilots.
D1.1.22.4 The training policy complies with DGCA regulations and Alliance
Air ensures Flight Crew members are trained and evaluated in Joint CRM
exercises which includes Cabin Crew and Flight Dispatchers. It shall be
ensured that these joint (combined) CRM is carried out not later than 2 years
from the introductory CRM course.
D1.1.22.5 It shall be ensured that flight crew members participate in joint

training activities or exercises with cabin crew members during initial ground
training and subsequently during recurrent training for the purpose of
enhancing onboard coordination and mutual understanding of CRM and the
human factors involved in addressing emergency situations and security
threats. A joint discussion of emergency procedures and the use of
emergency and safety equipment can be accomplished, if joint emergency
equipment training is not possible.
D1.1.22.6 It shall be ensured that flight crew members complete training in

crew resource management (CRM) skills during simulator, aircraft and/or line
training, as applicable, including Threat and Error Management, using
facilitators that have been trained in human performance and human factors
principles. Such training shall be completed during initial training and
subsequently during recurrent training once every calendar year.
D1.1.23CREW RESOURCE MANAGEMENT (CRM): This training

would be conducted for a period of two days and conducted by qualified
flying crew and qualified CRM facilitators in the Air India facilities.
Introductory CRM for ab-inito pilots/Conversion course when changing the
type/conversion type when changing the operator/command course/recurrent
training are as per the curriculum outlined in the CAR Section 8, Series F,
Part II, Issue I.
PAGE D1C1 - 108
PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D1.1.23.1Method of Instruction:
Lectures, Audiovisual presentation, Discussion groups, Role playing

exercises and Videotaped examples of good and poor team behavior. The
following table indicates which elements of CRM should be included in each
type of training.
D1.1.23.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF CRM

Operator’s Operator’s
Initial
conversion conversion
CRM Course Command Recurrent
Core Elements course when course when
(duration 2 Course Training
changing changing
days)
type operator
Human error and
reliability, error In depth In depth Overview Overview Overview
chain, error
PAGE D1C1 - 109

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
prevention and
detection, human
performance and
limitations
Company safety
culture, SOPs, In depth
organizational factors
Not required
Stress, stress
management, fatigue
& vigilance
Information
acquisition and Not required
processing situation
In depth
awareness, workload
management
Decision making
Overview
Communication and
coordination inside
and outside the
Overview
cockpit
Leadership and team
behaviour synergy
Automation,
philosophy of the use
In depth
of automation (if As
As required In depth As required
relevant to the type) required
Specific type related
Not required
differences
As
Case based studies In depth In depth In depth In depth
appropriate
D1.1.23.3 NOTE:Alliance Air shall ensure that their Flight crew attend a
Joint (combined) CRM with flight and cabin crew not later than 2 years from
the Initial CRM course. Recurrent CRM Training shall be carried out
annually and Joint CRM once in 2 years. Both at the Air India facilities.
PAGE D1C1 - 110

PART - D
FLIGHT CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
CHAPTER 2 – RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING
D1.2RECURRENT TRAINING AND CHECKING PROGRAMMES:

Alliance Air complies with the Annex 6, Part I, DGCA Section-8, Series O,
Part II, Issue-I, (Operation of Commercial Air Transport-Aeroplanes), DGCA
CAR Section 8, Series F, Part II, Issue I, (Flight Crew Training
Qualifications requirements) and Operations Circular 03 of 2001 (Flight crew
requirements for maintaining the requisite competency and knowledge of a
pilot for exercising the privileges his/her licenses and ratings). Compliance
of the above is ensured as detailed below: -
D 1.2.1 TYPE OR VARIANT OF AEROPLANE ON WHICH THE

CREWMEMBER IS CERTIFICATED TO OPERATE:
D 1.2.1.1 Each flight crew member undergoes recurrent training and checking
relevant to the type or variant of aeroplane which the flight crew member
operates;
D 1.2.1.2 A recurrent training and checking programme is detailed in this

Manual;
D 1.2.1.3 Recurrent training is conducted by the following personnel:
(a) Ground training — by suitably qualified and approved personnel;
(b) Aeroplane/FSTD training — by a TRI-A/TRI-S/SFI for FSTD, TRI-

A/TRI-S for aeroplane used by Air India;
(c) Safety and emergency procedures (SEP) training — by suitably

qualified and approved personnel; and
(d) Crew resource management (CRM) by parent company Air India;
(i) Integration of CRM elements into all the phases of the

recurrent training — by all the personnel conducting recurrent
training. It shall be ensured that all personnel conducting
recurrent training in respect of CRM aresuitably qualified to
integrate elements of CRM into this training;
(ii) Modular CRM training — by combining CRM elements into
modules and conducted by at least one CRM facilitator who
may be assisted by experts in order to address specific areas;
PAGE D1C2 - 111
PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.1.4 Recurrent checking is conducted by the following personnel:
(a) Pilot’s proficiency checks — byDesignated Examiners (DE) trained

in CRM concepts and the assessment of CRM skills;
(b) Line Route checks — by suitably qualified Line Training

Captains/Instructors (TRI [S or A]). It shall be ensured that two
consecutive Route Checks for a Pilotare done by different TRIs /
Line Training Captains.
(c) Safety and emergency procedures checking — by suitably qualified

personnel.
D 1.2.1.5As per the DGCA requirements, the Pilots are required to undergo
the following mandatory Proficiency Checks in a year for keeping their
Licenses current:
(a) Two Pilots Proficiency Checks (PPC)
(b) One Instrument Rating Check
(c) One Line Route Check on 2 sectors
D 1.2.1.6 NOTE:For the renewal of the License, in addition to the above:
(a) 10 hours of flight time as Pilot-in-Command or 20 hours of flight

time as Co-Pilot is required in immediately preceding 6 months from
the date of application for renewal.
(b) Valid medical certificate
D 1.2.2 GROUND RECURRENT TRAINING (TYPE RELATED):
D 1.2.2.1 Alliance Air shall ensure that each flight crew member undergoes
ground recurrent training at least every 12 months. If the training is conducted
within three months prior to the expiry of the 12 months period, the next
ground and refresher training must be completed within 12 months of the
original expiry date of the previous ground and refresher training. Such
training comprises of Classroom Training, Video Films and practical on the
aircraft / survival mockup etc. as applicable.
PAGE D1C2 - 112

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.2.2 The ground and refresher training programme shall include:
(a) Aeroplane systems;
(b) Performance topics
(c) Operational procedures and requirements including ground de-/anti-

icing, as applicable and pilot incapacitation; and
(d) Accident/incident and occurrence review.
(e) Topics covering special operations as applicable to the Alliance Air

approvals.
D 1.2.2.3 Knowledge of the ground recurrent training shall be verified by a

questionnaire or other suitable methods.
D 1.2.2.4 Ground refresher training may be conducted through classroom

training, e-learning / CBT which is approved by the DGCA.
D 1.2.2.5 The duration of annual ground recurrent training including CRM

shall be at least 32 hours of training and in case ofextended ground recurrent
(as prescribed for PIC upgrade and break in flying) at least 40 hours of
training {As prescribed in Appendix 8 of CAR Section 8 Series F Part II}
Course Type Days Recurrency

Normal Recurrent 4 (32 Hrs) 12 months
Extended Recurrent (PIC As per the

5 (40 Hrs)
Upgrade or Break in Flying) requirement
PAGE D1C2 - 113

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.2.6 ANNUAL GROUND RECURRENT TRAINING

CURRICULUM(32 HOURS):
Duration
Day Topic
(Hrs.)
1
De-Icing/Anti-Icing 1
LVO (general including LVTO) 0.5
LVO (CAT II) 1
1
PBN 0.5
Adverse weather (including monsoon) 0.5
Evaluation 1.5
SMS and Accident/incident review 2
CRM 2
2
SEP 1
3 Changes in Regulations 0.5
Changes in Operations Manual 0.5
Aeroplane specific performance (with briefing
6
on Derated Take Off and other)
4
Adverse weather (including monsoon) 0.5
Evaluation 1.5
D 1.2.2.6.1NOTE 1:Other ground refresher which require a special training

are dealt under special operations training (Ref Section 1 – Chapter 4)
D 1.2.2.6.2 NOTE 2:PIC Extended Recurrent should be considered for the

purpose of calculating the validity of Normal Refresher. The pilot will
undergo the regular refresher within 1 year of completion of PIC Extended
Recurrent. However, SEP Training if valid a pilot may follow the existing
recurrent cycle.
D 1.2.2.6.3 NOTE 3:A written test shall be conducted during the course, in
technical and performance subjects with a minimum pass marks of 70 % to
check assimilation of the topics covered.
PAGE D1C2 - 114

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.2.6.4 NOTE 4:The extended ground recurrent shall consist of

additional 8 hours of ground training (excluding evaluation). In case of PIC
extended recurrent, 4 hours will consist of PIC legal responsibilities, national
and international conventions pertaining to PIC authority and PIC
duties/responsibilities as outlined in the Operations Manual while 4 hours will
be apportioned to performance and technical subjects. In case of break in
flying, the entire 8 additional hours of training will be apportioned to
performance and technical subjects.
D 1.2.2.6.5 NOTE 5:The duration of each module may be varied depending

on Alliance Air’s requirements within the total hours indicated above.
D 1.2.2.7 GROUND RECURRENT / EXTENDED RECURRENT

FAILURE POLICY:
D 1.2.2.7.1 The pass marks for qualifying the Ground Recurrent / Extended
Recurrent examination is 70%. The result of the candidates shall indicate the
marks obtained in each answer sheetfor both passed as well as failed
candidates.
D 1.2.2.7.2 If a trainee does not clear the written examination, he/she may
appear for retest after undergoing a minimum corrective training as given
below.
Duration of
Failure in topic
Corrective Training
Technical / Performance /
8 Hrs
SEP
Special Ops / Nav. 8Hrs
D 1.2.2.7.3 Retest for a failed candidate shall be conducted after completion

of necessary Corrective Training as stipulated above.
D 1.2.2.7.4In case the candidate fails for the second time, he / she shall be
subjected to counseling withChief of Training /Chief Training Advisor for
further necessary instruction.
D 1.2.3 AEROPLANE / FLIGHT SIMULATOR TRAINING:
D 1.2.3.1 Alliance Air complies with DGCA CAR Section 8, Series F, Part II,
Issue I, (Flight Crew Training Qualifications requirements).
PAGE D1C2 - 115
PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.3.2 Such training and, when applicable, evaluation shall be conducted

in accordance with the requirements of the DGCA and applicable authorities
to ensure evaluations for all pilot flight crew members are conducted.
D 1.2.3.3 REFRESHER TRAINING (AEROPLANE / FSTD):
D 1.2.3.3.1 Alliance Air ensures that the flight crew member undergoes
aeroplane/FSTD training at least every 12 months. If the training is conducted
within three months prior to the expiry of the 12 months’ period, the next
aeroplane FSTD training must be completed within 12 months of the original
expiry date of the previous aeroplane/FSTD training.
D 1.2.3.3.1.1 Alliance Air ensures that the flight crew member undergoes
Simulator Refresher/FSTD training for a period of minimum of 4 hours (2 hrs
PF and 2 hrs PM) atleast once annually. Such training covers:
(a) The aeroplane/FSTD training programme shall be established such

that all major failures of aeroplane systems and associated
procedures will have been covered in the preceding three-year
period. It shall be ensured that crew co-ordination, support and PM
duties are adequately trained to proficiency prior to recurrent checks.
(b) When engine-out maneuvers are carried out in an aeroplane, the

engine failure shall be simulated only through touch drills.
D 1.2.3.3.1.2 CRM LOFT (REFRESHER):
D 1.2.3.3.1.2.1 Alliance Air would carry out a CRM LOFT session for a
period of minimum 2 hours once every year. It would be planned as a LOFT,
e.g. sector DEL- JAI, with a non-normal situation which is not usually
practiced in Simulator e.g. Death in flight, Bomb on board, Hijack, Smoke in
Cabin, etc.
D 1.2.3.3.1.2.2 NOTE:Where no simulator is available, IR/PPC and other

proficiency checks will be carried out on the aircraft. The minimum duration
of the check when carried out on aircraft are as given below:
PAGE D1C2 - 116

PART - D
PROGRAM
Minimum
Minimum no.
Check Due Duration
of Landings
(Hr)
Pilot Proficiency Check (PPC) for Type
Endorsement / Renewal Checks (If done 01:30 3
separately)
Instrument Rating Check / Pilot
Proficiency Check (IR/PPC) – If done 01:30 3
together
Skill Test Day – Co-Pilot Endorsement 02:00 3
Skill Test Night – Co-Pilot Endorsement 02:00 3
Skill Test Day – PIC Endorsement 02:00 6

Skill Test Night – PIC Endorsement 02:00 6
6 Take-offs
Base Training (Familiarization Flight)
and Landings
D 1.2.3.4 PILOT PROFICIENCY CHECK (PPC): It is ensured that each

pilot flight crew member, in order to maintain qualification, receives training,
and when applicable, successfully completes a proficiency evaluation at or
above the standards stipulated in the training syllabus and administered by a
Designated Examiner (DE) or a representative of the DGCA, and
demonstrates piloting technique and competence to execute emergency
procedures and comply with instrument flight rules.
(a) Each flight crew member undergoes seat specific PPC to

demonstrate his/her competence in carrying out normal, abnormal
and emergency procedures on each type or variant of a type of
aeroplane.
(b) The check is conducted without external visual reference when the
flight crew member will be required to operate under IFR;
(c) The period of validity of a PPC shall be six months. In case of

renewal, the period of validity shall commence from the date of
expiry of previous validity provided that the check has been carried
PAGE D1C2 - 117
PART - D
PROGRAM
out within two months preceding the date of expiry. A PPC may be
carried out on an aeroplane or a Level C/CG/D/DG simulator,
however at least once a year, it must be carried out in a Level
C/CG/D/DG simulator. PPC shall be performed twice within any
period of one year. Any two such checks which are similar and
which occur within a period of four consecutive months shall not
alone satisfy this requirement.
(i) Pilot proficiency checks shall include the manoeuvres as

stipulated in the DGCA IR/PPC form. It shall be ensured that
all items in 3.4 of the form are completed in a 3year checking
cycle and all items in 3.6 of the form are completed in a 1-
year checking cycle.
(ii) When engine out manoeuvres are carried out in an aeroplane,
the engine failure must be simulated only through touch drills.
(iii) The duration of PPC shall be at least 2 hrs as PF. PPC
combined with IR may be done within the same duration.
(d) Pilot during his/her Type rating / PIC Rating / Conversion training/
Extension of rating will be subjected to PPC after completion of
Skill Test Day or Night Checks. However, this PPC may be
combined with the IR and Skill Test Day / Night check.
D 1.2.3.5 INSTRUMENT RATING (IR) CHECK:
(a) Alliance Airshall ensure that each flight crew member undergoes IR
checks to demonstrate his/her competence in carrying out normal,
abnormal and emergency procedures under instrument conditions.
An IR check for renewal of IR may be carried out on an aeroplane or
Level C/CG/D/DG simulator by a DE. When Alliance Airschedules
flight crew on several variants of the same type of aeroplane, the IR
check for each variant can be combined and
(b) The check is conducted without external visual reference;
(c) Pilot during his/her initial Type rating / PIC Rating / Conversion
training / Extension of rating will be subjected to IR after completion
of Skill Test Day or Night Checks. However, this IR may be
combined with the PPC and Skill Test Day / Night check and will be
conducted by DE only.
PAGE D1C2 - 118

PART - D
PROGRAM
(d) The period of validity of an instrument rating check shall be 12

months from the date of issue. IR shall be renewed for a further
period of twelve months at a time from the date of expiry provided
that the instrument rating flying test has been carried out within two
months preceding the date of expiry and all other requirements for
renewal are met.
D 1.2.3.5.1 NOTE 1:Line Training Captain / Instructor (TRI (A/S)) /

Designated Examiner (DE) while conducting Simulator / Line Checks, must
have 10 hours of PIC in the preceding 90 days on type.
D 1.2.3.5.2 NOTE 2:DE/TRI (S or A) /LTC while undergoing their PPC/IR

and Annual License renewal route check on the aircraft will be checked from
LHS only
D 1.2.3.5.3 NOTE 3:The IR/PPC or the Route Check form shall be filled up
by the Training Captain immediately upon completion of the session or the
flight using his judgment and without consulting any other person. The same
should be counter signed by the trainee. Refer Para 1.1(q), sub-para (iii).
D 1.2.3.5.4 NOTE 4:PPC and annual line route checks are seat-specific
checks. All PICs (including trainee PICs) and trainers are required to carry
out PPC and line check from LHS. Co-pilots are required to carry out PPC
and line check from RHS. RHS qualification [Para 1.1.2(m)] is not
applicable in this case till the trainee qualifies as PIC. A trainer can fly as PF
from the RHS during the period of approval as trainer if the PPC from LHS is
current.
D 1.2.3.5.5 NOTE 5:The Crew scheduling section makes effort that

Designated Examiners / TRIs / Line Training Captains do not carry out any
check of pilots who are their close relatives. However, pilot under check and
the pilots carrying out the check shall ensure the compliance as per the
stipulations of DGCA CAR Section 7 Series F Part 1 Issue I.
D 1.2.3.5.6 NOTE 6:Flight simulation training devices approved by DGCA

may be used for those parts of the checks for which they are specifically
approved.
D 1.2.3.5.7 NOTE 7:It shall be ensured that the consecutive annual Route
Checks are carried out by different training captains.
PAGE D1C2 - 119

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.3.5.8 NOTE 8:DGCA mandates IR requirement once in twelve months

and the PPC twice annually.
D 1.2.3.5.9 NOTE 9:Corrective Training
(a) Should a pilot fail in IR/PPC every effort will be made to assist the
pilot in re-gaining the required standard by giving necessary
Corrective Training as per the deficiencies observed and
recommendation of the Training Captain and subjected to repeat
IR/PPC.
(b) In case the pilot fails a second time he/she will after appropriate
counseling and corrective training undergo a repeat IR/PPC.
D 1.2.3.6 RECENT EXPERIENCE – PILOT-IN-COMMAND AND CO-

PILOT:
(a) Alliance Air shall not assign a Pilot to act as pilot-in-command or a

co-pilot to operate at the flight controls of a type of aeroplane during
take-off and landing unless that pilot has operated the flight controls
during at least three take-offs and landings within the preceding 90
days on the same type of aeroplane or in a flight simulator approved
for the purpose and the records of the same will be maintained by
CMS based on the PSR received.
(b) Any flight crew member may satisfy recency requirements by

completing training and re-qualification in accordance with the
Alliance Air’s training and evaluation programme which is in
compliance with the DGCA CAR Section 8, Series ‘F’, Part I.
D 1.2.4LINE CHECKS:
D 1.2.4.1Alliance Air shall ensure that each flight crew member undergoes a
seat-specific annual line route check on the aeroplane to demonstrate his/her
competence in carrying out normal line operations described in the
Operations Manual. The period of validity of a line route check shall be 12
months.
D 1.2.4.1.1 Line Route checks must establish the ability to perform

satisfactorily a complete line operation including pre-flight and post-flight
PAGE D1C2 - 120
PART - D
PROGRAM
procedures and use of the equipment provided, as specified in the Operations

Manual.
D 1.2.4.1.2 The flight crew must be assessed on their crew resource

management CRM skills in accordance with a methodology acceptable to
DGCA and published in the Operations Manual. The purpose of such
assessment is to:
(a) Provide feedback to the crew collectively and individually and serve
to identify retraining; and
(b) Be used to improve the CRM training system.
D 1.2.4.1.3 CRM assessment alone shall not be used as a reason for a failure
of the route check.
D 1.2.4.1.4When pilots are assigned duties as pilot flying and pilot

monitoring, they must be checked in both functions. The line route check as
PF and PM may be completed on different route sectors within a span of 7
days. The date of completion of the route check shall be when both functions
have been checked with satisfactory results.
D 1.2.4.1.5 Efforts will be made to schedule the pilots who are assigned
duties as PF and PM to undergo two sector route check on the same day, in
which his assessment as PF and PM are carried out on two different sectors.
D 1.2.4.1.6Line route checks must be completed in an aeroplane.
D 1.2.4.1.7 Line route checks must be conducted by Line Training Captains /

TRI (A/S). The person conducting the line route check shall be trained in
CRM concepts and the assessment of CRM skills and may occupy an
observer’s seat where installed. When a line route check is conducted from
the observer’s seat, it shall be ensured that the pilot/pilots under check hold
valid and current licenses / ratings / qualification to undertake the flight. In
the case of long-haul operations where additional operating flight crew are
carried, the person may fulfill the function of a cruise relief pilot and shall not
occupy either pilot’s seat during take-off, departure, initial cruise, descent,
approach and landing. His/her CRM assessments shall solely be based on
observations made during the initial briefing, cabin briefing, cockpit briefing
and those phases where he/she occupies the observer’s seat.
PAGE D1C2 - 121

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.4.1.8Line route checks are to be carried out on two sectors with one
sector as PF and one as PM. Aerodrome qualification route checks are to be
carried out on two sectors to check performance in arrival / approach /
landing and takeoff / departure. All other route checks may be carried out on
single sector.
D 1.2.4.2 NOTE: Corrective Training
(a) Should a pilot fail in route check, every effort will be made to assist
Pilot in regaining required standard by giving necessary corrective
training as per the deficiencies observed and recommendations of the
training captain and subjected to repeat route check.
(b) In case the pilot fails a second time he/she will after appropriate
counseling and corrective training, his case shall be referred to the
Training Review Board.
D 1.2.5RULE 28A. MAXIMUM AGE LIMIT FOR PROFESSIONAL

PILOTS:No pilot shall act as Pilot in Command or Co-pilot of an aircraft
engaged in commercial air transport operations after he has attained the age of
sixty-five years.
D 1.2.6REQUIREMENTS FOR EXERCISING THE PRIVILEGES OF

RATINGS ON AEROPLANES WITH AUW EXCEEDING 5700 KGS
(ABSENCE FROM FLYING / RECONVERTING FROM ANOTHER
TYPE):
D 1.2.6.1 In accordance with CAR Section 8, Series ‘F’, Part I and ICAO
Annex 6 Part I standards,Alliance Air hasestablished a ground and flight
training programme, which ensures that all flight crew members are
adequately trained to perform their assigned duties and stipulates the
recentexperience requirements that need to be ensured prior to assigning
pilot-in-command and co-Pilot duties.
D 1.2.6.2 Further, in order to continue exercising the privileges of an

aeroplane rating entered in the license of a pilot, Alliance Air ensures that the
pilot has the recent flying experience of 03 (three) take-offs and landings on
same type of aeroplane or approved Level D Full Flight Simulator (FFS) in
the preceding 90 days. Additionally, the Instrument Rating, if applicable, is
required to be current on the aeroplane and the pilot should have successfully
completed Pilot Proficiency Checks on the aeroplane type as required by
PAGE D1C2 - 122
PART - D
PROGRAM
Schedule II of Aircraft Rules 1937. CAR Section 8, Series F, Part I, lays

down the requirements to be ensured for pilots who do not meet the recent
flying experience requirements for exercising the privileges of ratings on
aeroplanes with AUW exceeding 5700 Kgs.
D 1.2.6.3 The following requirements to be met for pilots, who do not meet
the pre-requisites for continued exercise of privileges of the aeroplane rating
including an aeroplane / additional aeroplane rating endorsed in the license
after commencing aeroplane training / Full Flight Simulator (FFS) training on
another type except in cases where pilots are authorized to fly more than one
type of aeroplane.
D 1.2.6.4 Before a Pilot (Commander or Co-Pilot) is released for flight duties

after prolonged absence from flying, the following Training / Checks are
required:
(a) Non-flying for more than 45 days upto 90 daysi.e. 46 days to 90

days:
(i) 1 Route Check or 1 Simulator LOFT (However, in the

preceding 90 days, the Pilot must have currency of 3 Take
Offs and 3 Landings)
(b) More than 90 days to 06 Months:
(i) Technical & Performance Refresher on Aeroplane (4

days)(All topics as per CAR Section 8, Series ‘F’, Part II)
(ii) 01 FFS Training session ORIR/PPC (if due) on FFS or
Aeroplane
(iii) 02 Sectors SLF (Supervised Line Flying) with Line Training
Captain / Type Rating Instructor.
(c) More than 06 Months to 12 Months:
(i) Extended Technical & Performance Refresher on Aeroplane

(5 days)(All topics as per CAR Section 8, Series ‘F’, Part II)
(ii) 02 FFS Training sessions OR01 FFS Training session and
IR/PPC (if due) on FFS or Aeroplane
(iii) 02 Sectors SLF with Line Training Captain / Type Rating
Instructor.
PAGE D1C2 - 123

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.6.4.1 NOTE:In case pilot is due for CRM / DGR / AVSEC / Wet Drill
& Fire Drill, additional days will be planned.
(d) More than 12 months to 24 Months:

(ii) 04 FFS Training sessions
(iii) IR/PPC on FFS or Aeroplane
(iv) 04 Sectors SLF with Line Training Captain / Type Rating
Instructor.
(v) Final Release Route Check by Type Rating Instructor.
D 1.2.6.4.2 NOTE:In case due for CRM / DGR / AVSEC / Wet Drill & Fire
Drill additional days will be planned.
(e) More than 24 Months to 36 Months:

(ii) 06 FFS Training sessions
(iii) IR/PPC on FFS or Aeroplane
(iv) 01 Initial Release Route Check by Instructor.
(v) 06 Sectors SLF with Line Training Captain / Type Rating
Instructor.
(vi) Final Release Route Check by Type Rating Instructor.
(f) More than 36 months:
(i) Full Type Rating

(ii) 01 Initial Release Route Check by Instructor.
(iii) 08 Sectors SLF with Line Training Captain / Type Rating
Instructor.
(iv) Final Release Route Check by Type Rating Instructor
D 1.2.6.4.3 NOTE 1:Instrument rating (as applicable) needs to be current and

endorsed prior to undertaking Route Checks/SLF on aeroplane.
D 1.2.6.4.4 NOTE 2:If License Renewal Route Check is due, a separate

Route Check is not necessary and can form a part of the off-flyingrelease
Route Check.
PAGE D1C2 - 124
PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.7PILOT QUALIFICATION TO OPERATE IN EITHER PILOT’S

SEAT:
D 1.2.7.1 PICs (commanders) whose duties also require them to operate in the
right-hand seat and carry out the duties of co-pilot, or PICs required to
conduct training or examining duties from the right-hand seat, shall complete
additional training and checking as specified in the Operations Manual, which
may be concurrent with the pilot proficiency checks prescribed in CAR
Section 8, Series F, Part II. This additional training must include at least the
following:
(a) An engine failure during take-off;
(b) A one engine inoperative approach and go-around; and
(c) A one engine inoperative landing.
D 1.2.7.1.1 NOTE :An acceptable method of recording the RHS training or

check is included in the Operations Manual in the form of a certificate issued
by Alliance Air, covering the exercises above which is to be signed by the
trainer conducting the training or check and countersigned by the pilot
undergoing the training or check. RHS qualification is not recorded on the
PPC form, which is seat-specific for the PIC or co-pilot.
D 1.2.7.2 When engine-out manoeuvers are carried out in an aeroplane, the

engine failure must be simulated by touch drill only in stabilized flight
conditions.
D 1.2.7.3 When operating in the right-hand seat, the checks required for
operating in the left-hand seat must, in addition, be valid and current.
D 1.2.7.4 The validity of RHS training shall be 12 months and will be

combined with aeroplane/FSTD training.
D 1.2.7.5 The validity for the RHS check shall be 6 months. RHS check is not
part of the PPC. An additional 15 minutes will be dedicatedto RHS check for
PICs at the end ofa PPC session.
PAGE D1C2 - 125

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.7.5.1 NOTE:RHS training or check will be valid from original date of

expiry if the training or check has been carried out within two months of date
of expiry as for reckoning in the case of PPC and IR.
D 1.2.7.6 RHS qualification is intended to qualify a PIC to carry out PF duties

from RHS in the event of incapacitation of the LHS pilot besides PM duties.
Trainers who are RHS current and qualified may however carry out PF duties
from the RHS under normal circumstances. RHS qualification is only
applicable once the pilot is endorsed as PIC even if the training has been done
prior to the PIC endorsement, but after the skill test.
D 1.2.7.7 Trainers are not required to carry out separate recurrent route
checks from RHS. PPC done from RHS in FSTD/airplane meets the RHS
qualification requirement.
D 1.2.7.7.1NOTE 1:PICs with current LVO qualifications may perform RHS

duties as PM only during LVO provided they have been additionally trained
and checked as per RHS training and checking cycles for exercises in Para i)
above to minimum authorized RVR conditions.
D 1.2.7.7.2 NOTE 2:RHS qualification including RHS qualification for LVO

will be endorsed on Alliance Air’s document or certificate which shall
indicate date of RHS check.
D 1.2.7.8 RHS Qualification. Alliance Airafter completing the qualification

requirements of RHS may use a PIC to occupy the RHS and perform duties as
co-pilot/pilot monitoring during LVO or to aerodromes requiring special
qualificationsubject to conditions as listed:
(a) LVTO/CAT II - Provided the PIC was qualified for LVO as a co-
pilot and recency is maintained as per requirements of CAR Section
8 Series C Part1 Rev 9 Para 7.5 and 7.6.
(b) Aerodrome qualification- Provided the PIC was qualified as a co-

pilot forthe aerodromes requiring aerodrome qualification as listed in
the Operation Manual and recency is maintained the preceding 12
months.
(c) Previously qualified co-pilots can perform PM duties from RHS

afterattaining PIC rating on type without additional training provided
recency is maintained as mentioned above. Further, Alliance Air
PAGE D1C2 - 126
PART - D
PROGRAM
shall maintain RHS Certificate for recency and qualification to

utilize these PICs from RHS as PM/Co-pilot
D 1.2.8EMERGENCY AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT TRAINING AND

CHECKING:
D 1.2.8.1 Alliance Air ensures that elements of Safety & Emergency

Procedure Training as outlined in CAR Section 8, Series ‘F’, Part II, Issue I
and CAR Section 7, Series 'M', Part I, Issue III, are integrated into all
appropriate phases of the recurrent training:
D 1.2.8.2 The SEP Training Programme is documented in Safety &

Emergency Procedures Training Manual (Operations Training Manual
Vol.III), which has been duly approved by the Cabin Safety Directorate,
DGCA.
D 1.2.8.3 CURRENCY OF SEP TRAINING AND JOINT EXERCISES:
D 1.2.8.3.1 It shall be ensured that the flight crew members complete joint
practical training exercises
(a) in the use of all emergency and safety equipment required to be

onboard the aircraft and such training shall be completed during
initial ground training and subsequently during recurrent training
once every 12 months;
(b) that address emergency evacuation and coordination among flight
crew members and such training shall be completed during initial
ground training and subsequently during recurrent training once
every 36 months.
(c) It shall be ensured that flight crew members participate in joint
training activities or exercises with cabin crew members for the
purpose of enhancing on board co-ordination and mutual
understanding of CRM and the human factors involved in addressing
emergency procedures and situations and security threats, whenever
possible. Such training shall be completed during initial ground
training and subsequently during recurrent training once every 12
months. A joint discussion of emergency procedures and the use of
emergency equipment may be accomplished, if joint emergency
equipment training is not possible.
PAGE D1C2 - 127

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.8.4 SAFETY AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES TRAINING

SYLLABUS (FLIGHT CREW):
D 1.2.8.4.1 Alliance Air shall ensure that each flight crew member undergoes
training and checking on the location and use of all safety and emergency
equipment carried. The period of validity of an SEP check shall be 12
months. If issued within the final three months of validity of a previous
emergency and safety check, the period of validity shall extend from the date
of issue until 12 months from the expiry date of that previous SEP check.
D 1.2.8.4.2 The Safety and emergency procedures (SEP) training consists of

the following:
(a) The SEP training programme is combined with safety and

emergency equipment checking and shall be conducted in the
classroom and the Mock-Up.
(b) Every 12 months the SEP training programme includes the

following:
(i) Actual donning of a lifejacket where fitted;

(ii) Actual donning of protective breathing equipment;
(iii)Actual handling of fire extinguishers;
(iv) Instruction on the location and use of all emergency and
safety equipment carried on the aeroplane;
(v) Instruction on the location and use of all types of exits; and
(vi) Security procedures.
(c) Every 36 months the programme of training includes the following:
(i) Actual operation of all types of exits;

(ii) Demonstration of the method used to operate a slide;
(iii) Actual fire-fighting using equipment representative of that
carried in the aeroplane on an actual or simulated fire except
that, an alternative method is used;
(iv) The effects of smoke in an enclosed area and actual use of all
relevant equipment in a simulated smoke-filled smoke-filled
environment;
(v) Actual handling of pyrotechnics;
PAGE D1C2 - 128

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.8.4.3NOTE:SEP Training involving Aeroplane maybe combined with

annual line route check requirement under the supervision of suitably
qualified personnel.
D 1.2.9CRM TRAINING:
D 1.2.9.1 Alliance Air ensures that all employees related to Flight operations,
shall undergo with the parent company Air India, elements of CRM as
outlined in the DGCA Operations Circular 3 / 2004 and DGCA CAR Section
8, Series F, Part II, issue I are integrated into all appropriate phases of the
initial / recurrent / transition training of ground and simulator:
(a) A specific modular CRM training programme as detailed earlier in

this manual, are established such that all major topics of CRM
training are covered over a period not exceeding 36 months, as
follows:
(i) Human error and reliability, error chain, Threat & Error
Management, error prevention and detection, Avoid, Traps
& Mitigate Model;
(ii) Company safety culture, SOPs, organizational factors;
(iii) Stress, stress management, fatigue and vigilance;
(iv) Information acquisition and processing, situation awareness,
workload management;
(v) Decision making;
(vi) Communication and coordination inside and outside the
cockpit;
(vii) Leadership and team behaviour, synergy;
(viii) Automation and philosophy of the use of automation (if
relevant to the type);
(ix) Specific type-related differences;
(x) Case based studies;
(xi) Additional areas which warrant extra attention, as identified
by the accident prevention and flight safety programme.
(b) Alliance Airhas established procedures to update CRM recurrent

training programme. Revision of the Programme shall be conducted
over a period not exceeding 36 months. The revision of the
programme takes into account the unidentified results of the CRM
assessments of crews, and information identified by the accident
prevention and flight safety programme.
PAGE D1C2 - 129
PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.9.2 Each flight crew member undergoes specific modular CRM

training. All major topics of CRM training shall be covered over a period not
exceeding 36 months.
D 1.2.9.3 Alliance Airshall ensure that each flight crew member undergoes
CRM training at least every 12 months. If the training is conducted within
three months prior to the expiry of the 12 months period, the next ground and
refresher training must be completed within 12 months of the original expiry
date of the previous CRM training.
D 1.2.10AVIATION SECURITY TRAINING:
D 1.2.10.1 It shall be ensured that flight crew members receive training in

aviation security at Air India facilities, to include policies and procedures that
address appropriate crew communication, coordination and action in response
to acts of unlawful interference. This training shall be completed during
initial Ground Training & subsequently once every 24 months. If the training
is conducted within three months prior to the expiry of the 24 months period,
the next AVSEC training must be completed within two years of the original
expiry date of the previous AVSEC training.
D 1.2.10.2 It is also ensured that all flight crew carrying passengers or

supernumeraries undergo complete security training, which shall be in
accordance with requirements of the civil aviation security program and
applicable requirements of other states where operations are conducted. Such
security training shall:
(a) Has training to ensure flight crew members are able to act in the
most appropriate manner to minimize the consequences of acts of
unlawful interference and/or disruptive passenger behavior.
(b) Be administered during initial ground training, and subsequently

during recurrent training on a schedule in accordance with
requirements of the security program and if applicable, other states
where operations are conducted, but not less than a frequency
specified by Alliance Air as necessary to maintain effectiveness in
performing operational duties that involve aviation security
responsibilities.
PAGE D1C2 - 130

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.10.3 DGCA/BUREAU OF CIVIL AVIATION SECURITY (BCAS)

establishes preventive measures inconformity with ICAO Annex. 17, to
prevent weapons, explosives or any other dangerous devices which may be
used to commit an act of unlawful interference. The same are circulated to the
crew and other operational staff as and when received for compliance.
D 1.2.10.4 Security Training is carried out by the BCAS certified Aviation

Security Instructors from theSecurity Department. Flight Crew and Cabin
Crew are given audio visual briefing on bomb threats and anti-hijacking and
Anti sabotage measures, Hijack and Bomb threat, in accordance with
requirements of as per ICAO Annex-17. A film is shown during the flight
safety refresher course.
D 1.2.10.5 For detailed information, refer Operations Security

Manual/Security Manual.
D 1.2.10.6 TRAINING SYLLABUS:
D 1.2.10.6.1 The Security Training syllabus for flight crew and cabin crew is
formulated by the BCAS under theNational Civil Aviation Security Training
Programme (NCASTP).
D 1.2.10.6.2 The various modules of the AVSEC training and the details of
contents of each module isdocumented in the Security Programme which is
controlled by the Security Department.
D 1.2.10.6.3 In accordance with the ICAO Annex 17 and National Civil

Aviation Security Training Programme circulated by BCAS flight crew and
cabin crew are required to undergo 6 days initial course in aviation security
and 2 days refresher course once in every 24 months.
D 1.2.10.6.4 Flight crew security training shall address the following subject
areas:
(a) Determination of the seriousness of the occurrence;
(b) Crew communication and coordination;
(c) Appropriate self-defense responses;
PAGE D1C2 - 131

PART - D
PROGRAM
(d) Use of non-lethal protective devices assigned to crew members for

use as authorized by theState;
(e) Understanding the behavior of terrorists so as to facilitate the ability

to cope with hijackerbehavior and passenger responses;
(f) Situational training exercises regarding various threat conditions;
(g) Flight deck procedures to protect the aircraft;
(h) Aircraft search procedures;
(i) As practicable, guidance on least-risk bomb locations.
D 1.2.10.6.5 NOTE 1:Flight crew members shall complete initial security

training prior to being assigned to operational duties.
D 1.2.10.6.6 NOTE 2:The specifications of this provision are applicable to

flight crew members utilized on board an aircraft during commercial and/or
non-commercial operations.
D 1.2.11DANGEROUS GOODS REGULATIONS TRAINING (DGR):
D 1.2.11.1 Alliance Airshall ensure that each flight crew member undergoes
dangerous goods regulations (DGR) training at least every 24 months at the
facilities of parent company Air India. If the training is conducted within
three months prior to the expiry of the 24 months period, the next DG training
must be completed within 24 months of the original expiry date of the
previous DG training.
D 1.2.11.2The training is carried out in accordance to Air India DGR

Training Manual (OMD Vol. IV), in compliance with CAR Section 11, Series
C, Part I and Aircraft (Carriage of Dangerous Goods) Rule 2003.
D 1.2.11.3 The training programme is detailed in Dangerous Goods

Regulations Training Manual (Operations Manual – Part D, – Vol IV). The
same has been duly approved by DRI, DGCA.
D 1.2.11.4 Please refer to Dangerous Goods Training Manual for the syllabus
and other details.
PAGE D1C2 - 132

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.12 LINE RELEASE PILOT ANNUAL REFRESHER:
SUBJECT / TOPIC Min Duration As AAAL ATR

Per CAR 72-600
Aircraft Technical System & Procedure 12:00 12:00
Aircraft Performance 07:30 07:30
Changes In Regulation & OM 01:00 01:00
SEP 01:00 01:00
Joint CRM* 02:00 02:00
Flight Safety & SMS 02:00 02:00
PBN 01:00 01:00
LVO (CAT II) 01:30 01:30
Adverse Weather Ops Monsoon 01:00 01:00
MEDICAL 01:00 01:00
Evaluation Technical 01:00 01:00
Evaluation Performance 01:00 01:00
Total Duration 32:00 32:00
SIM Training 02:00
CHECK 02:00
D 1.2.12.1 EXTENDED REFRESHER
SUBJECT / TOPIC Min Duration As AAAL ATR

Per CAR 72-600
Aircraft Technical System & Procedure 16:00 12:00
Aircraft Performance 11:30 07:30
Changes In Regulation & OM 01:00 01:00
SEP 01:00 01:00
Joint CRM* 02:00 02:00
Flight Safety & SMS 02:00 02:00
PBN 01:00 01:00
LVO (CAT II) 01:30 01:30
Adverse Weather Ops Monsoon 01:00 01:00
MEDICAL 01:00 01:00
Evaluation Technical 01:00 01:00
Evaluation Performance 01:00 01:00
Total Duration 40:00 40:00
SIM Training 02:00
CHECK 02:00
PAGE D1C2 - 133

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.12 .3 Note : * Joint CRM of 02 Hrs is only applicable to Extended

refresher course (Gap in Flying) participants and not for Command
Upgrade. Command Upgrade module covers CRM Specfic topics for
upgrade.
D 1.2.13PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF TRAINING AND CHECKS:

D 1.2.13.1 PERIOD OF VALIDITY:
D 1.2.13.1.1 The period of validity of Flight crew training and checking are
as follows:
Type of Period CAR Reference OM D

Training/Checking of Chapter
Validity Reference
Instrument Rating 12 months
CAR Section 8, OM D Section
(IR) ***** Series F– Part II 1 – Chapter 2
Para 9.3.3
PPC ***** 6 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section
Series F– Part II 1 – Chapter 2
Para 9.2.3
Line Route Check 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section
(Annual Line Series F– Part II 1 – Chapter 2
Check) Para 9.4
Pilot Incapacitation 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section
Check (validated with Series F– Part II 1 – Chapter 2
IR/PPC) Appendix 8
Simulator Training 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D
Series F– Part II Section 1
Para 9.8 Chapter 2
ROUTE AND AERODROME QUALIFICATION
Route and 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section
Aerodrome Series F– Part II 1 – Chapter 3
Competence Para 12.6
Qualifications **
PAGE D1C2 - 134

PART - D
PROGRAM

Validity Reference
LVTO CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1
Ground 12 months Series F– Part II – Chapter 4
Training Appendix 12
(validated
with Ground
Refresher) *
LVTO Simulator CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1
Training and 6 months Series C– Part II Para – Chapter 4
Checking validated 7.10
with IR/ PPC
training
CAT II Ground CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1 –
Training (validated 12 months Series C– Part II Para Chapter 4
with Ground 7.6.1
Refresher) *
CAT II Training and CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1
Checking (validated 6 monthsSeries C– Part II Para – Chapter 4
with IR/ PPC) **** 7.6.2
GROUND RECURRENT *
CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1 –
PBN Ground 12 months Series FPart II Para Chapter 4
Training 9.7 and CAR Section
8, SeriesSPartIV
TCAS (ACAS) 12 months Series F– Part II Para Chapter 4
Training 9.7
CAR Section 8,
Contaminated 12 months Series F– Part II Para
Runway Ops 9.7
PAGE D1C2 - 135

PART - D
PROGRAM

Validity Reference
Adverse Weather 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1 –
including Monsoon Series F– Part II Para Chapter 4
Ops 9.7
Thunderstorm 12 months Series F– Part II Para Chapter 4
Avoidance 9.7
Windshear Training 12 months Series F– Part II Para Chapter 2 & 4
9.7
CFIT / GPWS 12 months Series F– Part II Para Chapter 2 & 4
Training 9.7
Aircraft Upset CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1 –
Recovery Training 12 months Series F– Part II Para Chapter 2 & 4
9.7
CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1
ADS-B Training (if 12 months Series F– Part II Para – Chapter 2 & 4
applicable) 9.7
EFB (if applicable CAR Section 8, N/A
and type of EFB) 12 months Series F– Part II Para
9.7
Aircraft 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1
Performance Series F– Part II Para – Chapter 2
9.7
Pilot Incapacitation 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1
Ground Training Series F– Part II Para – Chapter 2
9.7
CDFA Ground 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1
Training Series F– Part II Para – Chapter 2 & 4
9.7
TRIS / DEs
QUALIFICATION
LTC, SFI, TRI - 24 months CAR Section 7, OM D Section 0
S/A Series I - Part II
standardisation (Issue II), Para 7.2
PAGE D1C2 - 136

PART - D
PROGRAM

Validity Reference
CAR Section 7, OM D Section 0
CRM Facilitator 12 months Series M- Part
(Issue II), Para
14.7
DE Workshop / CAR Section 7, OM D Section 0
Standardisation 12 months Series I– Part I (Issue
Check II), Para
9.1 and 9.2
MISCELLANEOUS
Transit Check *** 12 months N/A
SMS Training 12 months CAR Section 8, OM D Section 1

(validated with Series F Chapter 2
Ground Refresher) – Part II Para 9.7
*
D 1.2.13.1.2*If the recurrent training is conducted within three months prior

to the expiry of the 12 months period, the next ground and refresher training
must be completed within 12 months of the original expiry date of the
previous ground and refresher training. This is also applicable for SEP check
and CRM training.
D 1.2.13.1.3 **Qualification is re-validated by operating in the airfield/route

within the validity period. Qualification valid for 12 months from the last
operation.
D 1.2.13.1.4 ***Validity is subject to the conditions that PIC has completed

two checks prior to attending Annual Ground Refresher.
D 1.2.13.1.5 ****CAT II check shall be conducted with the lowest authorized

RVR. If a pilot has not been checked to the lowest authorized RVR then his
authorization shall be limited to the RVR he was checked during IR/PPC.
D 1.2.13.1.6 *****In case of renewal the period of validity of PPC and IR

shall commence from the date of expiry of previous validity provided that the
check has been carried out within 2 months preceding the date of expiry.
PAGE D1C2 - 137

PART - D
PROGRAM
D 1.2.13.2 RESETTING THE VALIDITY OF A PROFICIENCY OR

LINE CHECK: In case of medical grounding, BA positive cases or any
other reason when the pilot is off flying duties and as per the recency
requirements undergoes a Proficiency or Line Check, his validity would be
reset if needed.
D 1.2.13.3 RECENT EXPERIENCE - CAPTAIN AND CO-PILOT: A

pilot shall not operate an aircraft as the PIC or a Co-pilot unless, he fulfills
the recency requirements as per CAR Section 8, Series F, Part I.
D 1.2.13.3.1Recency requirements of TRIs / Designated Examiners can be

satisfied by the following ways:
(a) TRI / Designated Examiner shall exercise his privileges on an

aeroplane only when he has a minimum of 10 hrs flying experience
as PIC on the type during the proceeding 90 days;
(b) Take-offs and landings can be executed by the trainer during P2 SLF
for the recency purpose;
(c) Take-off landings carried out in the simulator during any simulator
training is valid for 90 days;
(d) Recency can also be maintained in the simulator which can be

conducted by SFI, TRI - S / A and an additional 30 minutes will be
provided by the simulator planner on prior intimation by the trainer
for his own recency; and
(e) Line flights to trainers for the purpose of the above recency will be
provided only on receiving requests on e-mail to Chief of Training.
PAGE D1C2 - 138

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
CHAPTER 3 – ROUTE / ROLE / AERODROME / AREA

COMPETENCE QUALIFICATION
D 1.3ROUTE / ROLE / AERODROME AND AREA COMPETENCE

QUALIFICATIONS:
D 1.3.1 LINE TRAINING & EVALUATION:
D 1.3.1.1Alliance Air has a line qualification programme consisting of line

training and, where applicable, evaluations, approved by DGCA which
ensures flight crew members are qualified to operate in areas, on routes or
route segments and into the airports, to be used in operations. Such
programme shall:
(a) Be published in Training Manual or equivalent documents;
(b) Ensure each Pilot flight crew member has adequate knowledge of the
elements, as applicable to the areas, routes and route segments of
intended operations;
(c) Specify qualification requirements for operations in all areas, on all

routes or route segments, and into all airports of use.
(d) Ensure Line training and evaluation for each pilot crew member is
accomplished during initial qualification and in accordance with the
continuing qualification curriculum.
(e) Ensure Line training and evaluation is completed prior to a pilot

crew being is used as PIC in operations.
D 1.3.1.2 It shall be ensured that each pilot crew member completes training
in the special skills and/or knowledge required to operate in areas and on
routes or route segments over difficult terrain and/or into special airports, as
designated by the DGCA or by the Company. The content of such training
shall be completed during initial training and prior to flight crew member
being used as PIC has adequate knowledge of applicable elements to the
areas, routes and route segments and special airports of intended operation.
D 1.3.1.3 Special airport and/or route qualification (if applicable) could

include one or more of the following elements, as approved or accepted by
the State:
PAGE D1C3 - 139
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(a) PIC review of an adequate pictorial representation (aerial

photographic approach plate, video presentation, slideshows, etc.);
(b) Simulator training;
(c) Line check airmen briefing;
(d) PIC operation into the airport accompanied by a line check or other
qualified airman;
(e) Exemptions for VFR operations.
D 1.3.1.4 The specifications of this provision address the training required to

operate over difficult terrain and/or into special airports based on a
determination, by Alliance Air and/or DGCA, that pilots require special skills
or knowledge for such operations. Such training typically addresses routes
and/or airports that are over or in areas:
(a) With mountainous terrain, including high terrain, rapidly rising

terrain or terrain with steep gradients;
(b) With terrain that contributes to the existence of mountain waves,

turbulence, high surface winds, sudden wind changes and/or other
atmospheric phenomena that could affect the performance of the
aircraft;
(c) Containing topographical variations such as ridgelines, valleys,

ravines, fjords or other areas where downdrafts on the leeward or
downwind side can make traversing the area or accomplishing a
crosswind landing hazardous;
(d) Where the airport, runway and/or approach environment is difficult

to identify at night due to surrounding lights;
(e) Where featureless or expansive terrain could contribute to optical

illusions during the day or at night;
(f) That are devoid of lighting where airport, runway and/or approach
area identification is difficult at night due to lack of visible
landmarks;
PAGE D1C3 - 140
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(g) That are devoid of lighting and sole reference to external or visual
cues is insufficient for the maintenance of proper aircraft attitude
control;
(h) That require the application of any other specific skills or

knowledge, as determined by Alliance Air and/or DGCA.
D 1.3.1.5 Alliance Air ensures that a Pilot is not utilized as PIC or as a First
Officer of an aeroplane on a route or route segment for which that pilot is not
currently qualified until such pilot has:
(a) Shall demonstrate an adequate knowledge of the route to be flown

and aerodromes that are to be used.
(b) Procedures applicable to flight path into which the pilot is intended
to operate.
(c) Made an actual approach into each aerodrome of landing on the

route, accompanied by a pilot who is qualified for the aerodrome as
a member of flight crew or an observer on the flight deck. (The
SUPY / SLF shall consist of 1 Entry and 1 Exit).
D 1.3.2 POLICY ON ROUTE AND AERODROME COMPETENCE:
D 1.3.2.1 The pilot must ensure, prior to being assigned as Commander on a

route, that he has obtained adequate knowledge of the route to be flown and
of the aerodromes (including alternates, facilities and procedures to be used).
The period of validity of a route and aerodrome qualification is 12 calendar
months in addition to the remainder of the month of qualification, or the
month of the latest operation.
D 1.3.2.2 Operation on the route or to the aerodrome within the previous

period of validity revalidates route and aerodrome competence qualification.
The period of validity of aerodrome qualification shall be12 months from the
date of qualification/ last operation.
D 1.3.2.3 Aerodrome qualification is essential keeping in mind the

operational characteristics of different airports. The availability of adequate
facilities, types of nav aids, traffic density, nature of surrounding terrain etc.
determine the criteria to be applied before releasing a pilot to operate to a
PAGE D1C3 - 141
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
particular airport. The categorization of Aerodromes is as outlined in this

chapter. (Refer DGCA operations circular 02 of 2012). A safety risk
assessment by Flight Operations / Department of Flight Safety is carried out
for the categorization of the aerodromes.
D 1.3.3 ROUTE COMPETENCE TRAINING / REQUIREMENTS:
D 1.3.3.1 It shall be ensured that each pilot, prior to being used as a PIC in
operations, has completed line qualification and has adequate knowledge of
the areas, routes or route segments and airports of use.
D 1.3.3.2 As per ICAO Annex.6 Part I and Operations Circular 2 of 2012 and
CAR Section 8, Series ‘O’, Part II - each pilot shall demonstrate to Alliance
Air an adequate knowledge of;
(a) The route to be flown and the aerodromes which are to be used.
This shall include knowledge of:
(i) the terrain and minimum safe altitudes;

(ii) the seasonal meteorological conditions;
(iii) the meteorological, communication and air traffic facilities,
services and procedures;
(iv) Search and rescue services for the areas over which the
aircraft will be flown; and
(v) the navigational facilities and procedures, including any long-
range navigation procedures, associated with the route along
which the flight is to take place; and
(vi) Procedures applicable to flight paths over heavily populated
areas and areas of high air traffic density;
(vii) Airport obstructions, physical layout, lighting, approach aids
and arrival, departure, holding and instrument approach
procedures and applicable operating minima.
D 1.3.3.3 NOTE:That portion of the demonstration relating to arrival,

departure, holding and instrument approach procedures may be accomplished
in an appropriate training device which is adequate for this purpose.
(b) It shall be ensured that each pilot, prior to being used as a PIC, has
received training in the special skills or knowledge required to
operate in areas and on routes or route segments over difficult terrain
and/or into special airports, as designated by the DGCA or by the
PAGE D1C3 - 142
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Company. The content of such training shall ensure the PIC has
adequate knowledge of applicable areas, routes and route segments
and special airports.
(c) Depending upon the complexity of the route the following methods
of familiarization will be used:
(i) For less complex routes: Familiarization by self-briefing with

route documentation or programmed instructions. This can be
complied by providing a briefing guide document for the
crew.
(ii) For more complex routes: in addition to the self-instruction,

in-flight familiarization as a PIC, co-pilot or observer under
supervision or familiarization in an approved simulator using
a database appropriate to route concerned.
D 1.3.4 AERODROME COMPETENCE TRAINING AND

REQUIREMENTS:
D 1.3.4.1 A pilot-in-command shall have made an actual approach into each

aerodrome of landing on the route, accompanied by a pilot who is qualified
for the aerodrome, as a member of the flight crew or as an observer on the
flight deck, unless:
(a) the approach to the aerodrome is not over difficult terrain and the
instrument approach procedures and aids available are similar to
those with which the pilot is familiar, and a margin to be approved
by the DGCA is added to the normal operating minima, or there is
reasonable certainty that approach and landing can be made in visual
meteorological conditions. Or
D 1.3.4.1.1 NOTE:Additional safety margin as per CAR Section 8 Series C

Part 1 – All Weather Operations, is to be added to the minima for the first
flight as PIC into an aerodrome to comply with the margin requirement.
(b) the descent from the initial approach altitude can be made by day in
visual meteorological conditions; or
PAGE D1C3 - 143

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(c) Alliance Air qualifies the pilot-in-command to land at the aerodrome

concerned by means of an adequate pictorial presentation; or
(d) the aerodrome concerned is adjacent to another aerodrome at which

the pilot-in-command is currently qualified to land.
D 1.3.4.2 Alliance Air shall maintain a record, sufficient to satisfy the DGCA
of the qualification of the pilot and of the manner in which such qualification
has been achieved.
D 1.3.4.3 Alliance Air shall not continue to utilize a pilot as a pilot-in-

command on a route or within an area specified and approved by the DGCA,
unless within the preceding 12 months, the pilot has made at least one trip
between the terminal points of that route as a pilot member of the flight crew,
or as a LTC / TRI / DE, or as an observer in the flight crew compartment.
(a) Within that specified area; and
(b) If appropriate, on any route where procedures associated with that

route or with any aerodromes intended to be used for take-off or
landing require the application of special skills or knowledge.
D 1.3.4.4 The following stipulations forms the basis for categorization of

Airfields and operation to New Airfields:
(a) Alliance Air shall carry out an assessment of the area of operation
and categorize the aerodromes depending upon the safety risk
assessment and shall define the training and qualification
requirements for those aerodromes.
(b) Alliance Air Operations Manual shall specify a method of

categorization of aerodromes and specify the requirements necessary
for each of these categories. If the least demanding aerodromes are
Category A, Category B and C would be applied to progressively
more demanding aerodromes. Alliance Air Operations Manual shall
specify the parameters which qualify an aerodrome to be considered
Category A and then provide a list of those aerodromes categorized
as B or C.
PAGE D1C3 - 144

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(c) All aerodromes to which Alliance Air operates should be categorized

in one of these three categories. These categorizations should be
acceptable to FSD,DGCA.
D 1.3.4.5 CATEGORY A: An aerodrome which satisfies all of the following

requirements:
(a) An approved instrument approach procedure;
(b) At least one runway with no performance limited procedure for take-
off and/or landing;
(c) Published circling minima not higher than 1000 feet above
aerodrome level; and
(d) Night operations capability
D 1.3.4.6 CATEGORY B - An aerodrome which does not satisfy the

Category A requirements or which requires extra considerations such as:
(a) Non-standard approach aids and/or approach patterns; or
(b) Unusual local weather conditions; or
(c) Unusual characteristics or performance limitations; or

(d) Any other relevant considerations including Obstructions, physical
layout, lighting etc.
D 1.3.4.6.1 Prior to operating to a Category B aerodrome, the PIC should be

briefed or self-briefed by means of programmed instruction, on the Category
B aerodrome(s) concerned and should certify that he has carried out these
instructions.
D 1.3.4.7 CATEGORY C - An aerodrome, which requires additional

considerations to a Category B aerodrome.
D 1.3.4.7.1 NOTE:Airports where the regulatory authorities have laid down

special qualifications / training / requirements to be coupled with for
operations to such airport.
PAGE D1C3 - 145

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.3.4.7.2 Prior to operating to a Category C aerodrome, the crew should be

briefed and undertake a flight to the aerodrome as an observer and/or
undertake instruction in a flight simulator with visual database. This
instruction should be certified by Alliance Air.
D 1.3.5 RE-QUALIFICATION:
D 1.3.5.1 In the event that more than 12 months elapse in which a PIC has not
made such a trip on a route in close proximity and over similar terrain, within
such a specified area, route or aerodrome, and has not practiced such
procedures in a training device which is adequate for this purpose, prior to
again serving as a pilot-in-command within that or on that route, that pilot
must re-qualify in accordance with Para 1.1.3(b) and 1.1.3(c).
D 1.3.5.2 An acceptable means of compliance for re-qualifying a pilot who

has not flown to an aerodrome for more than 12 months is to undertake a
flight as an observer or co-pilot before operating as a PIC without the need to
repeat the initial qualification syllabus.
D 1.3.5.2.1 NOTE 1: Qualifications requirements to operate to new/ Special

airports on all sectors shall be stipulated by the ED Operations as required
from to time and approval is sought from FSD, DGCA.
D 1.3.6 RESTRICTED CAPTAINS:
(a) Pilots who have recently released to fly as PIC (First Command) the
following stipulations will be applicable:
S.No. Item Training Requirements
After completion of the stipulated PIC

experience of 100 hours (initial
command) to undergo one Route Check
Utilization / to any short field and subject to
01 Short Field satisfactory assessment, released to fly
Assessment to airfields without the runway length
restriction. For the purpose of short
field – the runway length should be less
than 4000 feet.
PAGE D1C3 - 146

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

Upto 100 hours as PIC to fly at higher
Higher
weather minima as specified in DGCA
Minima
02 CAR All Weather Operations DA(H) or
(Take-off/
MDA(H) + 100ft / Approved VIS/RVR
Landing)
+ 400m
For Pilots, who have obtained their
command rating on commercial
transport aircraft for the first time, will
fall under this category, the following
additional criteria must be fulfilled:
a) Should have operated as a P2 on
commercial transport aircraft
during a minimum of one
monsoon season prior to obtaining
PIC rating for the first time.
b) Should have at least 100 hours PIC
experience on type before being
released to fly as PIC during
Monsoon adverse weather conditions unless
03 Training / the pilot has a minimum of three
Checks monsoon seasons as P2 on type
prior to obtaining PIC rating for the
first time. In cases where a PIC is
short of the 100 hours
requirement or his endorsement
has been obtained prior to or
during adverse weather, the pilot
may continue to fly as PIC during
adverse weather conditions till he
achieves 100 hours provided the
co-pilot has a minimum of 1000
hours on type and a minimum of
two monsoon seasons on type.
PAGE D1C3 - 147

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Note: For the purpose of qualification

criteria of Para above
1) 100 hours of PIC must include
actual time in the left seat
2) Monsoon season in Sub Para (a)

and (b) refers to April-September
Supervised
As per DGCA CAR Section 8, Series F,
04 Take-off &
Part III
Landing
Ground and Simulator training as
stipulated in DGCA CAR Section 8,
LVTO (less
Series C, Part I (All Weather
than 400m
05 Operations). If trained and checked for
visibility and
LVTO the pilots will exercise the
upto 125m)
privileges of LVTO after acquiring 100
Hrs on type.
Ground, Simulator and Aircraft training
06 CAT II as stipulated in DGCA CAR Section 8,
Series C, Part I (All Wx Operations)
PAGE D1C3 - 148

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.3.7AIRFIELDS WITH SPECIFIC TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:
S.No. Airfield P1 Requirements P2 Requirements

1 BELGAUM 100 hours on type. Nil
500 qualifying hours 100 qualifying
2 INS GARUDA
on type. hours on type.
3 KOLHAPUR 300 Hours on type Nil
500 Hrs PIC; One
Simulator airfield
Fam session. Two
At least 300 hrs on
route checks for
ATR72-600. One
P1already cleared for
familiarization
operations toKullu.
and one route
One familiarization
4 KULLU check before
flight and two route
cleared to operate.
checks for other P1s
who have not
operated in the area
Recency Requirements: One flight in the
preceding 6 months for PIC and one flight
in preceding 12 months for co-pilot
PANTNAGAR/ 500 Hrs on ATR 1 Supernumerary
5
LUDHIANA type flight
500 hours on type 300 hours on type
6 PASIGHAT
and 1 FAM flight and 1 FAM flight
The Pilot-in-command operating to
Barapani should possess a minimum of
500 hours of total PIC experience. Each
7 BARAPANI pilot would be subjected to one Route
familiarization flight followed by one
Route check before being cleared for
Barapani operation.
8 PALALY (Jaffna) 500 Hrs on type 300 Hrs on type
Dimapur airfield Dimapur airfield
9 DIMAPUR
route check route check
300 Hrs - Min
300 Hrs - Min EXP
10 DHARAMASHALA EXP on Type as
on Type as P1
P2
PAGE D1C3 - 149
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
S.No. Airfield P1 Requirements P2 Requirements

01 Observation flight 01 SLF
01 SLF
01 Route check by
01 Route check by TRI/LTC
TRI/LTC
Minimum of 500 Hrs
01 Observation flight 01 SLF OR
if not operated to
11 AGATTI Agatti as a P2
01 SLF
01 Route check
01 Route check
D 1.3.7.1 NOTE 1:
A- In case of unavailability of simulator, local training

covering the approach, missed approach and departures will
be required as a non-revenue flight.
B- The above table is for Day operations. Prior to undertaking

night operations into any of the aerodromes above with an
instrument approach, minimum 10 sectors in the applicable
seat capacity (PIC or co-pilot) on type will be required. No
additional training or assessment for night operations other
than Day qualifying experience is needed.
C- An observation/SLF/assessment flight for aerodrome

qualification consists of 2 sectors, one of which is arrival,
approach and landing and the second take-off and
departure.
PAGE D1C3 - 150

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Airport IATA
S.No. Airport Name Airport Category
Code
1) BHJ BHUJ B
2) BKB BIKANER B
3) BUP BHATINDA B
4) DIU DIU B
5) DMU DIMAPUR B
6) GBI GULBARGA B
7) IMF IMPHAL B
8) IXI LILABARI B
9) IXJ JAMMU B
10) IXP PATHANKOT B
11) IXT PASSIGHAT B
12) IXY KANDLA B
13) JAF JAFFNA B
14) KLH KOLHAPUR B
15) LUH LUDHIANA B
16) PGH PANTNAGAR B
17) SAG SHIRDI B
18) CCJ KOZHIKODE B
19) CJB COIMBATORE B
20) DED DEHRADUN B
21) GAU GUWAHATI B
22) IXG BELAGAVI B
23) IXR RANCHI B
24) JRG JHARSUGUDA B
25) MYQ MYSORE B
26) PNQ PUNE B
27) VTZ VIZAG B
28) JLR JABALPUR B
PAGE D1C3 - 151

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 3
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
29) UDR UDAIPUR B
S.No. Airport IATA Code Airport Name Airport Category

1) AGX AGATTI C
2) DHM DHARAMSHALA C
3) KUU KULLU C
4) SLV SHIMLA C
PAGE D1C3 - 152

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
CHAPTER 4 – SPECIAL OPERATIONS TRAINING
D 1.4 SPECIAL OPERATIONS TRAINING:
Initial Ground Training

Sl. Type Of
Duration in Hrs Recurrency
No. Training
Technical Performance
As part of Annual
1 PBN - 4+2
refresher
3 (Part of
As part of Annual
2 TCAS Endorse- -
refresher/simulator
mentTrg)
3 (Part of
As part of Annual
4 EGPWS Endorse- -
refresher/simulator
mentTrg)
As part of Annual
5 CAT II 2 2
refresher/Simulator
Adverse
Weather As part of Annual
6 - 2
/Monsoon refresher/Simulator
Operations
As part of Annual
7 LVTO - 1
refresher/Simulator
Cold Wx Ops/
As part of Annual
8 De-icing / - 2
refresher
Anti-Icing
Fuel
Management -
Economic As part of Annual
9 - 2
Tankering – refresher
Reclearance
Flight Planning
Discussion during the
10 CFIT - 3
CRM/Sim.
2(Part of
As part of Annual
11 ADS-B Endorse- -
refresher
mentTrg)
As part of Annual
12 CDFA - 2 refresher
PAGE D1C4 - 153

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.1 PBN TRAINING (PERFORMANCE BASED NAVIGATION) –

RNP / RNAV:
D 1.4.1.1 All Flight Crew will undergo the PBN training during their initial
training and as part of the annual recurrent ground and Simulator training.
The training will be as per PBN Manual and DGCA CAR Section 8, Series S,
Part IV issued on 4thSept, 2014.
D 1.4.1.2 The PBN Training is conducted in compliance with the guidelines

specified in the PBN manual:
Peformance (2 hours)
DEFINITIONS
(a) Area navigation (RNAV)

(b) Global navigation satellite system (GNSS)
(c) Navigation specifications -
(d) Required Navigation Performance (RNP) Specification
(e) Area Navigation (RNAV) Specification -
(f) Navigation system error (NSE)
(g) Path definition error (PDE) -
(h) Performance-based navigation (PBN).
(i) Receiver autonomous integrity monitoring (RAIM)
(j) RNP operations
(k) RNP system -
(l) Standard instrument arrival (STAR) -
(m) Standard instrument departure (SID)
(n) Fly-by way-point
(o) Fly over way-point
OVERVIEW
(a) Introduction.
(b) Transition from Conventional Navigation to PBN
(c) Performance Based Navigation
PAGE D1C4 - 154
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
AREA NAVIGATION (RNAV/RNP)
(a) Area Navigation (RNAV)

(b) Navigation performance accuracy.
(c) Required navigation performance.
(d) Evolution of RNP concept.
(e) RNAV Operations.
(f) RNP airspace.
(g) RNP Types - RNP 1, RNP 2, RNP 4, RNP 12.6, RNP 20.
(h) Basic RNAV and precision RNAV.
(i) RNP APPROACH
(j) RNP APPROACH AR
(k) RNAV 10/RNP 10
(l) RNAV 5/ RNP 4
D 1.4.1.3 TRAINING REQUIREMENT FOR PBN

APPROACHES:Pilots will undergo initial training of 1 hour for PBN
approaches.
D 1.4.2 PRECISION RUNWAY MONITOR (PRM) TRAINING:
D 1.4.2.1 PRM APPROACH:
D 1.4.2.1.1 Alliance Air operates to airfields where PRM approaches are

conducted. The training requirements are mentioned below, as per DGCA
Operations Circular No 4 of 2016.
D 1.4.2.1.2 For further details of PRM, refer to Jepessen.
D 1.4.2.2 PILOT TRAINING REQUIREMENT:
(a) 2 hours briefing by Ground Instructor / Flight Instructor
(b) Viewing of FAA Video (ILS PRM AND SOIA approaches:

information for air carrier pilots).
PAGE D1C4 - 155

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.2.2.1 NOTE: Either simultaneous dependent ILS approaches, or SOIA

LDA PRM and ILS PRM approaches may be conducted depending on
weather conditions and traffic volume. Pilots should use caution so as not to
confuse these operations. Use SOIA procedures only when the ATIS
advertises PRM approaches are in use. SFO is the only airport where both
procedures are presently conducted.
D 1.4.2.2.2 As per Operations Circular 4 of 2016 – Following is the training

requirement.
D 1.4.2.2.3 Pilots must complete special pilot training, as outlined below,

before accepting a clearance for a simultaneous close parallel ILS PRM or
LDA PRM approach. For commercial operations, pilots must comply with
DGCA approved training as identified in Alliance Air Operations Manual.
Training, at a minimum, must require pilots to view the FAA video “ILS
PRM AND SOIA APPROACHES: INFORMATION FOR AIR CARRIER
PILOTS.” Refer to https://www.faa.gov/training_testing/training/prm/or
search key words FAA PRM for additional information and to view or
download the video. For general aviation operations, pilots must be familiar
with PRM operations as contained in this OC. In addition, pilots must view
the FAA video referred to above.
D 1.4.2.2.3.1 NOTE: Either simultaneous dependent ILS approaches, or

SOIA LDA PRM and ILS PRM approaches may be conducted depending on
weather conditions and traffic volume. Pilots should use caution so as not to
confuse these operations. Use SOIA procedures only when the ATIS
advertises PRM approaches are in use. SFO is the only airport where both
procedures are presently conducted.
D 1.4.2.2.4 For further information regarding ILS Precision Runway Monitor

(PRM) and Simultaneous Offset Instrument Approach (SOIA) refer
Operations Circular 4 of 2016 and PBN Manual.
D 1.4.3 TCAS/ACAS:
D 1.4.3.1 It is ensured that all flight crew members with duties and
responsibilities related to TCAS/ACAS alerting equipment complete training
and an evaluation that includes a demonstration of competence in maneuvers
and procedures for the proper response to TCAS/ ACAS alerts during initial
PAGE D1C4 - 156

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
ground and simulator training and subsequently during recurrent simulator

training.
D 1.4.3.2 The initial ground training will be carried out as per the FCOMsand
broadly covers System description, controls and indications and abnormal /
emergency procedures. Recurrent training will be carried out as a part of the
annual refresher. DGCA Ops Circular 07 of 2010 gives the guidance material.
D 1.4.3.3 The training covers: theory of operation; pre-flight operations;

general in-flight operations; response to traffic advisories (TAs); and response
to resolution advisories (RAs). The training objectives are further divided into
the areas of: ACAS academic training; ACAS manoeuvre training; ACAS
initial evaluation; and ACAS recurrent qualification that includes the Ground
and the Simulator Training and evaluation.
D 1.4.4 EGPWS TRAINING:
D 1.4.4.1 All the pilots will undergo the EGPWS ground / simulator training
during the initial training and it is discussed as part of the annual recurrent
training as per the stipulations laid down in the FCOM under Navigation
chapter.
D 1.4.4.2 The DGCA Operations circular 05 of 2002, 03 of 2009 and 08 of
2010.
D 1.4.4.3 The EGPWS ground training broadly covers System description,
Basic modes, EGPWS functions, controls & indications, Abnormal /
Emergency procedures and subsequently evaluated accordingly. The same is
trained and evaluated during the Ab-Initio Training, PIC Upgrade Training,
Conversion Training on Simulator. The following topics covered during the
initial ground training: -
(a) Theory of operation, means of surveillance and terrain avoidance
(b) Alert thresholds in different modes of operation
(c) Limitations, i.e. it should not be used as a means of navigation
(d) Inhibits and when they may be used
(e) Operating Procedures, operating controls, display interpretation
PAGE D1C4 - 157

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(f) Response required to various cautions and warnings
(g) Crew Coordination
(h) Reporting requirements to ATC on RT as well as written reports

when required
D 1.4.4.4 EGPWS recurrent training ensures that pilots maintain the

appropriate EGPWS knowledge and skills. In particular, it reminds pilots of
the need to act promptly in response to cautions and warnings, and of the
unusual attitude associated with flying the escape maneuver. An essential
item of recurrent training is the discussion of any significant issues and
operational concerns that have been identified by Alliance Air. Recurrent
training should also address changes to EGPWS logic, parameters or
procedures and to any unique EGPWS characteristics of which pilots should
be aware. This Recurrent Training may be a part of the annual Ground
Training Refresher and Simulator Recurrent Training, where different
exercises may be included to refresh procedures and competency be checked
on regular basis in IR/LR/Skill Test.
D 1.4.5 CAT II
D 1.4.5.1 Alliance Air has not been authorised for CAT II operations as of
date. This training material is for future reference.
D 1.4.5.2 After the Crew attain the eligibility requirements in compliance
with the DGCA’s - CAR Section 8 Series ‘C’, Part 1, the pilots will be
undergoing the Ground / Simulator / Aircraft training as per the applicable
norms stipulated in the subject CAR during their initial and recurrent training
/ check.
D 1.4.5.3 The following is the Ground Syllabus: -
Technical (2 hours) Performance (2 hours)

(a) General (a) INTRODUCTION
(b) Operations Limitations Economic Aspect /Level of
(c) Required equipment Safety
for CAT-II (b) QUALIFICATION OF
(d) Procedures TRAINING
(i) General CAR series – Extract /
(ii) Cockpit Requirement for CAT II
(c) DEFINITIONS
PAGE D1C4 - 158
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

preparation Cat II Ops, Ops DA/DH,
(iii) Approach & OCA /OCH,OFZ, MABH
Landing ,AH, RVR
procedures SVR/Successful Approach
ILS Critical/Sensitive Area/
SP, LVP
(d) DECISION HEIGHT AND
VISUAL REFERENCE
DH for CAT II,Visual
Reference at DH CAT II
Loss of Visual Reference
Cockpit Cut-off Angle
Acquiring Visual Reference
CAT II ILS approach –
salient features
ILS approach and landing
geometry
Minimum visual ground
segments(Flare phase)
(e) OPERATING MINIMA
Minima, DGCA approved
Minima / Minima for
Despatch / Continuation
(f) AIRFIELD
REQUIREMENT
ILS Performance
Requirements
Runway Requirement /
Visual Aid – Marking
Requirement / Visual Aid –
Lighting Requirement /
Secondary Power Supply /
Facility Station and
Reporting System / NOTAM
/RVR Measurements and
Reporting System
(g) LOW VISIBILITY
PROCEDURE
Criteria for implementing
LVP
Cancellation of LVP /
Operation/Approach Control
PAGE D1C4 - 159
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

Procedure
Aerodrome Control
Procedure - Surface
Movement Control Procedure
/ Taxing in Low Visibility
Condition
(h) TASK SHARING
Task sharing for CAT II
approach
(i) CAT-II Briefing

Pre-flight Preparation /
Approach Preparation /
Downgrading Conditions
(j) OPERATING
LIMITATIONS
Maximum Wind Conditions
for CAT II
(k) PRACTICE
APPROACHES
(l) WEATHER
PHENOMENON
Fog, Low Status Clouds,
Precipitation Wind Shear
Operation on Contaminated
Runway
MEL requirements
D 1.4.6 ADVERSE WEATHER / MONSOON OPERATIONS:
D 1.4.6.1 It is ensured that all flight crew members complete low visibility
operations training and an evaluation that includes a demonstration of
competence in such operations, as well as operations with inoperative ground
based and/or aircraft equipment during initial ground and simulator training
and subsequently recurrent simulator training. The training will be in
compliance with the DGCA CAR on All Wx Ops. (Refer CAR Sec.8, Series
C, Part 1)
PAGE D1C4 - 160

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.6.2 All the crew are made aware of Constant Descent Final Approach
(CDFA)/ Constant Angle Non Precision Approach (CANPA) through the
discussion in the ground classes as well as practice of such approaches on the
simulator. The related training material is published in DGCA Ops Circular 2
of 2014
Performance (2 hours)
(a) Aircraft Performance during Take-off and Landing with
specific emphasis on wet and contaminated runway
conditions.
(b) Calculation of Take-off and Landing field lengths and
impact of individual failure events (type specific).
(c) Use of Weather Radar (type specific)
(d) Techniques of Weather Avoidance.
(e) Indian Monsoon climatology
(f) ALAR and Adverse Weather Tool Kit
D 1.4.7 LOW VISIBILITY TAKE-OFF OPERATIONS (LVTO):
D 1.4.7.1 It is ensured that all flight crew members complete low visibility
operations training and an evaluation that includes a demonstration of
competence in such operations, as well as operations with inoperative ground
based and/or aircraft equipment during initial ground and simulator training
and subsequently recurrent simulator training.
D 1.4.7.2 Use of take-off minima less than 400m upto 125 metres (LVTO)
requires specific authorization to the operator by DGCA. The ground training
programme outlines the procedures and techniques, conditions and
requirements (like MEL, Special Weather phenomenon etc.) for reduced
visibility take-off under weather conditions below landing minima. Emphasis
should be given on taxing in low visibility conditions; CRM for Low
Visibility Operations; R/T procedures and avoidance of runway incursions.
(Refer Sub section 2.3). The Ground and Simulator training is imparted in
compliance with DGCA’s - CAR Section 8 Series ‘C’, Part 1.
D 1.4.7.3 NOTE: As a company policy, LVTO Training and Check is carried

out as a part of the Endorsement for P2 / PIC training.
PAGE D1C4 - 161

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Performance (1 hour)
(a) procedures and techniques
(b) requirements of MEL, Special Weather phenomenon for
reduced visibility take-off under weather conditions
below landing minima
(c) Emphasis on taxiing in low visibility conditions
(d) CRM for Low visibility operations
(e) R/T Procedures and
(f) Avoidance of runway incursions
D 1.4.8 COLD WEATHER / DE-ICING / ANTI-ICING OPERATIONS

TRAINING:
D 1.4.8.1 It shall be ensured that De-/Anti-icing policies and procedures are

available to the flight crew during the flight preparation process and
accessible to the flight crew during flight.
D 1.4.8.2 Such policies and procedures shall include:
(a) Holdover Time tables;
(b) A requirement for a member of the flight crew or qualified ground

personnel to perform a visual check of the wings before take-off, if
any contamination is suspected;
(c) a requirement that take-off will not commence unless the critical
surfaces are clear of any deposits that might adversely affect the
performance and / or controllability of the aircraft;
(d) a statement that delegates authority to the PIC to order De-/Anti-

icing whenever deemed necessary
(e) The following topics are covered during initial training and annual
recurrent training
(i) Aircraft Contamination in flight
(ii) Aircraft De-icing /Anti-icing on the ground
(f) De-icing / Anti-Icing Training is carried out by DGCA approved

Operations Technical / Performance Instructors in the classroom.
PAGE D1C4 - 162
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Peformance (2 hours)
AIRCRAFT CONTAMINATION IN FLIGHT
(a) In-flight ice protection
(b) Hot bleed air
(c) Electrical heating
(d) Procedures for flight in icing conditions
(e) Ice detection
(f) General
AIRCRAFT DE-ICING / ANTI-ICING ON THE GROUND

(a) General
(b) De-Icing / Anti-Icing awareness checklist – the basic
requirements
(c) De-Icing / Anti-Icing aircraft on the ground(When, Why
and How)
(d) Communication
(e) Conditions which cause aircraft icing
(f) Checks to determine the need to de-/anti-ice
(g) The clean aircraft concept
(h) External inspection
(i) Clear ice phenomenon
(j) General checks
The procedures to de-ice/anti-ice an aircraft

(a) De-icing
(b) Anti-icing
(c) Limits and precautions
(d) Checks
(e) Flight crew information/communication
Pilot techniques
(a) Receiving the aircraft
(b) Cockpit preparation
(c) Taxiing
(d) Takeoff
(e) General remarks
D 1.4.8.3 For more details refer to FCOM/Cold Weather Operations by ATR.
PAGE D1C4 - 163

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.9 ALAR/CFIT TRAINING:
D 1.4.9.1 Approach and Landing Accident Reduction (ALAR) Training is

imparted as part of the Annual Refresher/CRM as outlined in Operations
Circular No. 1 of 2003 and Operations Circular No 4 of 2010.
D 1.4.9.2 Controlled Flight Into Terrain (CFIT) has been identified as a major
cause of aircraft accidents and has received fresh attention from aviation
safety specialists. Avoidance of CFIT has been incorporated into training
syllabi, not only in LOFT/ FFS training but also in Crew Resource
Management (CRM) programs, which would be covered during the initial and
recurrent ground and the simulator training. DGCA Operations Circular No.1
of 2009 gives the necessary guidance and areas to be emphasized for training.
D 1.4.9.3 The objectives of the CFIT Training Programme are to provide the
pilot with the ability to:
(a) Recognize the factors that may lead to CFIT accidents and incidents.
(b) Know the prevention strategies that will ensure a safe flight.
(c) Improve situational awareness in order to avoid CFIT.
(d) Learn an escape maneuver and techniques designed to enhance the

possibility of survival.
D 1.4.9.4 The ALAR India Toolkit that covers the Salient topics is utilized
for imparting training on CFIT / ALAR:
(a) Stabilized Approach
(b) Adherence to SOP
(c) Approach Briefing
(d) Horizontal and Vertical situational awareness
(e) Respect EGPWS warnings

(f) Decision to Go Around
PAGE D1C4 - 164

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(g) CFIT risk assessment
(h) Crew Coordination
(i) Approach and Landing technique
D 1.4.10 AUTOMATIC DEPENDENT SURVEILLANCE –B(ADS-B):
D 1.4.10.1 The flight crew shall undergo the ADS-B training as part of the
endorsement training and recurrent training as applicable in compliance with
the Operations circular 17 of 2014.
D 1.4.10.2 The ADS-B Training addresses the following: -
(a) ADS-B operating procedures;
(b) Flight planning;
(c) MEL procedures;
(d) Human factors;
(e) ADS-B phraseology applicable to specific regions of operation;
(f) ADS-B system operation, including normal/abnormal procedures;
(g) Correct entry of ICAO aircraft ID as applicable to the flight;
(h) Operational procedures regarding the transmission of the generic

emergency code (i.e., 7700) in cases when the flight crew actually
selected a discrete emergency code (e.g., 7500, 7600);
(i) Handling of data source errors (e.g., discrepancies between

navigation data sources); and
(j) Incident reporting procedures.
D 1.4.11 CONTINUOUS DESCENT FINAL APPROACH (CDFA):
D 1.4.11.1 All Flight Crew shall undergo training on CDFA.

PAGE D1C4 - 165
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.11.2 CDFA has become a standard procedure in the performance of

suitable NPAs (refer CAR Section 8 Series C Part I) and accordingly training
is imparted to all the flight crew as part of the Ground and Simulator
Training.
D 1.4.11.3 The ground training is in the form of CBT or stand up lecture or

by issuance of circulars. Flight Crew receives training specific to the aircraft
type, the installed flight guidance, and navigation system, and on how to
utilize the system when using the CDFA technique for applicable approach
profiles.
D 1.4.11.4 The following topics are covered:
(a) emphasis on the stabilized approach concept and the safety benefits
of using the CDFA.
(b) approach characteristics (e.g., circling-only minima) and
environmental factors (e.g., icing) that could make the use of CDFA
inadvisable.
(c) use of VNAV as a reference, to provide a vertical profile during a
non-precision approach.
(d) methods for translating the published GS angle or VDA into the
required rate of descent.
(e) means for tracking progress along the final approach vertical profile.
(f) means for ensuring compliance with any altitude restrictions during
the final approach segment, to include start of descent past FAF to
meet stepdown fix altitudes.
(g) the altitude additive required for ensuring the aircraft does not
descend below the MDA or DDA.
(h) understanding the impact on approach stabilization by flying to the
MAPt at the MDA to acquire runway visual references
(i) Pilot Flying (PF) and Pilot Monitoring (PM) callouts and other crew
coordination activities needed to ensure safe transition from the
vertical profile to either landing or a go-around at MDA or DDA.
(j) procedures for executing a go-around prior to reaching the MAPt.
PAGE D1C4 - 166

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.12 UPSET PREVENTION AND RECOVERY TRAINING

(UPRT): This Upset Prevention and Recovery Training (UPRT) for the
ATR72-600 will be followed as laid down in DGCA Operations Circular no
06 of 2018 dated 15th October 2018 as amended from time to time.
D 1.4.12.1 INTRODUCTION: The Upset Prevention and Recovery Training

(UPRT) programme of Alliance Air is in compliance with DGCA Operations
Circular 6 of 2018 and ICAO standard and Doc 10011- Manual on Upset
Prevention and Recovery.
D 1.4.12.2 TERMINOLOGY:
IDT - International Development of Technology by (UPRT

Training Provider/Partner of Air India Group)
IP - Instructor Pilot (Simulator Instructor)
LP - Line Pilot
OEM - Original Aircraft Manufacturer
SME - Subject Matter Expert
UPRT - Upset Prevention & Recovery Training
VTE - Valid Training Envelope
D 1.4.12.3 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS – OBJECTIVES: Training

program objective is to provide acceptable proficiency in following aspects:
(a) Heightened awareness — of the potential threats from events,

conditions or situations;
(b) Effective avoidance — at early indication of a potential upset- causing

condition; and
(c) Effective and timely recovery— from an upset to restore the airplane to
safe flight parameters.
D 1.4.12.4 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS - TRAINING PROGRAM:
D 1.4.12.4.1 ACADEMIC TRAINING:

PAGE D1C4 - 167
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.12.4.1.1 Designed to equip pilots with the knowledge and awareness

needed to understand the threats to safe flight and the employment of
mitigating strategies;
D 1.4.12.4.1.2 Knowledge plays a fundamental role in the UPRT framework.

The foundation of avoiding, or recovering from, airplane upsets can be taught
in a theoretical manner. Essential to the prevention of upsets is a pilot’s
knowledge of aerodynamics, flight dynamics and airplane design principles
as it applies to airplane handling and upset recovery. Equally essential is a
comprehensive understanding of human limitations and how these can affect
a pilot’s ability to avoid, recognize and recover from upsets. When combined
with practical training, theory can be further enhanced and reinforced.
D 1.4.12.4.1.3 Theoretical material used in academic training should indicate

to pilots that upsets are a natural threat to operating airplanes and, especially,
that automation alone may not help to prevent such occurrences. Course
material that delineates the various causes of upsets from an evidence-based
perspective helps to generate a deeper understanding of the areas of threat.
Theoretical recovery strategies should be taught prior to practical training as a
helpful way of maximising FSTD resources.
D 1.4.12.4.1.4 Alliance Air will utilise an iPad application for the academic
training, which will be issued to all pilots and instructors, including the
SME’s. This application’s content is derived from the Airplane Upset
Prevention and Recovery Training Aid (AUPRTA) Rev3. Coverage of the
Skypointer content requires approximately 6 to 8 hours. The Skypointer
application is developed by IDT and will be maintained to currency for three
years. Extension of this period will be done by mutual agreement.
All SME instructors and IP’s will receive an 8-hour Ground School with
academic content delivered by IDT. The training of SME’s will be directly
performed by IDT.
D 1.4.12.4.1.5 Academic briefing sessions of at least 2 hours dedicated to

UPRT will be conducted by a qualified UPRT instructor to answer questions
and to ensure an accurate understanding of the material. This session will be
conducted not more than 7 days before commencing the practical training
(Module 1).
D 1.4.12.4.1.6 Academic Training elements and components are shown in
Table D 1.4.12.4.1
PAGE D1C4 - 168

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.12.4.1.7 Academic Training will be conducted by UPRT Academic

Instructors / UPRT FSTD instructors.
D 1.4.12.4.1.8 Table - UPRT Training elements, components and platforms:
Type Academics
Subject and training Academic specific (Reference to FSTD
elements training FSTD skypointer Modules
Training modules
A – Aerodynamics
1) general aerodynamic
● Module 3 M1-4
characteristics
2) advanced
● ● Module 4 M1-4
aerodynamics
3) aeroplane
certification and ● ● Module 3 M2
limitations
4) aerodynamics (high
● ● Module 3 & 4 M1-4
and low altitudes)
5) aeroplane
performance (high and ● ● Module 3 & 4 M1, M2
low altitudes)
6) angle of attack
(AOA) and stall ● ● Module 3 M1-4
awareness
7) stick shaker
● ● Module 3 ATR M2
activation
i) stick pusher
● ● Mudule 3 ATR M2
activation
ii) Mach effects — if

applicable to aeroplane ● ● Module 4 M4
type
PAGE D1C4 - 169

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
8) aeroplane stability ● ● Module 4 M1, M2
9) control surface
● ● Module 3 M2
fundamentals
i) trims ● ● Module 5 M1, M2
10) icing and Recurren

● ● TR/IRPPC
contamination effects t
11) propeller slipstream ATR

● ● Module 2
(as applicable) M2, M3
B - Causes and contributing factors of upsets
1) environmental ● ● Module 2 M2
2) pilot-induced ● ● Module 2 M4
3) mechanical ● ● Module 2 M4
C - Safety review of accidents and incidents relating to aeroplane upsets
Safety review of
accidents and incidents Module 2, 3 &
● ● M4
relating to 5
aeroplane upsets
D - G-awareness
1) positive/ negative/
increasing/ decreasing ● ● Module 3 M2
loads
2) lateral g-awareness
● ● Module 3 M2
(sideslip)
3) G-load management ● ● Module 5 M2
E - Energy management
1) kinetic energy vs.

● ● Module 3 M1, M2
potential energy vs.
PAGE D1C4 - 170

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
chemical energy
(power)
2) relationship between
pitch and power and ● ● Module 3 M2, M3
performance
3) performance and
effects of differing ● ● Module 6 M3
engines
F - Flight path management
1) automation inputs
for guidance and ● ● Module 5 M3
control
2) type-specific
characteristics
3) automation
management
4) manual handling
● ● Module 3, 4, 5 M1-4
skills
G – Recognition
1) type-specific
examples of
instrumentation during ● ● Module 7 M1-4
developing and
developed upset
2) pitch/power/roll/yaw ● ● Module 3 M1-3
3) effective scanning
(effective monitoring)
4) stall protection M2, M3,

● ● Module 7
systems and cues M4
5) criteria for ● ● Module 3 M2, M3,
PAGE D1C4 - 171

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
identifying stalls and M4

upset
H - Upset prevention and recovery techniques
1) timely and
M2, M3,
appropriate ● ● Module 5
M4
intervention
2) nose-high/wings- M2, M3,

● ● Module 6
level recovery M4
3) nose-low/wings-
level recovery
4) high bank angle

recovery techniques
5) consolidated
summary of aeroplane
● ● Module 6 M4
recovery
techniques
I - System malfunction
1) flight control Recurren

● ● TR/IRPPC
anomalies t
2) power failure Recurren

● ● TR/IRPPC
(partial or full) t
Recurren
3) instrument failures ● ● TR/IRPPC
t
Recurren
4) automation failures ● ● TR/IRPPC
t
5) fly-by-wire Recurren
● ● TR/IRPPC
protection degradations t
6) stall protection TR/IRPPC

Recurren
system failures, ● ● Modules 2, 3,
t
including icing alerting 4
PAGE D1C4 - 172

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
systems
J - Specialized training elements
1) spiral dive Light a/c

● ● Module 2
(graveyard spiral) only
2) slow flight ● Module 3 M1-4
3) steep turns ● Module 3 M2
4) recovery from M2, M3,

● Module 6
approach to stall M4
5) recovery from stall,

including Light a/c
● Module 3
uncoordinated stalls only
(aggravating yaw)
6) recovery from stick

ATR
pusher activation (as ● ● Module 3
M2, M3
applicable)
7) nose-high/high-
● Module 3 M4
speed recovery
8) nose-high/low-speed
● Module 3 M4
recovery
9) nose-low /high-
● Module 3 M4
speed recovery
10) nose-low/low-
● Module 3 M4
speed recovery
11) high bank angle

● Module 3 M4
recovery
12) line-oriented flight

training (LOFT) or line Recurren
● ● TR/IRPPC
operational t
simulation (LOS)
PAGE D1C4 - 173

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
K - Human Factors
1) situation awareness
i) human information
processing
ii) inattention, fixation,

distraction
iii) perceptual illusions

(visual or Module 2, 3 &
● ● M4
physiological) and 5
spatial disorientation
iv) instrument
interpretation
2) startle and stress

response
i) physiological,
psychological, and ● ● Module 5 M1-4
cognitive effects
ii) management
strategies
3) threat and error

management (TEM)
Recurren
i) TEM framework ● ● TR/IRPPC
t
ii) active monitoring, Recurren

● ● Module 5
checking t
iii) fatigue management ● ● TR/IRPPC M1-4
iv) workload
● ● TR/IRPPC M1-4
management
v) crew resource ● ● TR/IRPPC M1-4
PAGE D1C4 - 174

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
management (CRM)
D 1.4.12.4.2 PRACTICAL TRAINING:
D 1.4.12.4.2.1 Practical Training is designed to equip pilots with the required

skill sets to effectively employ upset, avoidance strategies and, when
necessary, effectively recover the airplane to the originally intended flight
path. The UPRT training exercises are given in Table D 1.4.12.4.2.
D 1.4.12.4.2.2 Table UPRT Exercises:
Name Description Time (in

minutes)
Module 1 – AoA, Pitch, Basic Flight Controls, Energy : 58 minutes
AoA Awareness*** Show the relationship between 4

Pitch attitude vs AoA
High Pitch/Low AoA & Show difference between Pitch and 4

Low Pitch/Hig AoA*** AoA
Load Factor Demonstrate various indications of 4

Awareness*** load factor
Load Factor Awareness- Demonstrate indications of load 4

High Altitude*** factor at high altitude
Unloading Demonstrate that the aircraft can 6

be operated below 1-g stall speed
during unloading
Extreme Pitch attitude Show the extreme pitch indications 4

indications*** on the PFD
Roll demonstration with Demonstrate the controllability in 6

Aileron only the roll axis
Handling characteristics Demonstrate ineffective roll 5

with rudder controllability through rudder
PAGE D1C4 - 175

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

minutes)
Constant Angle of Show that AoA can be kept 5

Attack*** constant while Pitch Attitude
varies.
Low-altitude Highlight the time taken to 6

acceleration accelerate at low altitude to VMO
(record time; pitch, thrust @ VLS,
GDOT, 300)
High-altitude Highlight the time taken to 6

acceleration accelerate at high altitude to VMO
High-altitude Show time taken to accelerate from 4

acceleration from very low speed to Gdot at high altitude
low speed
Module 2-Energy Recovery, Flight Controls and Initial Stall Recovery: 56

minutes
Hazardous Low-Speed To develop awareness of descent Video

at High Altitude (1 of 3) methods to re-gain kinetic energy
***
Hazardous Low-Speed To develop awareness of descent 6

***
Hazardous Low-Speed To develop awareness of descent Video

***
High-Speed Flight, Low Show there’s no buffet at VMO; 5

Altitude Demonstrate VD speed stability
Effect of stabilizer trim Demonstrate powerful capabilities 6

on pitch of the stabilizer on aircraft pitch
Effect of thrust on pitch Demonstrate the effect of thrust on 4

aircraft pitch at low altitudes
PAGE D1C4 - 176

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

minutes)
Effect of thrust on pitch Discuss the impact of high altitude 1

- HIGH ALTITUDE on the pitch rate due to thrust
Effect of bank angle on Demonstrate how bank angle could 5

pitch be used to control pitch
Unloading Demonstrate that the aircraft can 4

be operated below the 1-g stall
speed during unloading
First Actions Upon Stall Recognizing and unloading after a 6

Indication stall event
Accelerated Stall Demo Practice the first action following 6

- Low Altitude an accelerated stall, low altitude
Secondary Stall Demo - Demonstrate the concept of the 4

Low Altitude secondary stall
Accelerated Stall Demo Practice the unloading exercise 5

- High Altitude during a high-altitude accelerated
stall
Secondary Stall Demo - Demonstrate the concept of the 4

High Altitude secondary stall at high altitude to
emphasize density effects
Module 3- Stall and Upset Recoveries : 56 minutes
Introducing the “UPRT” To introduce the pilot to the UPRT 6

Technique technique in a minor upset (30-deg
pitch; 40-deg roll)
Stall Recovery, Low Apply the application of the UPRT 6

Level Condition technique to a low-level stall
Stall Recovery, High Apply the application of the UPRT 6

Altitude technique to a high-level stall
PAGE D1C4 - 177

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

minutes)
Stall Recovery, Take- To apply the UPRT technique in a 6

Off Configuration stall situation on take-off
Stall Recovery, Apply stall recovery in approach 6

Approach Configuration configuration
Stall Recovery, Landing To apply the UPRT technique in a 6

Configuration stall situation during landing
Accelerated Stall High altitude clean configuration 6

Recovery, High Altitude stall, accelerated condition
Alpha Protection Demonstration of Alpha-Prot and 4

Demo*** Alpha Floor; show how these are
affected by speed brakes
Nose-High Recovery Recovery from an attitude upset 5

using integrated technique
Nose-Low Recovery Recovery from a nose-low attitude 5

upset using integrated technique
Module 4- Complex Scenarios and Upset Recoveries: 60 minutes
High-Bank Upset Recovery from an extreme attitude

5
upset condition
High-Altitude Nose- Recovery from a nose-low attitude 5

Low Recovery upset using integrated technique
Accelerated Stall Nose Recovery from a nose-low 6

Low on Approach accelerated stall during approach
Stall Recovery, Low Low-altitude clean configuration 5

Altitude stall
Accelerated Stall on Stall induced by excessive pull 5

Approach during turn at low altitude
PAGE D1C4 - 178

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM

minutes)
High-Altitude Vertical Deal with a threat of automation

4
Speed Mode mismanagement at high altitude
Effect of Rudder Trim Demonstration of high-altitude roll

divergence due to rudder trim 4
offset; sub-threshold roll
Manual Go-Around Perform a manual go-around;

understand somatogravic illusion 6
and disorientation
Steep Turns Perform manual steep turns with

6
high accuracy
Low-Altitude Scenario of an unexpected upset in

Accelerated Stall low ceiling 6
Recovery
Upset Recovery in IMC Upset recovery with limited visual

4
Conditions information
High-Altitude TCAS Recognize/resolve a high-altitude

4
Event TCAS-induced upset
D 1.4.12.4.2.3 NOTE 1: ***denotes exercises are conducted from operating

seats; all others are In-Seat Instruction by TRI to each individual trainee.
D 1.4.12.5 UPRT INSTRUCTORS:All SME’s assigned to provide

trainingon Academic / FSTD shall successfully meet Instructors qualification
requirement and complete training course.
D 1.4.12.5.1 INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATION:
D 1.4.12.5.1.1 Regardless of an individual’s background, all instructors

assigned to provide training in a UPRT program should successfully complete
a UPRT instructor qualification training course. Table 1.7.3 provides a non-
exhaustive list of training elements appropriate to the level of an instructor’s
participation in delivering a UPRT program. Both the initial qualification and
PAGE D1C4 - 179

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
recurrent training curriculum for instructors should address all these elements,
as a minimum, to ensure that the instructor assigned to UPRT acquires and
maintains the required UPRT knowledge levels and skill sets.
D 1.4.12.5.1.2 The recurrent training syllabus follows the initial qualification

training after the completion of Module 4 by all pilots, and continues on an
ongoing basis with the intention of maintaining the knowledge and skills
acquired during the initial qualification training. It is not the intention to
repeat all of the exercises, but to provide a program that the core concepts are
covered over a period not exceeding 3 years in order to maintain the
competencies associated with preventing and recovering from upsets. As
such, SME’s and IP’s will be trained to support these recurrent training
requirements.
D 1.4.12.5.1.3 During the recurrent training cycles, SME’s and IP’s will
receive a 30-minute briefing before their practical session, and LP’s will
receive a 15-minute briefing before their practical session.
D 1.4.12.5.2 INSTRUCTOR’S USE OF FSTD DURING UPRT:
D 1.4.12.5.2.1 To support UPRT in an FSTD, the instructor must be trained

on the capabilities and limitations of the FSTD in conducting the training
exercises, and assuring that these occur within valid regions of the FSTD
training envelope. If additional tools and capabilities are available to the
instructor for briefing, training and debriefing UPRT maneuvers, these may
be used when the instructor is properly trained on their utilisation. These tools
may include video and audio capability, pre-programmed
distractors/initiators, as well as feedback tools to determine if the upset
recovery maneuver has exceeded FSTD limits or airplane operational limits.
D 1.4.12.5.2.2 Ultimately, sound judgment is required on the part of the

instructor, which can best be applied through an adequate understanding of an
FSTD’s capabilities and limitations.
D 1.4.12.5.3 FSTD INSTRUCTORS:
D 1.4.12.5.3.1 In addition to preparing the instructor to effectively deliver the

course material, UPRT FSTD instructor training should focus on:
(a) Understanding the capabilities and limitations of the specific FSTDs

used for UPRT;
PAGE D1C4 - 180
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
(b) Distinguishing between generic UPRT strategies and the aircraft

manufacturer’s specific recommendations with respect to their
relevance to the device capabilities and limitations; and
(c) Understanding the importance of adhering to the UPRT scenarios

that have been validated by the training program developer during
the lesson.
(d) Understanding the VTE of the device in use and the appreciation for
the potential for negative training that may exist when training
beyond the boundaries of this VTE. This is especially important for
UPRT being conducted on FSTDs which have not been upgraded
with the “enhanced VTE”.
D 1.4.12.5.3.2 NOTE 1: Prior to qualifying, UPRT FSTD instructors should

have experience as described in Section 6.1.2, instructor qualifications, of
PANS-TRG (Doc 9868), or DGCA equivalent, and be assessed as
successfully demonstrating their competency in:
(a) Accurately delivering the training while employing sound

instructional techniques and ensuring that the device fidelity is
appropriate to the course content being taught;
(b) Accurately assessing a trainee’s performance levels and providing

effective remediation; and
(c) Effectively operating the device and all its available debriefing tools.
D 1.4.12.5.3.3 Table: Instructor Training elements
UPRT Instructor Training Elements UPRT FSTD Instructor
Comprehensive knowledge of all applicable

training elements (refer to Table 1)*
Training devices
Capabilities and limitations of training •
PAGE D1C4 - 181

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
device
Operation of IOS and debriefing tools, if

•
available
Review of LOC-I accidents/incidents •
Energy management factors* •
Disorientation •
Workload management •
Distraction •
OEM recommendations* •
UPRT recognition and recovery strategies* •
Recognition of trainee errors •
Intervention strategies
Aeroplane type-specific characteristics* •
Operating environment •
How to induce the startle factor •
Value and benefits of demonstration •
How to assess pilot performance using core

competencies if conducting CBT (refer to
•
the appendix of DGCA Operations Circular
no 06 of 2018 dated 15th October 2018)
* OEMs may at some point develop differing guidance regarding

procedures to address these areas of training which may deviate from the
material provided herein. In all cases, whenever type- specific UPRT is
being conducted, training organizations should provide procedural
training which conforms to the appropriate aeroplane flight manual.
PAGE D1C4 - 182

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.12.6 OPERATOR’S RESPONSIBILITY:
D 1.4.12.6.1 ACADEMIC TRAINING: LLRhas incorporated UPRT

academic training in the Operation Manual Part D in para 1.7.4.1.
D 1.4.12.6.2 PRACTICAL TRAINING:
LLR has incorporated UPRT Practical training in the Operation Manual Part
D in Para 1.7.4.2 and the Practical training footprint is laid down in Para
1.7.5.6 below.
D 1.4.12.6.3 PRACTICAL TRAINING FOOTPRINT:
The simulator training will require a minimum time as stated below:
(a) UPRT Initial Qualification:

Training Item Duration
SME training (by IDT) 2 hr per each of 4 Modules for 2

SME’s
IP training by SME’s 2 hr per each of 4 Modules for 2 IP’s
LP training by IP’s or SME’s 1 hr per each of 4 Modules for 2 LP’s
(b) Recurrent UPRT

Training Item Duration
SME training 30 minutes sim per session for 2

SME’s
IP training by SME’s 30 minutes sim per session for 2 IP’s
LP training by IP’s or SME’s 15 minutes sim per session for 2 two

LP’s
D 1.4.12.6.4 UPRT PROGRAM IN TYPE RATING (TR) PROGRAM:
D 1.4.12.6.4.1 UPRT shall also be included in the conversion course for new
pilots. The UPRT academic and simulator training will be part of all initial
PAGE D1C4 - 183
PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
training/TR syllabus for new-hire pilots entering LLR after 01 Jan 2022. The
program will be completed in one simulator session of 4 hours covering all
four Modules. However, during the transition phase, the following timelines
will be observed to ensuring pilots are exposed to the complete program:
D 1.4.12.6.4.2 Table - Training Module Delivery-Type Rating
Date of IR/PPC during Transition phase Training Module Delivery
01 July to 31 Dec 2020 M1
01 Jan to 30 June 2021 M1,M2
01 July to 31 Dec 2021 M1,M2,M3
01 Jan to 30 June 2022 M1,M2,M3,M4
D 1.4.12.6.5 CROSS-SEAT TRAINING DURING COMMAND

UPGRADE:
D 1.4.12.6.5.1 RHS Training and Check is imparted to all Commanders to

enable them to operate from either pilot seat. In order to train the command
trainees on upset and stall recoveries, they will be exposed to exercises as
specified in table 1.7.5. The trainees will undergo the exercises from RHS.
The duration of the training will be for 20 minutes.
D 1.4.12.6.5.2 Table: Cross-Seat UPRT exercises for Command upgrade

trainees
Name Description Time (min)
Nose-High/High- Recover from an extreme

5
Bank Upset attitude upset condition
Stall Recovery, Take- Apply the UPRT technique in

5
Off Configuration a stall situation on take-off
PAGE D1C4 - 184

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Name Description Time (min)
Stall Recovery, Low Applythe UPRT technique to

5
Level Condition a low-level stall
Stall Recovery, High Apply the UPRT technique to

5
Altitude a high-level stall
D 1.4.12.6.6 TRAINING STANDARDIZATION:
D 1.4.12.6.6.1 With reference to 7.5.6 IDT will train SMEs who will then be
qualified to train the IPs. For clarity only SMEs/IDT are qualified to train the
IPs.
D 1.4.12.6.6.2 UPRT training will be subject to Audits by IDT and SMEs to

ensure no dilution in training standards takes place.
D 1.4.12.6.7 FDTL: The Academic training(Skypointer) and briefings

conducted by IP/SMEs/IDT will be suitably annotated in the FDTL.
D 1.4.12.7 DOCUMENTATION OF TRAINING ACTIVITIES

RELATED TO UPRT FOR RECOIRD AND AUDIT PURPOSES:
D 1.4.12.7.1 The completion of training on Skypointer of all pilots will be

monitored and recorded by Designated Administrators (IDT and Alliance
Air). Pilots will be scheduled for FSTD training upon completion of
Academic Training and obtaining a minimum score of 80% in knowledge
validation.
D 1.4.12.7.2 On completion of Ground School SMEs will receive a certificate

from IDT.
D 1.4.12.7.3 On completion of UPRT Training (Ground School and FSTD)

SMEs will receive a UPRT SME Qualification Certificate from IDT.
D 1.4.12.7.4 Completion of UPRT training (IPs and Pilots) will be

documented by training department and forwarded to CMS.
PAGE D1C4 - 185

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
D 1.4.12.7.5 All above Qualifications will be reflected in the Pilot’s record of

training.
D 1.4.12.8 UPRT PROJECT MANAGERS: The UPRT Accountable

Managers appointed by Alliance Air will be responsible for the
implementation of UPRT program of AIC and act as Liaison Managers with
other stakeholders. The UPRT accountable managers and their emails are:
(a) Captain Kamal Kant Kumar, Chief of Training(Designate), AASL –

kumar.kamalkant@gmail.com
(b) Captain Chirag Thakkar, Chief of Operations, AASL –

co.aaslops@airindia.in
PAGE D1C4 - 186

PART - D
Section 1 Chapter 4
FLIGHT CREW
TRAINING PROGRAM
Intentionally Left Blank
PAGE D1C4 - 187

OPERATIONS MANUAL AAAL-OPS-TRG- 001
PART - D
Section 2
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 2.1 CABIN CREW TRAININGPROGRAMME:
Cabin Crew are imparted Initial Training, Conversion Training,

Recurrent Training, Extended Refresher Training, Differences
Training, Transition Training, Practical Training, Safety& Emergency
Procedures Training in accordance with the requirements asstipulated
by DGCA CAR Section 7 – Training and Licensing Series 'M', Part I,
Issue III.
The Cabin Crew Training Programme is documented in Cabin Crew

Training Manual (CCTM:Operation Manual,) which has been duly
approved by the DGCA.
D 2.2 JOINT TRAINING POLICY:
It shall be ensured that the Flight Crew members participate in Joint

Training activities or exercises with Cabin Crew members for the
purpose of enhancing on board co-ordination and mutual
understanding of CRM and the Human Factors involved in addressing
Emergency Procedures and situations and security threats, whenever
possible. A joint discussion of Emergency Procedures and the use of
emergency equipment may be accomplished, if joint Emergency
Equipment Training is not possible.
PAGE D2 - 1
PART - D
Section 2
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT
BLANK
PAGE D2 - 2
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.1FLIGHT OPERATIONS OFFICER / FLIGHT DISPATCHER

TRAINING PROGRAMME
D 3.1.1 Flight Dispatcher Training programme is broadly classified into the

following sub-topics:
(a) Compliances & General Requirements
(b) Ab-initio Training
(i) Initial Training

1. Basic Knowledge
2. Applied Practical Training
(ii) Type training,
(iii) Transition training,
(iv) Differences Training,
(v) Flight Dispatch-Trainers
(c) Continuing qualification
(i) Recurrent training/Recency Requirements,

(ii) Refresher Training/Recency Requirements
(d) Special Operations Training
PAGE D3 - 1
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.1.2 COMPLIANCES – FLIGHT DISPATCHERS (FLIGHT

OPERATIONS OFFICERS) TRAINING PROGRAMMES: The training
for Flight Dispatchers (Flight Operations Officers) is carried out as per the
stipulations laid down in the DGCA CAR Section 7: Flight Crew standards
training &Licensing Series ‘M’ Part II, Issue III.
D 3.1.2.1 INTRODUCTION:
D 3.1.2.1.1 The terms Flight Dispatcher and Flight Operations Officer (FOO)
represent the same.
D 3.1.2.1.2Flight Dispatchers (Flight Operations Officers) are involved in
operational control in accordance with Alliance Air’s approved method of
control and supervision of flight operations. These personnel are required to
be trained and qualified in accordance with ICAO Annex 1 and their duties
and responsibilities are specified in ICAO Annex 6. The CAR is issued under
the Rule 29C and 133A of the Aircraft Rules 1937 to set out the requirements
to impart necessary training and qualification of flight dispatchers and their
approval.
D 3.1.2.2 REQUIREMENT OF ISSUE OF APPROVAL OF FLIGHT

DISPATCHERS:
D 3.1.2.2.1 GENERAL: Alliance Air shall not use any person nor shall any
person serve as a flight dispatcher unless that person has been approved by
the DGCA to act as Flight Dispatcher for the type of aircraft.
D 3.2.2.2 EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATION:

D 3.1.2.2.2.1 The applicant for Flight Dispatcher shall have passed class 10+2
or an equivalent examination with Physics and Mathematics from a
recognized Board / University.
D 3.1.2.2.2.2 However, The Company has the right to decide specific

requirements of eligibility criteria for the recruitment of Flight Dispatchers as
per the Company requirements meeting or exceeding the minimum DGCA
laid down criteria.
D 3.1.2.2.3 AGE: The applicant shall be not less than 21 years of age.
PAGE D3 - 2
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.1.2.2.4 KNOWLEDGE: The applicant shall have demonstrated a level

of knowledge appropriate to the privileges granted to the holder of a flight
dispatcher approval, in at least the following subjects:
D 3.1.2.2.4.1 Air law:rules and regulations relevant to the holder of a flight

dispatcher approval; appropriate air traffic services practices and procedures;
D 3.1.2.2.4.2 AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE:
D 3.1.2.2.4.2.1 principles of operation of aeroplane engines, systems and

instruments;
D 3.1.2.2.4.2.2 operating limitations of aeroplanes and engines
D 3.1.2.2.4.2.3 minimum equipment list;
D 3.1.2.2.4.3 FLIGHT PERFORMANCE CALCULATION, PLANNING

PROCEDURES AND LOADING:
D 3.1.2.2.4.3.1 effects of loading and mass distribution on aircraft

performance and flight characteristics; mass and balance calculations;
D 3.1.2.2.4.3.2 operational flight planning; fuel consumption and endurance

calculations; alternate aerodrome selection procedures; en-route cruise
control; extended range operation;
D 3.1.2.2.4.3.3 preparation and filing of air traffic services flight plans;
D 3.1.2.2.4.3.4 basic principles of computer-assisted planning systems;
D 3.1.2.2.4.4 HUMAN PERFORMANCE: human performance relevant to

dispatch duties, including principles of threat and error management;
D 3.1.2.2.4.4.1 NOTE:Guidance material to design training programmes on

human performance, including threat and error management, can be found in
the Human Factors Training Manual (Doc 9683).
PAGE D3 - 3
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.1.2.2.4.5 METEOROLOGY:
D 3.1.2.2.4.5.1 aeronautical meteorology; the movement of pressure systems;

the structure of fronts, and the origin and characteristics of significant
weather phenomena which affect take-off, en-route and landing conditions;
D 3.1.2.2.4.5.2 interpretation and application of aeronautical meteorological

reports, charts and forecasts; codes and abbreviations; use of, and procedures
for obtaining, meteorological information;
D 3.1.2.2.4.6 NAVIGATION:principles of air navigation with particular

reference to instrument flight;
D 3.1.2.2.4.7 OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES:
(a) use of aeronautical documentation;
(b) operational procedures for the carriage of freight and dangerous

goods;
(c) procedures relating to aircraft accidents and incidents; emergency

flight procedures;
(d) procedures relating to unlawful interference and sabotage of aircraft;
D 3.1.2.2.4.8 PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT: principles of flight relating to the

appropriate category of aircraft; and
D 3.1.2.2.4.9 RADIO COMMUNICATION:procedures for communicating

with aircraft and relevant ground stations.
D 3.1.2.2.4.10 In case of outsourced Dispatchers, Transition Training and

Recurrent Training will be the same as for Alliance Air Flight Dispatchers.
D 3.1.2.2.5 EXPERIENCE:
D 3.1.2.2.5.1 The applicant shall have gained the following experience:
(a) a total of two years of service in any one or in any combination of

the capacities specified in 1) to 3) inclusive, provided that in any
PAGE D3 - 4
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
combination of experience the period serviced in any capacity shall

be at least one year:
(i) a flight crew member in air transportation; or

(ii) a meteorologist in an organization dispatching aircraft in air
transportation;
or
(iii) an air traffic controller; or a technical supervisor of flight
operations officer or air transportation flight operation
systems; or
(iv) Pilot holding a valid CPL/ATPL or pilot whose CPL/ATPL
has not expired for more than three years on the date of
application for approval as Dispatcher, shall only be required
to qualify in Technical Specific Examination (including
Performance) conducted by DGCA (CEO) / DGCA Approved
Training Organisation /ATRP (Airlines having Approved
Type Rating Program) on the Aircraft Type the candidate
desires to obtain Flight Dispatcher’s Approval;
(b) have satisfactorily completed a course of approved training.
(c) At least one year as an assistant in the dispatching of air transport

D 3.1.2.2.5.2 The applicant shall have served under the supervision of a flight
dispatcher at least 90 working days within the six months immediately
preceding the application.
D 3.1.2.2.6 SKILL: The applicant shall have demonstrated the ability to:
(a) make an accurate and operationally acceptable weather analysis from
a series of daily weather maps and weather reports; provide an
operationally valid briefing on weather conditions prevailing in the
general neighborhood of a specific air route; forecast weather trends
pertinent to air transportation with particular reference to destination
and alternates;
(b) determine the optimum flight path for a given segment, and create
accurate manual and/or computer-generated flight plans;
PAGE D3 - 5
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
(c) provide operating supervision and all other assistance to a flight in

actual or simulated adverse weather conditions, as appropriate to the
duties of the holder of a flight dispatcher approval; and
(d) recognize and manage threats and errors.

D 3.1.2.2.6.1 NOTE:Guidance material on the application of threat and error
management is found in the Procedures for Air Navigation Services —
Training (Doc 9868, PANS-TRG), Chapter 3, Attachment C, and in Part II,
Chapter 2, of the Human Factors Training Manual (Doc 9683).
D 3.1.3 Flight Dispatcher Training Programme
D 3.1.3.1 This Training is imparted by Approved Operations Training

Instructors and Flight Dispatch Trainers. The medium of training is in
English. The overall Training of Flight Dispatchers / Flight Operations
Officers is as per Appendix 1 of CAR Section 7 Series ‘M’, Part III:-
D 3.1.3.2 The training programme for Flight Dispatchers shall comprise of –
(a) Initial Training
(i) Basic Knowledge

(ii) Applied Practical Training
(b) Type Training
(c) Transition Training
(d) Recurrent Training
(e) Refresher Training
(f) Differences Training
D 3.1.3.3 The maximum training hours per day shall be 8 hours.
D 3.1.3.4 For assessment purposes, the pass percentage for all training shall
be 70%.
PAGE D3 - 6
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.1.3.5 Each training curriculum shall include practical demonstration as

applicable.
D 3.1.3.6 Each training curriculum shall cover the differences between

aircraft of the same type operated by Alliance Air to ensure that the Flight
Dispatchers are adequately trained to perform their assigned duties on
different aircraft being operated.
D 3.1.4 COMPETENCY CHECKS FOR FLIGHT DISPATCHERS:To

demonstrate his competency, a Flight Dispatcher should undergo following
tests/examinations:
D 3.1.4.1 Written test/Examination:
D 3.1.4.1.1 Each Flight Dispatcher trainee after having undergone the

prescribed initial training (basic knowledge) shall appear in a written
examination conducted by DGCA (Central Examination Organisation). The
examination shall consist of:
(a) General subjects,
(b) Specific on type of aircraft.
D 3.1.4.1.2 NOTE: General subject test are exempted for a pilot holding a
valid CPL/ATPL or pilot’s whose CPL/ATPL has not expired for more than
three years on the date of application for approval as Dispatcher, shall only be
required to qualify in Technical Specific Examination (including
Performance) conducted by DGCA (CEO) / DGCA Approved ATO on the
Aircraft Type the candidate desires to obtain Flight Dispatcher’s Approval.
D 3.1.4.2 Oral and Practical Test:
D 3.1.4.2.1 The applicant after successfully undergoing the basic knowledge

training and DGCA Flight Dispatcher examination shall carry out applied
practical training within six months immediately preceding the application for
oral test. The practical training should commence within 12 months from the
date of the declaration of result of the written examination.
D 3.1.4.2.2 The Flight Dispatchers shall undergo an oral/practical test to

demonstrate their proficiency to a Board at FSD, DGCA consisting of
PAGE D3 - 7
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
minimum two Flight Operations Inspectors, which shall include the post-
holder training or his nominee who shall be a Flight Dispatcher on type with
managerial responsibility and position or a Flight Dispatch Trainer.
D 3.1.4 ISSUE, WITHDRAWAL AND RENEWAL OF FLIGHT

DISPATCHER APPROVAL: On successful completion of requirements as
laid down in CAR Section 7, Series M, Part II, FSD, DGCA may issue flight
dispatcher approval for a period of 5 years. DGCA may withdraw this
approval if the requirements are no longer met or the flight dispatcher fails to
meet standards on the basis of which approval was issued. Alliance Air shall
ensure that certificate by post-holder training indicating satisfactory
performance of the flight dispatcher for the previous 5 years along with
recurrent training records for the last 2 years are submitted to FSD at least 3
months prior to expiry of approval following which renewal of approval may
be issued by DGCA. Fees for initial approval shall be Rs 5000 and for
renewal of flight dispatcher approval shall be Rs 2500.
D 3.1.5 TRAINING FACILITIES: Facilities and equipment for classroom-

based training
D 3.1.5.1 General: Whenever Alliance Air utilizes training facilities an

approval shall be obtained for the facility, equipment and the personnel
utilized for training/ maintenance from the DGCA, before commencing the
training. Training may include the use of, video presentations; computer-
based training, e-learning and other types of training.
D 3.1.5.2 Classroom Facilities: The space for each adult in a classroom will
be from 1.4m² to 6.7m². Each trainee’s workspace should include space to
house trainee’s work surface, any additional equipment, the chair, space for
chair pushback and maneuverability.
D 3.1.5.3 The Learning Environment: It will be ensured that temperature

should be comfortable, ventilation should be adequate, lighting and training
equipment should be adequate.
D 3.1.5.4 Use of Instructional Aids: Instructional aids may include the use
of e-learning in which case, this should be supported by instructors.
D 3.1.5.5 Trainee to Instructor Ratio: The trainee to instructor ratio shall be

limited to 25:1.
PAGE D3 - 8
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.1.5.6 Instructional Personnel:Modules and topics concerning aircraft

technical and performance shall be conducted by approved ground
instructors. Human factors (CRM/DRM) shall be conducted by facilitators
authorized by the post-holder training. Topics concerning meteorology,
legislation, ATM may be conducted by subject matter experts (SMEs)
authorized by the post-holder training. Flight dispatch functions shall be
instructed by approved Flight Dispatch Trainers (Refer Section 3 Chapter 1).
D 3.1.6 TRAINING RECORDS
D 3.1.6.1 All training records shall be maintained for Flight Dispatchers that
provide for retention, identification, storage, protection, retrieval, and
disposition, deletion (electronic records) and archiving of training records as
applicable.
D 3.1.6.2 Training records are maintained by the Ops-Technical Training

Section.
D 3.1.7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) Alliance Air shall have a training program, approved or accepted by

DGCA, to ensure the operational control personnel, as applicable to
Alliance Air, are competent to perform any assigned duties relevant
to operational control in accordance with the applicable
specifications prior to being assigned to operational control duties.
Such program shall, as a minimum, address:
(i) Initial qualification;

(ii) Continuing qualification.
(b) If an FOO is utilized in the system of operational control, Alliance

Air shall ensure that the training program specifies minimum
training hours for such personnel, as applicable, in accordance with
requirements of Alliance Air and DGCA.
(c) Alliance Air shall have a process to ensure course materials used in
training programs for personnel responsible for operational control
are periodically evaluated to ensure compliance with the
qualification and performance standards of Alliance Air and DGCA.
PAGE D3 - 9
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
(d) If an FOO is utilized in the system of operational control, Alliance

Air shall have a process to ensure that those individuals designated
to evaluate the competency of such personnel, as applicable, are
current and qualified to conduct such evaluations.
(e) If an FOO is utilized in the system of operational control, Alliance

Air shall ensure such personnel receive recurrent training in the
applicable competencies of operational control. Recurrent training
shall be completed on a frequency in accordance with requirements
of DGCA.
(f) If Alliance Air transports dangerous goods as cargo, and an FOO is

utilized in the system of operational control with duties or
responsibilities related to the carriage of dangerous goods, Alliance
Air shall ensure such personnel receive training and evaluation in
dangerous goods during initial ground training and subsequently
during recurrent training on a frequency in accordance with
requirements of DGCA, if applicable, but not less than once during
every 24-month period.
(g) Alliance Air shall have a program that ensures operational control
personnel are trained and competent to perform SMS duties. The
scope of such training shall be appropriate to each individual's
involvement in the SMS.
D 3.2 FLIGHT OPERATIONS OFFICER / FLIGHT DISPATCHER

TRAINING SYLLABAI AND CHECKING PROGRAMMES
D 3.2.1 INITIAL TRAINING: Initial training shall consist of basic

knowledge training and applied practical training. Initial training is required
for the persons who have not been previously approved / carried out flight
dispatch duties during the preceding 3 years. The goal of initial training is to
ensure that each trainee acquires the competencies, knowledge and skills
required to perform the duties and responsibilities related to a flight
dispatcher. The training shall be conducted as per TABLE 1 comprising of
Phase 1 (Basic Knowledge) and Phase 2 (Applied Practical Training).
D 3.2.1.1 Type Training: Type training is required to gain qualification on

the aircraft model and its variants that the flight dispatcher will be assigned
on and will be part of initial training except for addition of aircraft type to the
PAGE D3 - 10
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
flight dispatcher approval wherein as a minimum Module 3, 7 and 9 of

initial training basic knowledge (Table 1) will be conducted.
(a) A general description of the aircraft emphasizing operating and

performance characteristics, navigation equipment, instrument
approach and communication equipment, emergency equipment and
procedures, and other subjects having a bearing on flight dispatcher's
duties and responsibilities;
(b) Flight dispatch requirements and procedures;
(c) ATS flight planning and operational flight planning including track
selection, flight time analysis, fuel consumption, endurance, choice
of alternate airports.
PAGE D3 - 11
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.2.1.2 TABLE 1 – INITIAL TRAINING
D 3.2.1.2.1 PHASE 1: - BASIC KNOWLEDGE
Trainees Trainees
without with
Previous Previous
Module Subject Matter
Aviation Aviation
Experience Experience
(in Hrs) (in Hrs)
Civil Air Law and Regulation

(a) Certification of Operators
(b) The Convention on Civil Aviation
(Chicago convention)
(c) International Air Transport issues
addressed by Chicago convention
(d) The International Civil Aviation
1 Organization (ICAO) 30 18
(e) Responsibility of Aircraft
Airworthiness
(f) Regulatory provisions of flight
Manual
(g) Operations Manual Vis-a-Vis
DGCA/ICAO regulations
significant to FD/FOO
Aviation Indoctrination
(a) Regulatory (IATA / DGCA / AAI /
Company Organisation Structiure /
State and company specific
regulations)
2 (b) Aviation terminology and terms of 12 6
reference
(c) Theory of flight and flight
operations
(d) Aircraft propulsion systems
(e) Aircraft systems
PAGE D3 - 12
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
Trainees Trainees
without with
Previous Previous
Aviation Aviation
(in Hrs) (in Hrs)
Aircraft Mass (Weight) and
Performance
(a) Basic principles of Flight Safety
(b) Basic Mass (Wt) and Speed
3 Limitations 16 6
(c) Takeoff Runway Requirements
(d) Climb Performance Requirements
(e) Landing Runway Requirements
(f) Buffet boundary speed limitations
Navigation
(a) Position and distance; time
(b) True, magnetic and compass
direction; gyro heading reference
and grid direction
(c) Introduction to chart projections:
The gnomonic projection; the
Mercator projection; great circles on
Mercator charts; other cylindrical
projecfions; Lambert confonnal
conic projection; the polar
4 stereographic projection 24 12
(d) ICAO chart requirements
(e) Charts used by Alliance Air-
Jeppessen/AAI
(f) Measurement of airspeeds; track
and ground speed
(g) Use of slide-rules, computers and
scientific calculators
(h) Measurement of aircraft altitude
(i) Point of no return; critical point;
general determination of aircraft
position
PAGE D3 - 13
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
Trainees Trainees
without with
Previous Previous
Aviation Aviation
(in Hrs) (in Hrs)
(j) Introduction to radio navigation;

ground-based radar and direction-
finding stations; relative bearings;
VORDME type radio navigation;
instrument landing systems
(k) Navigation procedures
4
(l) ICAO CNS/ATM systems (an
contd…
overview)
(m) Communication-AMSS/VHF/
SSR-S/ ATN;
(n) Navigation- RNAV/RNP/ GNSS;
(o) Survelliance-SSR-S/ADS;
(p) ATM-ATS/ATFM/ASM
Air Traffic Management

(a) Introduction to Air Traffic
Management
(b) Controlled Airspace
(c) Flight Rules
(d) ICAO Flight Plan/ ATC clearance-
ATC requirements for flight Plans;
5 Aircraft reports 39 21
(e) Flight Information Service (FIS)
(f) Alerting Service, Search and Rescue
(g) Communication Services (mobile,
Fixed)
(h) Aeronautical Information Services
(AIS)
(i) Aerodrome and airport Services
PAGE D3 - 14
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
Trainees Trainees
without with
Previous Previous
Aviation Aviation
(in Hrs) (in Hrs)
Meteorology
(a) Atmosphere, Atmospheric
Temperature and humidity
(b) Atmospheric Pressure, Pressure-
Wind relationship
(c) Winds near the Earth’s surface,
wind in free atmosphere, turbulence
(d) Vertical motion in the earth’s
atmosphere, formation of clouds
and precipitation
(e) Thunderstorms;aircraft Icing
(f) Visibility and RVR; Volcanic Ash
(g) Surface Observations, upper air
observations, station model
6 (h) Air Masses and Fronts, Frontal 42 21
depressions
(i) Weather at fronts and other parts of
the frontal depression, other types
of pressure systems
(j) General Climatology, weather in the
tropics
(k) Aeronautical meteorological
reports, analysis of surface and
upper air charts
(l) Prognostic Charts, aeronautical
forecasts
(m) Meteorological Service for
International Air Navigation
(n) Field trip to Meteorological Office
PAGE D3 - 15
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
Trainees Trainees
without with
Previous Previous
Aviation Aviation
(in Hrs) (in Hrs)
Mass (Weight) and Balance Control

(a) Introduction to Mass and Balance
(b) Load Planning
(c) Calculation of Payload and
loadsheet Preparation
7 (d) Aircraft Balance and Longitudinal 16 6
stability
(e) Moments and Balance
(f) Structural aspects of aircraft loading
(g) Dangerous goods and special cargo
(h) Issuing Loading Instructions
Transport of Dangerous Goods by Air

(a) Introduction
(b) Dangerous Goods, Emergency and
8 8 8
Abnormal situations
(c) Source documents
(d) Responsibilities
Flight Planning
(a) Introduction to flight planning
(b) Circular Slide Rules, Conversions
(c) Detailed Flight Plan
(d) Establishment of Minimum Flight
9 18 9
Altitudes
(e) Concept of Critical Point and Point
of No Return
(f) Cruise Control Methods
(g) Flight Planning Charts and Tables
PAGE D3 - 16
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
(h) Calculation of Flight Time and

Minimum Fuel Requirements
(i) Route Selection / Optimisation /
Computerized Flight Planning
(j) Flight Planning Situations (Step Climb,
Speed Constraints, Fixed Time Flight
Plans, MEL restrictions)
(k) Re-Clearance and Economic tankering
/Remote Dispatch
(l) The final Phases
(m) Flight Planning exercises
(n) Threats and Hijacking
(o) Alternate Airport Selection
Flight Monitoring
(a) Position of Aircraft
(b) Effects of ATC Re-routes
(c) Flight Equipment Failures
10 16 16
(d) Enroute Weather changes
(e) Flight Monitoring Resources
(f) Position Reports
(g) Ground Resource availability
Communication – Radio
(a) InternationalAeronautical
Telecommunications service
(b) Elementary Radio Theory
11 18 6
(c) Aeronautical Fixed Service
(d) Aeronautical Mobile Service
(e) Radio Navigation Service
(f) Automated Aeronautical Service
PAGE D3 - 17
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
Human Factors
(a) Meaning of Human Factors
(b) Dispatch Resource Management
(DRM)
(i) Operating Environment
(ii) Situational Awareness
(iii) Communications
12 15 15
(iv) Handling Information
(v) Interpersonal Skills
(vi) Workload Management
(vii) Effective Decision Making
(c) Awareness
(d) Practice and Feedback
(e) Reinforcement
Security (Emergencies and Abnormal

Situations)
(a) Familiarity
(b) Security measures by the Alliance
Air
(c) Procedures for handling threats,
Bomb scares etc
13 (d) Emergency due to Dangerous 8 6
Goods
(e) Hijacking
(f) Emergency Procedures (Medical,
Diversions, Incidents, Accidents
etc..)
(g) Emergency Response Plan of
Alliance Air
Total Duration 286 170
D 3.2.1.2.1.1 NOTE:In addition to the above, Special Operations Training as

applicable (if not covered as part of Phase-1) to the fleet and type of
operations may be imparted.
PAGE D3 - 18
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.2.1.2.2 PHASE- 2 APPLIED PRACTICAL TRAINING
Module Subject Matter Duration

1 Applied practical flight operations 02 DAYS
2 Route familiarization (Actual Aircraft ) 25 Hours
90 Working
3 Flight Dispatch Function (OJT)
Days
Simulator LOFT observation or
4 4 Hours
observation flights
D 3.2.1.2.2.1 NOTE:Refer ICAO Doc 7192 Training Manual Flight

Operations Officer / Flight Dispatchers Part D3.
D 3.2.1.2 Transition Training: Training for flight dispatchers who are

qualified on the aircraft type, but from a different operator. This will consist
of operator indoctrination course with minimum duration 32 hours covering
the operations manual and human factors (DRM / CRM). Additionally,
applicable recurrent training shall be carried out prior to application for flight
dispatcher approval with Alliance Air.
D 3.2.1.2.1 TABLE – 2TRANSTITION TRAINING
Modules Topics Duration

Initial indoctrination course (Ops
1 Manual, human factors, 32 Hours
CRM/DRM)
As per the Gap
2 Recurrent Training
Period
3 Differences Training As applicable
4 Special Operations Training As applicable
Observation Flights (Aircraft/ As per the Gap

5
Simulator) Period
PAGE D3 - 19
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.2.1.3 Differences Training
D 3.2.1.3.1 The duration of differences training shall depend upon degree of

differences between the different variants of aircraft of the same type used by
Alliance Air.
D 3.2.1.3.2 Differences training for variants of a particular type of aircraft

may be included in initial, transition, and recurrent training for the aircraft.
D 3.2.1.3.3 TABLE – 3DIFFERENCES TRAINING
Sl. Initial Tech(T)/ Recurrent

Aeroplane Type
No Duration Perf(P) Duration
As part of
ATR 72-600/ 42- T=6Hrs
1 2 Days recurrent/refres
320 P=10 Hrs
her training
D 3.2.1.4 Flight Dispatch – Trainers
D 3.2.1.4.1 Flight dispatchers with experience of 3 years with an Indian

operator or a person who has held Flight Dispatch Trainer approval with
another Indian operator, may be approved as flight dispatch trainers to impart
training on flight dispatch functions provided they have completed
type/transition training and other training as per Table 4. Approval shall be
issued for 5 years by the Post Holder Training. Existing Flight Dispatch
Trainers as on date of issue of CAR Section 7, Series M, Part II, shall be
issued with letter of approval under CAR Section 7, Series, M, part II,
without need for additional training.
D 3.2.1.4.2 TABLE 4 - FLIGHT DISPATCH TRAINER

TOPICS
The person shall go through a Train the Trainer course

(duration 40 hours). This is not applicable for a person
FLIGHT already holding a valid flight dispatcher instructor
DISPATCH approval as on date of issue of CAR Section 7, Series
TRAINER M, Part II, however recurrent train the trainer course
will be carried out every 2 years for all FD trainers
PAGE D3 - 20
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
TOPICS
Observes one flight dispatch (FD) classroom batch and
conducts one flight dispatch classroom batch under
supervision followed by;
Oral examination on the aircraft type to be conducted
by Post Holder training/operations
If satisfactory, then an approval shall be accorded for
the period of 5 years. For existing FD Instructors under
CAR, Section 7, Series M, Part II, Post Holder training
may issue an approval under the provision of
FLIGHT aboveCAR with the validity of approval 5 years from
DISPATCH date of issue of the said CAR without additional
TRAINER requirements, followed by renewal process as per
eligibility requirements of the said CAR.
If the performance is unsatisfactory, the trainer shall be
assessed again after 1 month.
In case of repeated failure, the trainer may be assessed
after 3 months. Alliance Airshall maintain the record of
all the classes (including its performance)
For renewal of approval, a viva by Post Holder
Training/operations will be conducted and on
successful evaluation, the approval shall be renewed for
5 years from the date of previous validity.
D 3.2.1.5 HUMAN FACTORS AND DRM TRAINING
D 3.2.1.5.1 If an FOO is utilized in the system of operational control,

Alliance Air shall ensure such personnel receive training in human factors as
a part of the annual recurrent training programme.
D 3.2.1.5.2 The initial training would be conducted for a period of 2 days for
all Flight Dispatchers as part of the Ab-Initio Training or Transition Training.
Such training is conducted by Approved CRM / DRM Facilitators.
D 3.2.1.5.3 The main areas to be covered during the training are Operating
Environment and inter personal relationships, Leadership and conflict
resolution, Workload and stress Management, Human Factors and Flight
Safety, Automation in Flight Dispatch, Situational Awareness, threat and
error management, Personality, Attitude &Behaviour, Team Performance,
Communication, Procedures & Practices and Decision Making as per
PAGE D3 - 21
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
Operations Circular 03 of 2004 and Operations Circular 04 of 2009. (Also

refer to Table-1, Phase-1, Module-12)
D 3.2.1.5.4 Alliance Airensures that Flight Dispatcher / FOO personnel

complete resource management training that addresses issues of mutual
concern to Flight Dispatchers / FOOs and flight crew members while sharing
the responsibility of operational control. Such training should be conducted
for the purposes of enhancing coordination, ensuring a mutual understanding
of the human factors involved in joint operational control and achieving
common learning objectives as set out by the appropriate operational control
and flight operations management personnel.
D 3.2.1.5.5 All Flight Dispatchers and Operations Control personnel shall

receive Crew Resource Management Training conducted with joint
participation by flight crew members.
D 3.2.2 CONTINUING QUALIFICATION: ContinuingQualification for

Flight Operations Officer /Flight Dispatcheris broadly classified into the
followingsub-topics :
(a) Recurrent training/ Recency Requirements,
(b) Refresher Training/ Recency Requirements
D 3.2.2.1 Recurrent Training/Recency Requirements
D 3.2.2.1.1 Recurrent training is conducted annually to ensure the

maintenance of competencies, knowledge and skills through a series of
theoretical training, hands-on exercises, simulated exercises, written exam,
etc. relevant to each aircraft type on which the flight dispatcher is assigned
duties.
D 3.2.2.1.2 Recurrent training validity is 12 months. If carried out in 3 months

preceding the expiry, the subsequent validity will be 12 months from the
original expiry. The minimum duration of recurrent training shall be 24 hours.
D 3.2.2.1.3 Alliance Air ensures that Flight Dispatchers/FOOs utilized in the

system of operational control, who have not performed duties for a period of 3
consecutive months or more are not assigned to perform FOO duties until re-
PAGE D3 - 22
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
qualified, by demonstrating knowledge and/or proficiency in accordance with

the regulatory requirements.
D 3.2.2.1.4 Alliance Air shall ensure that each flight dispatcher who has not
carried out any flight dispatch duties from 12 up to 60 months completes
extended recurrent training and minimum number of days of on-job-training
(OJT) under an approved flight dispatcher followed by observation flights
prior to exercising privileges of the approval as per the Table 5 given below.
D 3.2.2.2 Refresher Training/Recency Requirements: Alliance Air shall

ensure that each flight dispatcher who has not carried out any flight dispatch
duties for more than 3 months up to 6 months and still remains within the
period of validity of the previous Initial/Type/Recurrent Training completes
refresher training with minimum duration of 2 days theoretical training, one
day OJT under an approved flight dispatcher prior to exercising privileges of
the approval. For a gap between 6 to 12 months, recurrent training will be
carried out as per the Table 5 given below.
D 3.2.2.3 TABLE-5: REFRESHER / RECURRENT / EXTENDED

RECURRENT AND RECENCY TRAINING
Refresher/
GAP Recurrent Observation Flight
OJT
Period Training (Aircraft / Simulator)
Period
3-6 Months* 16 Hours 1 Day -
6-12 Months* 24 Hours 2 Day # -
Extended
GAP Recurrent Observation Flight
OJT
Period Training (Aircraft / Simulator)
Period
12-24 Months 36 Hours 3 Days 1 Sector
24-36 Months 48 Hours 7 Days 2 Sectors
36-60 Months 72 Hours 30 Days 4 Sectors
GAP PERIOD
More Than 60
Complete Flight Dispatcher Training
Months
PAGE D3 - 23
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
* With in the period of validity of the previous Initial / Type / Recurrent

Training.
# the Flight Dispatchers, who are maintaining their currency of approval,
need not undergo OJT.
D 3.2.2.3.1The following table outlines the Recurrent/Refresher training

topics that are required to be covered depending on the gap period. However,
in case of transition training, apart from the gap period training requirement,
the CAR stipulation of Operations manual and HF/DRM has to be covered for
duration of 32 hrs.
D 3.2.2.4 TABLE-6: REFRESHER / RECURRENT/EXTENDED

RECURRENT GROUNG TRAINING
3-6 6-12 12-24 24-36 36-60
Topics
months months months months months
Type Specific Aircraft

and variants-
8 hrs 12 hrs 18 hrs 24 hrs 36 hrs
Performance and
Flight Planning
Type Specific Aircraft

and variants- 4 hrs 6 hrs 9 hrs 12 hrs 18 hrs
Technical
Other Trainings (As per the applicability)
RVSM/ PBN/ EDTO/

LVO/ Adv. Wx. Ops/
Cold. Wx. Ops / Fuel
Management/ ADS-
B/Trans Atlantic/ High
Altitude Ops /
4 hrs 4 hrs 6 hrs 9 hrs 12 hrs
ACARS/CPDLC/ERP
/ Computerized FPL/
RTOLW charts/ Ops.
Manual/ AOM/
Changes in relevant
air regulations etc.,
PAGE D3 - 24
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
SMS - 0.5 hr 1 hr 1 hr 2 hrs

HF/DRM - 1.5 hrs 2 hrs 2 hrs 4 hrs
Total Duration 16 hrs 24 hrs 36 hrs 48 hrs 72 hrs
DGR - - 8 hrs 8 hrs 8 hrs
D 3.2.2.4.1 NOTES 1:For each additional aircraft in the fleet, the duration of
the training will increase by 8 hrs for the recurrent training (Performance -5
Hrs 20 Min and Technical -2 Hrs 40 min including the other trainings as
applicable to the fleet)
D 3.2.2.4.2 NOTES 2:In case of Extended Recurrent Training, for each

additional aircraft in the fleet, the duration of the training will increase by 16
hours.
PAGE D3 - 25
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.2.3 SPECIAL OPERATIONS TRAINING FOR FLIGHT

DISPATCHERS
Initial Ground
Training Duration in
Hrs (as part of ab-
Sl
Type of Training initio/ Transition Recurrency
No
Trg)
Techni- Perfor-
cal mance
As part of Annual
1 RVSM - 1
refresher
PBN (including As part of Annual
2 - 3
PRM, if applicable) refresher
Low Visibility Ops As part of Annual
3 - 1.5
(LVTO / CAT II refresher/Simulator
Adverse Weather/
As part of Annual
4 Monsoon - 1
refresher/Simulator
Operations
Cold Wx Ops &
De-icing
As part of Annual
5 (depending on the - 1
refresher
operations to such
airfields)
Fuel Management -
Economic
As part of Annual
6 Tankering – - 2
refresher
Reclearance Flight
Planning
As part of Annual
7 ADS-B - 1
refresher
8 CPDLC - 1
PAGE D3 - 26
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
D 3.2.3.1 NOTE:In addition to the above-mentioned training programmes,

the recurrent training also covers the following:
(a) Emergency Response Planning (ERP)
(b) Computerized Flight Plan (FWZ)
(c) RTOLW Chart Preparation (using applicable software provided by

manufacturers)
(d) Jeppesen
(e) Operations Manual
(f) AOM
(g) SMS
PAGE D3 - 27
PART - D
Section 3
CABIN CREW TRAINING
PROGRAM
Left Intentionally blank
PAGE D3 - 28

Aaal Om D Issue Vii Rev 0 Draft PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aaal Om D Issue Vii Rev 0 Draft PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

11.

D 0.1.1This Operations Manual Part D is in conformity with the

D 0.1.2All training programmes as mentioned in this OM-D, are in

D 0.1.3The primary vision of the Company is to be leader in Indian

D 0.1.4 Mission of the Flight Operations is to achieve this vision by

D 0.1.5 Alliance Air has a ground and flight training programme,

D 0.1.6 The Company Operations Manual Part D (OM D) or the

DGCA regulations. In case of any conflict between the DGCA

D 0.1.7All members of the training department are required to have

D 0. 1.8It shall be ensured that all training is conducted by suitably

D 0.1.9All trainers are to ensure that standardized training data

D 0.1.10The Trainers, on consideration of equity and fairness, and to

D 0.1.11All crew members shall be proficient in CRM skills which

D 0.1.12 The results of all successful and unsuccessful trainees will

D 0.1.13 Regular communication/ meetings must occur between and

Simulatorand Aircraft Training and Line operation Hence all

D 0.1.14REVISION POLICY OM-D:

D 0.1.14.1Alliance Air will revise the OM-D, on an annual basis, if

D 0.1.14.2 Such temporary revisions will be carried out by the

D 0.1.14.3Any change that warrants immediate

D 0.1.14.4 Additional details are provided in OM part D, section 0,

D 0.1.14.5 Further any changes and revision desired will be as per

D 0.1.15LANGUAGE :This Training Manual has been prepared in

D 0.1.16The Training syllabi prescribed herein are subject to change

D 0.2 TRAINING CENTRES:

D 0.2.1 Alliance Bhawan in Delhi primarily handles Flight crew,

D 0.2.2 Additional training facilities of parent company Air India

D 0.3 ORGANISATION OPS-TRAINING STRUCTURE: The

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Ground Instructor Chief Of Training

Officer SimTrg Plan DGCA LIAISON Assistant CC

D 0.3.1 As Post Holder - Training, Chief of Training reports to the

D0.4 AUTHORITIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF

D 0.4.1 Authorities and responsibilities within Training

maintained when operational and training managers are absent from

D 0.4.2 The Operations Training Division is headed by the Chief of

D 0.4.3 NOTE: Chief of Training shall be the Post Holder Training

D 0.4.4 The maintenance of safety and efficiency of operations

D 0.5 DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES OF TRAINING

D 0.5.1 CHIEF OF TRAINING: The Chief of Training is the Post

D 0.5.1.1 FUNCTIONS OF CHIEF OF TRAINING: The Chief of

also arrange refresher courses and Proficiency Checks of

(b) To exercise full functional and administrative control over

(c) Supervise full and up to date records of the training and

(d) He will prepare and issue Training circulars, Nav logs,

(e) To prepare training curriculum for all types of training

(f) Arrange to conduct random surveillance checks of the

(g) To review feedback & complaints by Trainers and trainees

(h) To co-ordinate and liaison with aircraft manufacturer &

(i) The Chief of Training will be responsible to the CEO in all

(j) To develop and establish procedures and checklist which

(k) To coordinate with other departments for smooth and

(l) Defining basic principles, methods and standards and

(i) Type conversion;

(m) Chief of Training is overall responsible for conducting

(n) Maintaining full and updated records of training and

(o) The categorization of airfields.

(p) The action and distribution of accident and incident report.

D 0.5.1.2 The discipline/welfare of Trainers/ Trainees and adherence

including possible suspension in consultation with appeal

D 0.5.2DEPUTY CHIEF OF TRAINING: The Deputy Chief of

D 0.5.2.1 FUNCTIONS OF DEPUTY CHIEF OF TRAINING:

(a) Maintain direct liaison with the DGCA on behalf of